<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 nzetc-p5.xsd" xml:id="TreMaor" xml:lang="en">
  <teiHeader type="text">
    <fileDesc xml:id="fileDesc-0001">
      <titleStmt>
        <title type="marc245">Maori-Polynesian Comparative Dictionary</title>
        <title type="gmd">[electronic resource]</title>
        <author>
          <name key="name-121391" type="person">Edward Tregear</name>
        </author>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0002">
          <resp>Creation of machine-readable version</resp>
          <name key="name-121582" type="organisation">TechBooks, Inc.</name>
        </respStmt>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0003">
          <resp>Conversion to TEI.2-conformant markup</resp>
          <name key="name-121582" type="organisation">TechBooks, Inc.</name>
        </respStmt>
      </titleStmt>
      <extent>ca. 4340 kilobytes</extent>
      <publicationStmt>
        <publisher>
          <name key="name-121602" type="organisation">New Zealand Electronic Text Centre</name>
        </publisher>
        <pubPlace>Wellington, New Zealand</pubPlace>
        <idno type="etc">Modern English, TreMaor</idno>
        <availability status="unknown">
          <p>Publicly accessible</p>
          <p n="public">URL: http://www.nzetc.org/</p>
          <p>copyright 2005, by Victoria University of Wellington</p>
        </availability>
      <idno type="vuw-bbid">708442</idno></publicationStmt>
      <sourceDesc xml:id="sourceDesc-0001">
        <biblFull>
          <titleStmt>
            <title>
              <name key="name-110553" type="work">Maori-Polynesian Comparative Dictionary</name>
            </title>
            <author>
              <name key="name-121391" type="person">Edward Tregear</name>
            </author>
          </titleStmt>
          <editionStmt>
            <p/>
          </editionStmt>
          <extent/>
          <publicationStmt>
            <publisher>Lyon And Blair</publisher>
            <pubPlace>Wellington, New Zealand</pubPlace>
            <date when="1891">1891</date>
          </publicationStmt>
        </biblFull>
      </sourceDesc>
    </fileDesc>
    <encodingDesc>
      <editorialDecl>
        <p>All unambiguous end-of-line hyphens have been removed and
        the trailing part of a word has been joined to the preceding
        line, except in the case of those words that break over a
        page. Every effort has been made to preserve the Māori
        macron using unicode.</p>
        <p xml:id="ETC">Some keywords in the header are a local Electronic
          Text Centre scheme to aid in establishing analytical
          groupings.</p>
      </editorialDecl>
      <classDecl>
        <taxonomy xml:id="nzetc-subjects">
          <bibl>
            <title>NZETC Subject Headings</title>
          </bibl>
        </taxonomy>
      </classDecl>
    </encodingDesc>
    <profileDesc>
      <textClass>
        <keywords scheme="http://www.nzetc.org/nzetc-subjects">
          <list>
            <item>
              <rs key="subject-000008" type="subject">Language</rs>
            </item>
          </list>
        </keywords>
      </textClass>
    </profileDesc>
    <revisionDesc xml:id="revisionDesc-0001">
      <change xml:id="change-0001"><date when="2005-02-16">16 Feburary 2005</date><label>corrector</label><name key="name-121556" type="person">Colin Doig</name>Fixed some unclears. Fixed a tagging error where the italics had extended beyond the text that was in italics in the hard copy.</change>
      <change n="quickProof"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Text-proofing of a sample of the text</change>
      <change n="teiMarkup"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Conversion to TEI.2-conformat markup</change>
      <change n="scriptedMarkup"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Adding scripted markup</change>
      <change n="encodingDesc"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Addition of encodingDesc</change>
      <change n="addBibls"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Addition of bibls</change>
      <change n="assembleImages"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Assembled all images</change>
      <change n="derivativeCreation"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Creation of derivative images</change>
      <change n="teiValidation"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:26">21:18:26, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Validation of TEI</change>
      <change n="nameValidation"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Validation of names</change>
      <change n="utf8Conversion"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Conversion to Unicode (utf-8)</change>
      <change n="makeProduction"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Promotion to production</change>
      <change n="drmAddition"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Addition of text to access control</change>
      <change n="harvestTopicMap"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Harvest into Topic Map</change>
      <change n="browserCheck"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Checking of text using browser</change>
      <change n="corpusAddition"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Addition of text to corpus</change>
      <change n="catalogueAddition"><date when="2007-08-07T21:18:27">21:18:27, Tuesday 7 August 2007</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Addition of text to Library Catalogue<!-- BBID=708442 --></change>
      <change n="live"><date when="2008-09-23T14:48:48">14:48:48, Tuesday 23 September 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Make text available on NZETC website</change>
    <change n="epubPreparation"><date when="2009-08-04T14:10:05">14:10:05, Tuesday 4 August 2009</date><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Preparation of EPUB (and other formats such as DaisyBook)</change></revisionDesc>
  </teiHeader>
  <text xml:id="t1">
    <front xml:id="front">
      <div xml:id="f1" type="covers">
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="TreMaorFCo">
            <graphic url="TreMaorFCo.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="TreMaorFCo-g"/>
            <figDesc>Front Cover</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="TreMaorSpi">
            <graphic url="TreMaorSpi.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="TreMaorSpi-g"/>
            <figDesc>Spine</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="TreMaorBCo">
            <graphic url="TreMaorBCo.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="TreMaorBCo-g"/>
            <figDesc>Back Cover</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="TreMaorTit">
            <graphic url="TreMaorTit.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="TreMaorTit-g"/>
            <figDesc>Title Page</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
      </div>
      <titlePage xml:id="titlepage">
        <docTitle>
          <pb xml:id="nv" n="v"/>
          <titlePart type="main">MAORI-POLYNESIAN<lb/>
<hi rend="sc">Comparative Dictionary</hi></titlePart>
        </docTitle>
        <byline rend="center">
BY<lb/>
<docAuthor>EDWARD TREGEAR</docAuthor>
<hi rend="sc">Fellow of the Royal Geographical Society</hi>;<lb/>
<hi rend="sc">Fellow of the Royal Historical Society</hi>; <hi rend="sc">Member of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain</hi>; <hi rend="sc">Member of the Philological</hi><lb/>
<hi rend="sc">Society, London</hi>; <hi rend="sc">a Vice-President Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science</hi>;<lb/>
<hi rend="sc">President Wellington Philosophical Society</hi>, N. Z.<lb/>
“MANUS MANUM LAVAT.”<lb/>
<hi><figure xml:id="TreMaor005a"><graphic url="TreMaor005a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="TreMaor005a-g"/></figure></hi>
</byline>
        <docImprint rend="center"><publisher>LYON AND BLAIR, LAMBTON QUAY</publisher><docDate>1891</docDate>
(<hi rend="i">The rights of translation and of reproduction are reserved.</hi>)</docImprint>
      </titlePage>
      <pb xml:id="nvi" n="vi"/>
      <div xml:id="f2" type="dedication">
        <p rend="center">THIS WORK IS DEDICATED TO</p>
        <p rend="center">F. MAX MÜLLER, M. A.</p>
        <p rend="center"><hi rend="sc">Knight Commander of the Corona D'Italia</hi>; <hi rend="sc">Knight of the Order of Maximilian</hi>;<lb/><hi rend="sc">Knight of the Ordre pour le Mérite, eto</hi>.</p>
        <p rend="center">PROFESSOR OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY, OXFORD</p>
        <p rend="center">IN ADMIRATION<lb/>
OF THE GENIUS AND LEARNING WHICH HE HAS DEVOTED TO<lb/>
THE SCIENCE OF LANGUAGE</p>
        <p rend="center">AND<lb/>
IN GRATITUDE<lb/>
FOR WORDS OF KIND ENCOURAGEMENT AND SYMPATHY SENT OVER THE SEA<lb/>
TO<lb/>
THE AUTHOR.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="nvii" n="vii"/>
      <div xml:id="f3" type="contents">
        <head>CONTENTS</head>

          <table>
            <row>
              <cell/>
              <cell><hi rend="sc">page</hi>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="sc">Dedication</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nv">v</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="sc">Preface</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nix">ix</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Works Consulted</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nx">x</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Thanks</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxii">xii</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="sc">Introduction</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxiii">xiii</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Bibliography–Grouping of Words–Grammar</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxiii">xiii</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Letter-changes–Maori</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxiv">xiv</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   — Samoan</cell>
              <cell rend="right">
                <ref target="#nxvi">xvi</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>        Tahitian</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxvii">xvii</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   — Hawaiian</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxviii">xviii</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   — Tougan</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxix">xix</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   — Rarotongan–Marquesau</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxx">xx</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   — Mangarevan</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxxi">xxi</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   — Paumotan–Moriori–Extra-Polynesia</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxxii">xxii</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Table of Interchange of Consonants</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxxiii">xxiii</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Pakeha-Maori</cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxxiv">xxiv</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="sc">Key to Abbreviations</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell rend="right"><ref target="#nxxiv">xxiv</ref>.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>DICTIONARY–MAORI-POLYNESIAN</cell>
              <cell rend="right">
                <ref target="#n1">1</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="sc">Key to the Maori Words</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell rend="right">629</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell><hi rend="sc">Appendix</hi> A.–Days of the Moon's Age</cell>
              <cell rend="right">666</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell><hi rend="sc">Appendix</hi> B.–Genealogical</cell>
              <cell rend="right">667</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Maori</cell>
              <cell rend="right">667</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Moriori</cell>
              <cell rend="right">669</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Samoan–Tongan</cell>
              <cell rend="right">670</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Marquosan</cell>
              <cell rend="right">671</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Hawaiia</cell>
              <cell rend="right">672</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>   Rarotongan–Society Islands</cell>
              <cell rend="right">673</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="sc">Index to Geographical and Dialectical References</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell rend="right">674</cell>
            </row>
          </table>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="nviii" n="viii"/>
      <pb xml:id="nix" n="ix"/>
      <div xml:id="f4" type="preface">
        <head>PREFACE</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">This</hi> work had its origin in a desire growing in the mind of the Author to comprehend the exact meaning of words used by the Maori people. Much had been done by Europeans long resident in New Zealand, or by those of European parentage born in the country, to gather in and put on record the vernacular forms of the native speech. A large mass of material consisting of songs, legends, &amp;c., was also at the service of a collector, although this in reality was a very small portion of that which might have been procured had not the rough and perilous work of colonization engrossed so much of the time and energies of the early settlers. This material wholly referred to New Zealand and the New Zealand branch of the Maori or Polynesian race. The science of Comparative Philology has opened up new vistas of knowledge concerning the comprehension of ancient languages, and the old etymologies of Greek as given by purely Greek scholars, or of English as given by purely English scholars, have been found to be laughably incorrect when viewed by the light of the fuller investigation which modern learning has thrown upon the mysteries of Indo-European speech. Zend, Sanscrit, the Teutonic dialects, Greek, Latin, Lithuanian, all lent their stores of ancient word-treasures to unravel the difficulties found in the comprehension of each others' language, and the result was so successful that a new science emerged from the domain of the empirical, and claimed followers among those who are ever bearing on from hand to hand the torch of intellectual progress.</p>
        <p>Regarding the Maori speech of New Zealand as but a dialect of the great. Polynesian language, the Author has attempted to organize and show in a concise manner the existing related forms common to New Zealand and the Polynesian Islands. Several attempts have been made to produce a Comparative Polynesian Dictionary, but so gigantic was the labour, so enormous the mass of material, that the compilers have shrunk back appalled in the initiatory stages of the work, and all that remains of their efforts has been a few imperfect and unreliable pages of vocabulary scattered here and there through books treating of the Malayan and Pacific Islands. The present work is, at all events, continuous and sustained; it does not pretend to be a dictionary of Polynesian, but to present to the reader those Polynesian words which are related to the Maori dialect; using the word Maori (<hi rend="i">i.e.</hi>, Polynesian, “native,” “indigenous”) in the restricted sense familiar to Europeans, as applying to the Maori people of New Zealand. Two purposes are served by the presentation of words apparently allied in sound and sense:</p>
        <p>1st. If the Maori agrees with the Polynesian forms generally, the meaning of the word is in all probability above suspicion. If several of the Polynesian dialects agree together as to the meaning of a word, and the Maori differs, then (also probably), the Maori has lost the genuine sense of the original word, and has localised or deformed it. If the Maori word has no Polynesian affinities, then it is almost certainly a local word, either invented since the dispersion of the tribes or so warped from the primitive form as to be unrecognisable without further research. Although the Maori word may not be found directly in any other dialect, still it may be recognized in compounds; and for this purpose the comparatives are of great value. In the manner a word has suffered letter-change, and passed from dialect to dialect in decaying forms, perhaps all the history that can ever be traced of the Ancient Polynesian and his habitat may be discovered hereafter by the philologist of the future.</p>
        <p>2nd. The classification and simultaneous presentation of the allied words offer to the student of languages a means of ascertaining the oldest and most perfect form of a word as it exists in Polynesin. Comparisons have been separately attempted between Polynesian dialectic words and those of languages spoken on the great continents, but the masters in the school of Comparative Philology have shrunk from the task or frowned upon the attempt of instituting comparisons between these almost-unknown semi-barbarous tongues and the classical or oriental languages. So decayed are many of the word-forms, so uncertain the phonography of Oceanic vocabularies, that until they could be arranged with some approach to completeness (at all events, in respect to the more vital words) any comparison with the elaborated continental languages appeared mere guess-work and unscientific assertion.</p>
        <p>Two important parts of the work deserve brief mention. From authorities on Maori, from ancient legends, and from all sources which could be verified by careful investigation I have been enabled to insert some three thousand words (or additional meanings to words) not hitherto published. Many of these are, however, proper names. The scientific nomenclature of plants,
<pb xml:id="nx" n="x"/>
birds, fishes, &amp;c., has received much careful attention, and although this branch of the subject is not absolutely perfect, a long stride has been made in the direction of completeness.</p>
        <p>An original part of the lexicon is that treating of the gods, heroes, &amp;c., being short abstracts of the principal events for which their worship or their histories were famous. Want of space forbade lengthy notice or full repetition of legend, but where the tradition was too long for detailed relation, copious references have been given to the small class of books bearing on the subject.</p>
        <p>No small proportion of the labour expended upon this work was exerted in providing examples of the use of words, both in Maori and Polynesian. Many thousands of lines from old poems, traditions, and ancient proverbs have been quoted. The examples might more easily have been given by the construction of sentences showing the use of the particular words, but, rejecting made-up examples as being in practice always open to adverse criticism, preference has been given to passages by well-known authors, where the words can be verified and the context consulted. To have given a quotation in this manner for every word would have been impossible; some of the words are not to be found in any printed record, and to have devoted a still greater length of time to the collection of examples would not have produced a result commensurate with the loss of time occasioned by long delay before publication, or even, perhaps, with the chance of the work never being finished at all.</p>
        <p>Although the dictionary relates to the classification of Polynesian dialects proper, Malay, Melanesian, and Micronesian vocabularies have also furnished comparatives. These vocabularies are mostly in a very imperfect state, and the phonography full of variations; but the words are suggestive both as to letter-changes and meanings. It does not follow that any of these words are related to Polynesian, but the coincidences are many, and until the laws by which all languages are governed are more fully explored, it would be mischievous to exclude these apparently similar forms from comparison with each other.</p>
        <p>Farther on I have thanked those authors and those friends from whom I have received assistance. This refers to the raw material only. In collecting the vocabularies, in searching for comparisons, in making quotations for examples, in the compilation, in the whole of the philological and literary work I have been unassisted.</p>
        <closer>
          <signed rend="right">EDW. TREGEAR.</signed>
        </closer>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="f5" type="consulting">
        <head>WORKS CONSULTED</head>
        <p>[<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—Although the books here enumerated have been consulted, extracts have not been made from all of them. Some are unreliable, some almost useless for lexicographical purposes, but almost every one contained some hint or allusion pointing out where more valuable information could be found.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="i">Transactions New Zealand Institute</hi>, Vols, i. to xxii., (1868 to 1880); <hi rend="sc">Williams's</hi><hi rend="i">New Zealand Dictionary</hi>, 1871; <hi rend="sc">Buller's</hi><hi rend="i">Birds of New Zealand</hi>, 1889; <hi rend="sc">Colenso's</hi><hi rend="i">Nomenclature</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Colenso's</hi><hi rend="i">Ruahine Range</hi>, 1884, and <hi rend="i">Ancient Tide Lore</hi>, 1889; <hi rend="sc">Codrington's</hi><hi rend="i">Melanesian Languages</hi>, 1885; <hi rend="sc">Inglis's</hi><hi rend="i">Aneityumese Dictionary</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Inglis's</hi><hi rend="i">In the New Hebrides</hi>, 1887; <hi rend="sc">Lawe's</hi><hi rend="i">Motu Grammar and Vocabulary</hi>, 1885; <hi rend="sc">Chalmers</hi> and <hi rend="sc">Gill's</hi> <hi rend="i">Work and Adventure in New Guinea</hi>, 1885; <hi rend="sc">Chalmers's</hi> <hi rend="i">Pioneering in New Guinea</hi>, 1887; <hi rend="sc">Gill's</hi> <hi rend="i">Savage Life in Polynesia</hi>, 1880; <hi rend="sc">Gill's</hi> <hi rend="i">Jottings in the Pacific</hi>, 1885; <hi rend="sc">Gill's</hi> <hi rend="i">Life in the Southern Isles</hi>, 1870; <hi rend="sc">Gill's</hi> <hi rend="i">Gems from the Coral Islands</hi>, 1856; <hi rend="sc">Turner's</hi> <hi rend="i">Samoa a Hundred Years ago</hi>, 1884; <hi rend="sc">Max Müller's</hi> <hi rend="i">Biographies of Words</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Max Müller's</hi> <hi rend="i">Science of Language</hi>, 1864; <hi rend="sc">Max Müller's</hi> <hi rend="i">Science of Thought</hi>, 1887; <hi rend="sc">Max Müller's</hi> <hi rend="i">Introduction to the Science of Religion</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Keightley's</hi> <hi rend="i">Fairy Mythology</hi>, 1884; <hi rend="sc">Jules Remy's</hi> <hi rend="i">Ka Moolelo Hawaii</hi>, 1862; <hi rend="sc">Penny's</hi> <hi rend="i">Ten Years in Melanesia</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Dibble's</hi> <hi rend="i">History of the Sandwich Islands</hi>, 1843; <hi rend="sc">Murraf's</hi> <hi rend="i">Bible in the Pacific</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Bougainville's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage Round the World</hi>, 1772; <hi rend="sc">Whitney's</hi> <hi rend="i">Life and Growth of Language</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Kalakaua</hi> I. (King of Hawaii), <hi rend="i">Legends and Myths of Hawaii</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Kalakaua's</hi> <hi rend="i">Na Mele aimoku</hi>, 1890; <hi rend="sc">Burnouy's</hi> <hi rend="i">Science of Religion</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Fkathermann's</hi> <hi rend="i">Social History of the Races of Mankind</hi> (Papuo and Malayo Melanesians), 1887; <hi rend="sc">Cook's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyages</hi>, 1773; <hi rend="sc">Forster's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage Round the South Pole and Round the World</hi>, 1777; <hi rend="sc">Turnbull's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage Round the World</hi>, 1806; <hi rend="sc">Angas's</hi> <hi rend="i"><name key="name-120374" type="work">Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand</name></hi>, 1847; <hi rend="sc">Brown's</hi> <hi rend="i"><name key="name-134395" type="work">New Zealand and its Aborigines</name></hi>, 1845; <hi rend="sc">Buller's</hi> <hi rend="i"><name key="name-102593" type="work">Forty Years in New Zealand</name></hi>, 1878; <hi rend="sc">Brougiiton's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage of Discovery in H.M.S. “Providence</hi>,” 1864; <hi rend="sc">Terry's</hi> <hi rend="i">New Zealand</hi>, 1842; <hi rend="sc">Calvert's</hi> <hi rend="i">Fiji and the Fijians</hi>, 1870; <hi rend="sc">White's</hi> <hi rend="i">Ancient History of the Maori</hi> (v. vols.), 1888; London Missionary Society's <hi rend="i">Tahitian Dictionary</hi>, 1851; <hi rend="i">The Samoan</hi>
<pb xml:id="nxi" n="xi"/>
<hi rend="i">Bible</hi>, 1884; <hi rend="i">The Rarotongan Bible</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Hochstetter's</hi> <hi rend="i">New Zealand</hi>, 1867; <hi rend="sc">Matthes's</hi> <hi rend="i">Makassaarsch-Hollandsch Woordenboek</hi>, 1885; <hi rend="sc">Burney's</hi> <hi rend="i">Chronological History of Discoveries in the South Seas</hi>, 1803; <hi rend="sc">Nicholas's</hi> <hi rend="i">Narrative of a Voyage to New Zealand</hi>, 1817; <hi rend="sc">Crewe's</hi> <hi rend="i"><name key="name-102615" type="work">Narrative of Life in New Zealand</name></hi>, 1874; <hi rend="sc">Cruise's</hi> <hi rend="i"><name key="name-150051" type="work">Journal of a Ten Months Residence in New Zealand</name></hi>, 1824; <hi rend="sc">Rabone's</hi> <hi rend="i">Tongan Dictionary</hi>, 1849; <hi rend="sc">Don Juan Gayacao's</hi> <hi rend="i">Nuevo Vocabulario en Hispano-Ilocano</hi>, 1884; <hi rend="sc">Gayacao's</hi> <hi rend="i">Manual de Conversaciones en Hispano-Bicol</hi>, 1881; <hi rend="sc">Gayacao's</hi> <hi rend="i">Nuevo Vocabulario Espanol Tagalo y Pampango</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Happart's</hi> <hi rend="i">Dictionary of the Favorlang Dialect of Formosan Language</hi>, 1840 (written, 1650); <hi rend="sc">Logan's</hi> <hi rend="i">Journal of the East Indian Archipelago</hi>, 1847 to 1863; <hi rend="sc">Davies's</hi> <hi rend="i">Grammar of the Tahitian Dialect of Polynesian Language</hi>, 1823; <hi rend="sc">Moerenhouts</hi>' <hi rend="i">Voyages aux iles du Grand Ocean</hi>, 1837; <hi rend="sc">Favre's</hi> <hi rend="i">Account of the Wild Tribes Inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula</hi>, 1865; <hi rend="sc">Wallace's</hi> <hi rend="i">Malay Archipelago</hi>, 1869; <hi rend="sc">Harven's</hi> <hi rend="i">La Nouvella Zélande</hi>, 1883; <hi rend="sc">Maurer's</hi> <hi rend="i">Die Nikobaren</hi>, 1867; <hi rend="sc">Garnier's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage autour du Monde-Oceanie</hi>, 1875; <hi rend="sc">Miklucho Maclay's</hi> <hi rend="i">Meine Zweite Excursion nach New Guinea</hi>, 1874; <hi rend="sc">Maning's</hi> <hi rend="i">Old New Zealand</hi>, 1863; <hi rend="sc">Woodford's</hi> <hi rend="i">A Naturalist Among the Head-hunters</hi>, 1890; <hi rend="sc">Pratt's</hi> <hi rend="i">Samoan Dictionary</hi>, 1878; <hi rend="sc">Andrews's</hi> <hi rend="i">Hawaiian Dictionary</hi>, 1865; <hi rend="sc">Cheyne's</hi> <hi rend="i">A Description of Islands in the Western Pacific Ocean</hi>, 1852; <hi rend="sc">Forrest's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas</hi>, 1779; <hi rend="sc">Bopp's</hi> <hi rend="i">Über die Verwandtschaft der Malayisch-Polynesischen Sprachen mit den indisch-europaischen</hi>, 1841; <hi rend="sc">Humboldt's</hi> <hi rend="i">Über die Kawi-Sprache auf der Insel Java</hi>, 1838; <hi rend="sc">Steven's</hi> <hi rend="i">Dyak Vocabularies</hi> (MSS); <hi rend="sc">Taylor's</hi> <hi rend="i">Te Ika-a-Maui</hi>, 1870; <hi rend="sc">Hutton's</hi> <hi rend="i">New Zealand Mollusca</hi>, 1880; <hi rend="sc">Crawfurd's</hi> <hi rend="i">Grammar and Dictionary of the Malay Language</hi>, 1852; <hi rend="sc">Remy's</hi> <hi rend="i">Recits d'un vieux sauvage</hi> (Hawaii), 1859; <hi rend="sc">Winter's</hi> <hi rend="i">Kawi-javaansch Woordenboek</hi>, 1880; <hi rend="i">The Tongan Bible</hi>, 1884; <hi rend="sc">Bird's</hi> <hi rend="i">Six Months among the Palm-Groves, Coral-Reefs and Volcanoes of the Sandwich Islands</hi>, 1875; <hi rend="sc">Ellis's</hi> <hi rend="i">Tour through Hawaii</hi>, 1826; <hi rend="sc">Mariner's</hi> <hi rend="i">Tonga Islands</hi>, 1818; <hi rend="sc">Hector's</hi> <hi rend="i">Fishes of New Zealand</hi>, 1872; <hi rend="i">Maori Bible</hi>, 1868; <hi rend="sc">De Bovis</hi>' <hi rend="i">État de la Société Taitienne</hi>, 1855; <hi rend="sc">Young's</hi> <hi rend="i">Southern World</hi>, 1858; <hi rend="sc">Prêtre de Picpus</hi>' <hi rend="i">Grammaire des Iles Marquises</hi>, 1857; <hi rend="sc">Buzacott's</hi> <hi rend="i">Akataka Reo Rarotonga</hi>, 1878; <hi rend="sc">Purves</hi>' <hi rend="i">Drake and Dampier's Voyages</hi>, 1882; (Anon) <hi rend="i">He Hamani pia pa</hi> (Marquesan), 1868; <hi rend="sc">Maxwell's</hi> <hi rend="i">Manual of the Malay Language</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Hazlewood's</hi> <hi rend="i">Fijian Dictionary</hi>, 1872; <hi rend="i">Hawaiian Bible</hi>, 1884; <hi rend="i">Transactions Anthropological Institutè</hi>, 1880–1890; <hi rend="sc">Parker's</hi> <hi rend="i">Malagasy Grammar</hi>, 1883; <hi rend="sc">Buchanan's</hi> <hi rend="i">Indigenous Grasses of New Zealand</hi>, 1880; <hi rend="i">Transactions of Philological Society</hi> (London), 1877–1888; <hi rend="sc">Percival's</hi> <hi rend="i">Tamil Dictionary</hi>, 1867; <hi rend="sc">Scherzer's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage of the “Novara</hi>,” 1863; Library of Entertaining Knowledge <hi rend="i">The New Zealanders</hi>, 1830; <hi rend="sc">Kirk's</hi> <hi rend="i">Forest Flora of New Zealand</hi>, 1889; <hi rend="sc">Grey's</hi> <hi rend="i">Poems of the New Zealanders (Nga Moteatea)</hi>, 1853; <hi rend="sc">Grey's</hi> <hi rend="i">Polynesian Mythology</hi>, 1885; <hi rend="sc">Fornander's</hi> <hi rend="i">The Polynesian Race</hi>, 1878; <hi rend="sc">White's</hi> <hi rend="i">Maori Superstitions</hi>, 1885; <hi rend="sc">Shortland's</hi> <hi rend="i">Maori Religion and Mythology</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Shortland's</hi> <hi rend="i"><name key="name-111506" type="work">Southern Districts of New Zealand</name></hi>, 1851; <hi rend="sc">Shortland's</hi> <hi rend="i"><name key="name-123812" type="work">Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders</name></hi>, 1856; <hi rend="sc">Latham's</hi> <hi rend="i">Comparative Philology</hi>, 1862; <hi rend="sc">Schirren's</hi> <hi rend="i">Die Wandersagen der Neuseeländer</hi>, 1850; <hi rend="sc">Well's</hi> <hi rend="i">History of Taranaki</hi>, 1878; <hi rend="i">The Tahitian Bible</hi>, 1884; <hi rend="sc">Steel's</hi> <hi rend="i">New Hebrides</hi>, 1880; <hi rend="sc">Freeman's</hi> <hi rend="i">Malagasy Dictionary</hi>, 1835; <hi rend="sc">Gibbing's</hi> <hi rend="i">Folk Lore</hi>, 1889; <hi rend="sc">Serrano's</hi> <hi rend="i">Nuevo Dicconario Espanol-Tagalo</hi>, 1872; <hi rend="sc">Purves</hi>' <hi rend="i">Anson's Voyage Round the World</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Jaussen's</hi> <hi rend="i">Te Faufaa Api</hi> (Tahiti). 1889; <hi rend="sc">Hovelacque's</hi> <hi rend="i">Science of Language</hi>, 1877; <hi rend="sc">Topinard's</hi> <hi rend="i">Anthropology</hi>, 1878; <hi rend="sc">Tylor's</hi> <hi rend="i">Early History of Mankind</hi>, 1865; <hi rend="sc">Tylor's</hi> <hi rend="i">Primitive Culture</hi>, 1871; <hi rend="sc">Gisborne's</hi> <hi rend="i">Colony of New Zealand</hi>, 1888; <hi rend="sc">Deighton's</hi> <hi rend="i">Moriori Vocabulary</hi>, 1887; <hi rend="sc">Davis's</hi> <hi rend="i">Life and Times of Patuone</hi>, 1876; <hi rend="sc">Joly's</hi> <hi rend="i">Man before Metals</hi>, 1883; <hi rend="sc">Beechey's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage of the “Blossom</hi>,” 1839; <hi rend="sc">Brace's</hi> <hi rend="i">Manual of Ethnology</hi>, 1863; <hi rend="sc">Lubbock's</hi> <hi rend="i">Prehistoric Times</hi>, 1865; <hi rend="sc">Lubbock's</hi> <hi rend="i">Origin of Civilization</hi>, 1882; <hi rend="sc">Rochon's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyages aux Indes Orientales</hi>, 1802; <hi rend="sc">Lee</hi> and <hi rend="sc">Kendal's</hi> <hi rend="i">New Zealand Grammar and Vocabulary</hi>, 1820; D'<hi rend="sc">Urville's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyages dans “l'Astrolabe</hi>,” 1883; <hi rend="sc">Polack's</hi> <hi rend="i">New Zealand</hi>, 1838; <hi rend="sc">Maunsell's</hi> <hi rend="i">Grammar of the New Zealand Language</hi>, 1842; <hi rend="sc">Wade's</hi> <hi rend="i">Journey in the North Island of New Zealand</hi>, 1842; <hi rend="sc">Quatrefages</hi>' <hi rend="i">Les Polynésiens</hi>; <hi rend="sc">Lesson's</hi> <hi rend="i">Les Polynésiens</hi>, 1880; <hi rend="sc">Melville's</hi> <hi rend="i">Marquesas Islands</hi>, 1846; <hi rend="sc">Russell's</hi> <hi rend="i">Polynesia</hi>, 1843; <hi rend="sc">Guppy's</hi> <hi rend="i">Solomon Islands</hi>, 1887; <hi rend="sc">Lawry's</hi> <hi rend="i">Friendly and Feejee Islands</hi>, 1850; <hi rend="sc">Ellis's</hi> <hi rend="i">Polynesian Researches</hi>, 1829; <hi rend="sc">Jaussen's</hi> <hi rend="i">Tahitian Vocabulary</hi>; <hi rend="sc">Williams's</hi> <hi rend="i">Fiji and the Fijians</hi>, 1858; <hi rend="sc">Brown's</hi> <hi rend="i">Races of Mankind</hi>, 1876; <hi rend="sc">Vaux's</hi> <hi rend="i">Probable Origin of the Maoris</hi>, 1876; <hi rend="sc">Wood's</hi> <hi rend="i">Natural History of Man</hi>, 1868; <hi rend="sc">Gironiere's</hi> <hi rend="i">Twenty Years in the Philippines</hi>, 1856; <hi rend="sc">Money's</hi> <hi rend="i">Java</hi>, 1861; <hi rend="sc">Pembroke's</hi> <hi rend="i">South Sea Bubbles</hi>, 1872; <hi rend="sc">Ricci's</hi> <hi rend="i">Fiji</hi>, 1875; <hi rend="sc">SiBree's</hi> <hi rend="i">The Great African Island</hi>, 1880; <hi rend="sc">WilkEs's</hi> <hi rend="i">The United States Exploring Expedition</hi>, 1845; <hi rend="sc">Farrar's</hi> <hi rend="i">Language and Languages</hi>, 1878; <hi rend="sc">Dieffenbach's</hi> <hi rend="i">Travels in New Zealand</hi>, 1843; <hi rend="sc">Bastian's</hi> <hi rend="i">Inselgruppen in OCeanien</hi>, 1883; <hi rend="sc">Coppinger's</hi> <hi rend="i">Cruise of the “Alert</hi>,” 1885; <hi rend="sc">Labillardiere's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage a la Récherche de La Peroux</hi>, 1792; <hi rend="sc">Darwin's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage of the “Beagle</hi>,” 1860; <hi rend="sc">Juke's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage of the “Fly</hi>,” 1847; <hi rend="sc">McGillivray's</hi> <hi rend="i">Voyage of H.M.S. “Rattlesnake</hi>,” 1851; <hi rend="sc">Osborn's</hi> <hi rend="i">Journal in Malayan Waters</hi>, 1860; <hi rend="sc">Magellan's</hi> <hi rend="i">First Voyage Round the World</hi>, 1874.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="nxii" n="xii"/>
      <div xml:id="f6" type="thanks">
        <head>THANKS</head>
        <p>I have to thank certain authors for the advantages I have received from their works, and without which I should have been unable to present my dictionary in so complete a form. First of these valuable books is <hi rend="sc">Williams's</hi> <hi rend="i">New Zealand Dictionary</hi>. Although I have made considerable additions to the stock of Maori words, the work of Bishop and Archdeacon <hi rend="sc">Williams</hi> (father and son) has been the basis of my structure, as it has been for many years the authority and reference for all Maori and English translators. Its fidelity and usefulness is so widely recognised that no word of praise from me would raise it in public estimation. The literary productions of Sir <hi rend="sc">George Grey</hi>, Sir <hi rend="sc">James Hector</hi>, Sir <hi rend="sc">Walter Buller</hi>, the Rev. W. <hi rend="sc">Colenso</hi>,<note xml:id="fn1" n="*"><p>Students of the New Zealand language have long looked forward with interest to the production of the great lexicon undertaken many years ago by the Rev. W. Colenso, F.R.S. Circumstances beyond the author's control have again and again delayed its appearance, but so useful and valuable would be the work of a scholar singularly fitted by nature, occupation, and education to produce a unique book on the word-forms of a race fast passing away, that those who, like myself, take interest in the study of obscure languages, cannot even yet give up hope that philology may benefit by the lexicon being born into the world of letters. At an advanced age, when the minds of most men fail, there still remains with our veteran scholar scientific ardour and intellectual power sufficient, should he so will, to bring his life-work to a successful close, and to give us that special knowledge which, in New Zealand, rests with him alone.</p></note> Dr. <hi rend="sc">Shortland</hi>, Professor <hi rend="sc">Kirk</hi>, Mr. <hi rend="sc">John White</hi> (all of New Zealand), Judge <hi rend="sc">Fornander</hi>, of Hawaii; H.M. the <hi rend="sc">King</hi> of <hi rend="sc">Hawaii</hi>; Judge <hi rend="sc">Andrews</hi>, of Hawaii; the Rev. W. <hi rend="sc">Wyatt Gill</hi>, of Mangaia; the Rev. <hi rend="sc">George Pratt</hi>, of Samoa; the Rev. R. H. <hi rend="sc">Codrington</hi>, of Melanesia, have all been largely drawn upon, and have been of inestimable service.</p>
        <p>With deep gratitude I acknowledge my obligations for generous co-operation given to me by the following scholars, some of them my warm friends, others the more valued because their assistance has been rendered to one personally unknown. Foremost of these (because not of my own nation) I have to thank three distinguished Frenchmen. From Monseigneur <hi rend="sc">l'Evêque d'Axieri</hi>, author of the <hi rend="i">Tahitian Dictionary</hi>, I received Marquesan, Paumotan, and Mangarevan vocabularies with French equivalents. These vocabularies, collected long ago, and thus more valuable, were in MSS., the Mangarevan being especially a unique and priceless document. From him I also received many letters full of the learned counsel and guidance inseparable from the words of one grown to a venerable old age in doing noble and self-forgetful service—service which has endeared him alike to Native and European, Catholic and Protestant. To his Excellency M. <hi rend="sc">Lacascade</hi>, Governor of the French possessions in Oceania; and to M. le Vicomte <hi rend="sc">de Jouffroy d'abbans</hi>, late Vice-consul for the French Republic, Wellington, N.Z. (now in Switzerland), I beg to express my obligations for their courtesy and assistance.</p>
        <p>Of my own countrymen the list is long. Some have put their collections at my service; some have answered difficult questions as to Polynesian vocabularies or mythology; others have taken the trouble to consult aged Maori chiefs in different parts of the country as to obsolete or doubtful words. The Rev. W. <hi rend="sc">Wyatt Gill</hi>, B.A. (author of <hi rend="i">Myths and Songs of the South Pacific, Savage Life in Polynesia</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.); the late Judge <hi rend="sc">Fornander</hi>, of Hawaii (author of <hi rend="i">The Polynesian Race</hi>); Miss <hi rend="sc">Teuira Henry</hi>, of Tahiti; Mr. A. <hi rend="sc">Shand</hi>, Chatham Islands; the Rev. J. L. <hi rend="sc">Green</hi>, of Tahiti; Professor <hi rend="sc">Alexander</hi>, Surveyor-General of Hawaii; Mr. J. L. <hi rend="sc">Young</hi>, of Tahiti; the Rev. W. <hi rend="sc">Colenso</hi>, F.R.S., of Napier, N.Z.; the late Mr. C. O. <hi rend="sc">Davis</hi> (author of <hi rend="i">Maori Mementoes</hi>), N.Z.; Mr. J. <hi rend="sc">White</hi> (author of <hi rend="i">The Ancient History of the Maori</hi>), N.Z.; Mr. <hi rend="sc">Geo. Davies</hi>, interpreter, Native Department, N.Z.; Mr. <hi rend="sc">Percy Smith</hi>, F.R.G.S., Surveyor General N.Z.; Sir <hi rend="sc">James Hector</hi>, F.R.S., of Wellington, N.Z.; Rev. A. <hi rend="sc">Williams</hi>, of Putiki, Whanganui, N. Z.; Major <hi rend="sc">Mair</hi>, Judge of the Native Land Court; Mr. T. W. <hi rend="sc">Kirk</hi>, F.R.M.S., Wellington, N.Z.; Mr. H. <hi rend="sc">Hadfield</hi>, interpreter to the Legislative Council; Mr. <hi rend="sc">Butler</hi>, native lands purchase agent; Mr. <hi rend="sc">Stevens</hi>, of Ardmore, Papakura (an accomplished Malayan scholar); Mr. <hi rend="sc">George Pou</hi> (Te Pou Tawera), interpreter, Native Department; Mr. <hi rend="sc">Pratt</hi> (Te Parata), interpreter, Native Department.</p>
        <p>Last, but not least, I have to acknowledge the generosity and love of literature displayed by Mr. J. R. <hi rend="sc">Blair</hi> (Messrs <hi rend="sc">Lyon</hi> &amp; <hi rend="sc">Blair</hi>) in publishing this book. To his enterprise I owe the fact that I am able to present a technical book bristling with typographical difficulties in a manner the accuracy of which is a credit to the publishing firm and to this young colony.</p>
        <closer>
          <signed rend="right">E. T.</signed>
          <address>
            <addrLine>
              <name type="place">
                <hi rend="i">Wellington, New Zealand</hi>
              </name>
            </addrLine>
          </address>
        </closer>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="nxiii" n="xiii"/>
      <div xml:id="f7" type="introduction">
        <head>INTRODUCTION</head>
        <div xml:id="f7-1" type="section">
          <div xml:id="f7-1-1" type="section">
            <head>BIBLIOGRAPHY</head>
            <p><hi rend="sc">That</hi> the Polynesian dialects are related to each other and form but isolated varieties of one great language is by no means a very modern discovery. The first attempt at a comparative table (of forty-seven Oceanic words) was made by Dr. Reinhold Forster, the naturalist who accompanied Captain Cook on his first voyage. Mr. Anderson published a table at the end of the third voyage of Cook, in which the comparison was carried further by including the languages of Madagascar and the Malay Archipelago. Anderson was followed by the Abbé Lorenzo Hervas, the Jesuit, who, in his “Catalogue of Languages,” published in 1800, set the case very clearly and intelligently before the public. William Marsden and John Crawfurd, authors of great repute as Malay students, followed with learned essays—the former considering the Polynesians as offshoots from the Malays, and the latter believing that the origin of the Malay and Oceanic languages was distinct. Dumont d'Urville accompanied his report on the French Exploring Expedition of 1825–1829 with a Comparative Vocabulary, published in 1833; at the same time stating his opinion to be that the Polynesians were survivors from the peoples of a now-submerged continent. Adelbert von Chamisso issued a volume on the Hawaiian language in 1837, and was followed by Baron W. von Humboldt in 1838 with his scholarly book on the Kawi Language of the Island of Java. In this very voluminous work Humboldt examines the vocabularies and grammatical construction of the Oceanic languages, and considers that the Tagal of the Philippines is the leading dialect. His vocabularies, however, were of a very imperfect character, and his deductions would have been considerably modified had he possessed the information at present at our service; his Maori being the Maori of Lee and Kendall, and his Tongan, if possible, still more defective and illusory. The more modern attempts, fragmentary in character, have all been marred by imperfect comparison and careless printing, so that they are of no use as authorities for any scientific purpose.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-1-2" type="section">
            <head>THE GROUPING OF WORDS</head>
            <p>Most of the Polynesian Vocabularies follow the rule of putting all the words commencing with a vowel or continuing with vowels before those having leading consonants. Thus the Hawaiian Dictionary is arranged in following order: A, E, I, O, U, H, K, L, M, &amp;c.; <hi rend="sc">Umu</hi> precedes <hi rend="sc">Hau, Heu</hi> precedes <hi rend="sc">Hehe</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c. This custom has not been followed in the present volume, where the words, intended for English readers, are arranged in the order of the English alphabet. The exceptions are <hi rend="i">ng</hi> and <hi rend="i">wh</hi>; these are considered as single letters; words commencing with <hi rend="i">ng</hi> follow the completed series of <hi rend="i">n</hi>, and words in <hi rend="i">wh</hi> follow the completed series of <hi rend="i">w</hi>.</p>
            <p>There are strong reasons in favor of printing all words commencing with the causative <hi rend="i">whaka</hi> under <hi rend="i">wh</hi>; the main point in favour of this course being ease of reference, especially to those persons not at all acquainted with the language. In a Comparative Dictionary, however, it is necessary to group the words together for convenience of reference. Thus <hi rend="i">whaka-oti</hi>, to finish, must be looked for under <hi rend="sc">Oti</hi>; <hi rend="i">pupuhi</hi> and <hi rend="i">puhipuhi</hi> under <hi rend="sc">Puhi</hi>; <hi rend="i">papai, paingia, whaka-pai</hi>, and <hi rend="i">whaka-paipai</hi> under <hi rend="sc">Pai</hi>. A very little practice in consulting the Dictionary will make the reader accustomed to this order of composition.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-1-3" type="section">
            <head>GRAMMAR</head>
            <p>I have carefully avoided the use of letters to mark the native words as substantive, adjective, verb, &amp;c. It is an unwise, if not a mischievous, effort to make if we endeavour to force the rules of grammar which fit (more or less) the modern stage of the English tongue upon a language belonging to the utterly unequal grammar-period in which the Polynesian speech is now found. I use these expressions with consideration, because I believe that there is a constant progress or decay in all languages, affecting their character and rendering their forms unsuitable. This is certainly the case in regard to the English grammar, where we have seen case-endings and inflected plurals in a state of flux for the last few centuries and tending to disappearance. The Polynesian (of course including Maori) has been in such a condition of isolation that its changes have not been recorded; indeed, they have probably been fewer than those of peoples where intercommunication has been easy, and where language and dialect have again and again, by conquest or commercial enterprise, overlaid and overlapped the linguistic boundaries. The effort to adapt Maori words to rules of English grammar is evaded by the complex simplicity (if I may use such an expression) of the native language, where one word may serve either as verb, noun, or adjective, according to its context, and wherein particles
<pb xml:id="nxiv" n="xiv"/>
whose use only practice can render familiar, are able to link words into sentences capable of rendering very subtle and sensitive expression. If we attempt to retain these particles in the net of English grammar, we shall be in the unpleasant situation of having to lay down rules with more exceptions than examples.</p>
            <p>The <hi rend="sc">Accent</hi> (as <hi rend="i">màra, mòna</hi>, &amp;c.) has been used to denote a lengthened stress upon the vowel so marked. [Through inadvertence, in a few cases the accent has been printed thus, <hi rend="i">á</hi> instead of <hi rend="i">à</hi>.] Some writers of Maori prefer a double letter, as <hi rend="i">maara</hi>, &amp;c., but this is misleading, as the sound is not that of two distinct vowels. <hi rend="i">In all cases where accents are not used</hi>, the first syllable is more strongly marked than the others, although not with the longthened vowel sound.</p>
            <p>The pronunciation of the <hi rend="sc">Vowels</hi> as printed in Maori and in all Polynesian writings is nearly that used by the Italians. The vowels are as follows:—</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">a</hi> short, almost like the English short <hi rend="i">u</hi> in <hi rend="i">smut</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">à</hi> long; rather longer than in <hi rend="i">father</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">e</hi> short, as in <hi rend="i">bent, sent</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">è</hi> long, resembling the <hi rend="i">a</hi> in <hi rend="i">Mary</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">i</hi> short, as in <hi rend="i">hit, pit</hi>, &amp;c.,</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">é</hi> long, as <hi rend="i">ce</hi> in <hi rend="i">fleet</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">o</hi> short, as in <hi rend="i">lock</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">ò</hi> long, as in cocoa.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">u</hi> short, as <hi rend="i">o</hi> in <hi rend="i">lose</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">ù</hi> long, as <hi rend="i">oo</hi> in <hi rend="i">pooh</hi>.</p>
            <p>The <hi rend="sc">Consonants</hi> have nearly the same power as in English. <hi rend="i">Ng</hi> is pronounced like <hi rend="i">ng</hi> in <hi rend="i">flinging, ringing</hi>, &amp;c. It is probable that formerly in some localities the <hi rend="i">r</hi> varied into <hi rend="i">l</hi> and <hi rend="i">d</hi>, the <hi rend="i">p</hi> into <hi rend="i">b</hi>, &amp;c., but the efforts to educate the Maori children in their own language have resulted in the production of a classic form, in which the <hi rend="i">r</hi> and <hi rend="i">p</hi> are distinctly <hi rend="i">r</hi> and <hi rend="i">p</hi>. The pronunciation varies slightly with locality, thus <hi rend="i">tangata</hi> is in some places <hi rend="i">tanata</hi>, but these irregularities of the sub-dialects are very fluctuating and unfixed.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-2" type="section">
          <head>MAORI AND POLYNESIAN LETTER-CHANGES<lb/>
MAORI</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-2-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p>The vowels sometimes interchange with each other. The following may serve as examples:—</p>
            <p>A and E.—<hi rend="i">Tutai</hi>, a spy, <hi rend="i">tutei; hapa</hi>, crooked, <hi rend="i">hape; hura</hi>, to search, <hi rend="i">hure</hi>; <hi rend="i">ngawhara</hi>, to crumble, <hi rend="i">ngawhere; ngarahu</hi>, charcoal, <hi rend="i">ngarehu; ngangara</hi>, to snarl, <hi rend="i">ngengere; tora</hi>, to burn, <hi rend="i">tore; tawatawa</hi>, a mackerel, <hi rend="i">tewetewe</hi>.</p>
            <p>A and I.—<hi rend="i">Rari</hi>, to make a loud confused noise, <hi rend="i">rara; tara</hi>, rays of the sun, <hi rend="i">tira.</hi>.</p>
            <p>A and O.—<hi rend="i">Kanohi</hi>, the eye, <hi rend="i">konohi; hopua</hi>, hollowed, <hi rend="i">hapua; nati</hi>, to constrict, <hi rend="i">noti; purau</hi>, a fork, <hi rend="i">purou; houhou</hi>, cool, <hi rend="i">hauhau; tora</hi> to burn, <hi rend="i">toro</hi>.</p>
            <p>A and U.—<hi rend="i">Kanapa</hi>, bright, <hi rend="i">kanapu; rakaraka</hi>, to scratch, <hi rend="i">rakuraku</hi>; <hi rend="i">hawini</hi>, to shiver with cold, <hi rend="i">huwini</hi>.</p>
            <p>A <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Ngaoki</hi>, to creep, <hi rend="i">ngoki</hi>.</p>
            <p>E and I.—<hi rend="i">Ngaingai</hi>, shells, <hi rend="i">ngaengae; niti</hi>, a dart, <hi rend="i">neti</hi>.</p>
            <p>E and O.—<hi rend="i">Tore</hi>, to burn, <hi rend="i">toro</hi>.</p>
            <p>E and U.—<hi rend="i">Kame</hi>, to eat, <hi rend="i">kamu</hi>.</p>
            <p>I and A.—As A and I <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>I and E.—As E and I <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>I and O.—<hi rend="i">Hapoki</hi>, a pit for storing potatoes, <hi rend="i">hapoko; hinga</hi>, to lean, <hi rend="i">honga; hopi</hi>, to be afraid <hi rend="i">hopo; ngahiri</hi>, to be abundant, <hi rend="i">ngahoro</hi>.</p>
            <p>I and U.—<hi rend="i">Ito</hi>, an object of revenge, <hi rend="i">uto; inu</hi>, to drink, <hi rend="i">unu; himu</hi>, the hip-bone, <hi rend="i">humu; iho</hi>, the heart of a tree, <hi rend="i">uho</hi>.</p>
            <p>I <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Hutoitoi</hi>, stunted, <hi rend="i">hutotoi</hi>.</p>
            <p>O and A.—As A and O <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>O and E.—As E and O <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>O and I.—As I and O <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>O and U.—<hi rend="i">Hotoke</hi>, winter, <hi rend="i">hutoke; ngoro</hi>, to snore, <hi rend="i">nguru</hi>.</p>
            <p>U and A.—As A and U <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>U and E.—As E and U <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>U and I.—As I and U <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>U and O.—As O and U <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>U <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Hauware</hi>, saliva, <hi rend="i">haware; houkeke</hi>, obstinate, <hi rend="i">hokeke; toukeke</hi>, churlish, <hi rend="i">tokeke</hi>.</p>
          </div>
          <pb xml:id="nxv" n="xv"/>
          <div xml:id="f7-2-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>H and K.—<hi rend="i">Hurutete</hi>, stunted, <hi rend="i">kurutete; hore</hi>, not, <hi rend="i">kore; hatea</hi>, whitened, <hi rend="i">katea; huwha</hi>, the thigh, <hi rend="i">kuwha; harangi</hi>, unsettled, <hi rend="i">karangi; hukari</hi>, the young of birds, <hi rend="i">kukari; houka</hi>, a species of cabbage-tree, <hi rend="i">kouka</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and N.—<hi rend="i">Puhuki</hi>, blunt, <hi rend="i">punuki</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and NG.—<hi rend="i">Kongehe</hi>, feeble, <hi rend="i">kongenge; puhaehae</hi>, envious, <hi rend="i">pungaengae</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and P.—<hi rend="i">Korohuhu</hi>, to boil, <hi rend="i">koropupu; harirau</hi>, a wing, <hi rend="i">parirau; hua</hi>, to bloom, <hi rend="i">pua</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and R.—<hi rend="i">Hiwai</hi>, the potato, <hi rend="i">riwai</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and T.—<hi rend="i">Hangoro</hi>, loose, <hi rend="i">tangoro; hapì</hi>, a native oven, <hi rend="i">tapì; hapaki</hi>, to catch lice, <hi rend="i">tapaki; hauà</hi>, cowardly, <hi rend="i">tautauà; hawera</hi>, a burnt spot in the bush or fern, <hi rend="i">tawera; hikaro</hi>, to pick out, <hi rend="i">tikaro; hokeke</hi>, churlish, <hi rend="i">tokeke</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Hitau</hi>, a small waist-mat, <hi rend="i">itau; hokioi</hi>, the name of a mythical bird, <hi rend="i">okioi; ngaehe</hi>, to rustle, <hi rend="i">ngahehe; hanene</hi>, blowing gently, <hi rend="i">anene; harangi</hi>, unsettled, <hi rend="i">arangi; hawhato</hi>, a kind of fungus, <hi rend="i">awhato; hawhe</hi>, to pass round, <hi rend="i">awhe; hihi</hi>, a sunbeam, <hi rend="i">ihiihi; hiku</hi>, the eaves of a house, <hi rend="i">ikuiku; hinanga</hi>, the name of a small fish, <hi rend="i">inanga; hopi</hi>, terrified, <hi rend="i">opi</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and WH.—<hi rend="i">Haro</hi>, to scrape clean, <hi rend="i">wharo; hea</hi>, what place? <hi rend="i">whea</hi>? <hi rend="i">hinau</hi>, the name of a tree, <hi rend="i">whinau; hiore</hi>, the tail, <hi rend="i">whiore; hiroki</hi>, thin, <hi rend="i">whiroki; huha</hi>, the thigh, <hi rend="i">huwha; ohiti</hi>, on one's guard, <hi rend="i">owhiti; hapuku</hi>, the name of a fish, <hi rend="i">whapuku</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>K and H.—See H and K <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and M.—<hi rend="i">Kaewa</hi>, to wander, <hi rend="i">maewa; kapura</hi>, fire, <hi rend="i">mapura</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and N.—<hi rend="i">Takoki</hi>, sprained, <hi rend="i">tanoni</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and NG.—<hi rend="i">Kareko</hi>, to slip, <hi rend="i">karengo; kita</hi>, tightly, fast, <hi rend="i">ngita; koekoe</hi>, to scream, <hi rend="i">ngeongoe; koiro</hi>, the conger eel, <hi rend="i">ngoiro</hi>. [Note.—This is a very frequent letter-change, and between the NG of the North Island and K of the South is almost constant; as <hi rend="i">kainga</hi>, a village, <hi rend="i">kaika; nga</hi>, the plural article, <hi rend="i">ka</hi>, &amp;c.]</p>
            <p>K and P.—<hi rend="i">Karengo</hi>, to slip, <hi rend="i">parengo</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and R.—<hi rend="i">Kahui</hi>, a herd, <hi rend="i">rahui; porokere</hi>, broken, <hi rend="i">pororere</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and T.—<hi rend="i">Kokiri</hi>, to launch endways, <hi rend="i">tokiri; hiki</hi>, to start involuntarily, <hi rend="i">whiti; kaupoki</hi>, to cover, <hi rend="i">taupoki; naku</hi>, to scratch, <hi rend="i">natu</hi>.</p>
            <p>K <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Kahore</hi>, not, <hi rend="i">ahore; Kahua</hi>, form, appearance, <hi rend="i">ahua; karangi</hi>, unsettled, <hi rend="i">arangi</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and K.—As K and M <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and NG.—<hi rend="i">Mote</hi>, to suck, <hi rend="i">ngote; mongamonga</hi>, crushed, <hi rend="i">ngonga; motumotu</hi>, a firebrand, <hi rend="i">ngotu; mumutawa</hi>, a kind of beetle, <hi rend="i">ngungutawa</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and P.—<hi rend="i">Maheno</hi>, untied, <hi rend="i">paheno; maka</hi>, to throw, <hi rend="i">panga; mona</hi>, a knot of a tree, <hi rend="i">pona</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and T.—<hi rend="i">Mawhera</hi>, open, <hi rend="i">tawhera; haumaku</hi>, bedewed, <hi rend="i">hautaku</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and WH.—<hi rend="i">Amio</hi>, to go round, <hi rend="i">awhio</hi>.</p>
            <p>M <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Maewa</hi>, to wander, <hi rend="i">aewa</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and K.—As K and N <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and NG.—<hi rend="i">Neinei</hi>, to stretch forwards, <hi rend="i">ngeingei</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and R.—<hi rend="i">Naku</hi>, to scratch, <hi rend="i">raku; nehutai</hi>, spray, <hi rend="i">rehutai; Niwaru</hi>, the name of a canoe, <hi rend="i">Riwaru; wiri</hi>, to tremble, <hi rend="i">winiwini; nanea</hi>, copious, <hi rend="i">ranea</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and T.—<hi rend="i">Noke</hi>, a worm, <hi rend="i">toke; natu</hi>, mixed, <hi rend="i">nanu</hi>.</p>
            <p>NG and H.—As H and N G <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>NG and K.—As K and NG <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>NG and M.—As M and NG <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>NG and N.—As N and NG <hi rend="i">ange</hi>.</p>
            <p>NG and P.—<hi rend="i">Ngahoahoa</hi>, headache, <hi rend="i">pahoahoa</hi>.</p>
            <p>NG <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Hungoingoi</hi>, trembling, <hi rend="i">huoioi</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and H.—As H and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and K.—As K and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and M.—As M and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and NG.—As NG and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and T.—<hi rend="i">Hiapo</hi>, to be gathered together, <hi rend="i">hiato; poremi</hi>, to disappear, <hi rend="i">toremi</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and W.—<hi rend="i">Tapeke</hi>, to be all come or gone, <hi rend="i">taweke</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and WH.—<hi rend="i">Penei</hi>, like this, <hi rend="i">whenei; pena</hi>, like that, <hi rend="i">whena</hi>.</p>
            <p>R and H.—As H and R <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>R and K.—As K and R <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>R and N.—As N and R <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>T and H.—As H and T <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>T and K.—As K and T <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>T and M.—As M and T <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <pb xml:id="nxvi" n="xvi"/>
            <p>T and N.—As N and T <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>T and P.—As P and T <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>T <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Tauporo</hi>, to cut short, <hi rend="i">auporo; tiketike</hi>, high, lofty, <hi rend="i">ikeike; tungutu</hi>, to put together the sticks of a fire, <hi rend="i">ungutu</hi>.</p>
            <p>W and T.—As T and W <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>W <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Tapuwae</hi>, a footstep, <hi rend="i">tapuae</hi>.</p>
            <p>WH and H.—As H and WH <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>WH and M.—As M and WH <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>WH and P.—As P and WH <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="sc">Transposition</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Rango</hi>, a fly, <hi rend="i">ngaro; erangi</hi>, it is better, <hi rend="i">engari; ngarehe</hi>, forest, <hi rend="i">ngahere</hi>, &amp;c.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-3" type="section">
          <head>SAMOAN</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-3-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p>The vowels seldom interchange in Samoan words, although there are a few examples of such transfer, <hi rend="i">e.g., tonini</hi>, to guess a riddle, <hi rend="i">tonana; soma</hi>, red native cloth, <hi rend="i">sema; taunu‘u</hi>, to arrive, <hi rend="i">tunu‘u</hi>.</p>
            <p>The vowel-changes between Samoan and Maori are much more frequent. In the following instances the related Maori words are given in brackets:—<hi rend="i">Aluga</hi>, a soft pillow (<hi rend="i">urunga</hi>); <hi rend="i">anahea</hi>, when? of past time (<hi rend="i">inahea</hi>); <hi rend="i">lepa</hi>, a pond, to be stagnant (<hi rend="i">repo</hi>); <hi rend="i">anapo</hi>, last night, (<hi rend="i">inapo</hi>); <hi rend="i">‘emo</hi>, to wink the eye (<hi rend="i">kimo</hi>); <hi rend="i">ogoogo</hi>, the stinging nettle (<hi rend="i">ongaonga</hi>); <hi rend="i">tafolà</hi>, a whale, (<hi rend="i">tohora</hi>); <hi rend="i">tagamimi</hi>, the bladder (<hi rend="i">tongamimi</hi>); <hi rend="i">tipa</hi>, to jump as a stone on the water when playing “ducks and drakes” (<hi rend="i">tipi</hi>); <hi rend="i">tupito</hi>, last, at the end (<hi rend="i">topito</hi>.)</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-3-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>Here the Samoan words are placed first with related Maori words (marked M) or Samoan words (marked S) following.</p>
            <p>L and R.—<hi rend="i">Lagi</hi>, the sky, M. <hi rend="i">rangi; lau</hi>, a leaf, M. <hi rend="i">rau; lima</hi>, five, M. <hi rend="i">rima</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c. This is the regular interchange.</p>
            <p>L and T.—<hi rend="i">Lona</hi>, his, M. <hi rend="i">tona; lou</hi>, thine, M. <hi rend="i">tou; la‘u</hi>, my, M. <hi rend="i">toku; lau</hi>, thy, M. <hi rend="i">tau; la‘u</hi>, my, M. <hi rend="i">taku; le</hi>, the M. <hi rend="i">te; le</hi>, not, M. <hi rend="i">tè; lena</hi>, that, M. <hi rend="i">tena; lenei</hi>, this, M. <hi rend="i">tenei</hi>.</p>
            <p>L (or R) and N.—<hi rend="i">Naumati</hi>, dry, M. <hi rend="i">raumati; nini‘i</hi>, small, M. <hi rend="i">ririki</hi> and S. <hi rend="i">liliki; manino</hi>, calm, M. <hi rend="i">marino; manene</hi>, to fall slowly, M. <hi rend="i">marere; nape</hi>, to be entangled, S. <hi rend="i">lape; no‘uno‘u</hi>, to be weighed down, M. <hi rend="i">roku; nono</hi>, the white ant, M. <hi rend="i">rororo; nunu</hi>, to crowd together, M. <hi rend="i">ruru; pologa</hi>, a slave, M. <hi rend="i">pononga</hi>.</p>
            <p>L and G (NG).—<hi rend="i">Sala</hi>, continually, S. <hi rend="i">saga; tugagi</hi>, dull, blunt, S. <hi rend="i">tulali; tugafana</hi>, the step of a mast, S. <hi rend="i">tulafana</hi>.</p>
            <p>G is written in Samoan for the sound of Maori NG, as <hi rend="i">gafulu</hi>, ten, M. <hi rend="i">ngahuru</hi>. A regular script.</p>
            <p>L (or R) and ‘ (K.)—<hi rend="i">Pipi‘i</hi>, to stick to, M. <hi rend="i">piri</hi>.</p>
            <p>L and S.—<hi rend="i">Segasega</hi>, yellowish, S. <hi rend="i">legalega</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and T.—<hi rend="i">Tale</hi>, a cough, M. <hi rend="i">mare</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and P.—<hi rend="i">Mase‘ese‘e</hi>, slippery, M. <hi rend="i">pahekeheke; masunu</hi>, to singe, M. <hi rend="i">pahunu; malemo</hi>, to be, drowned, M. <hi rend="i">paremo; mapà</hi>, to make a cracking noise, to snap, M. <hi rend="i">papà; magugu</hi>, to be scranched. S. <hi rend="i">pagugu</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and F.—<hi rend="i">Manene</hi>, to loiter, S. <hi rend="i">fanene; mafine</hi>, a woman. S. <hi rend="i">fafine</hi>.</p>
            <p>S and T.—<hi rend="i">Safe, pannus menstrualis</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">tahe; lalato</hi>, to have the mouth stung by an acrid substance, S. <hi rend="i">salato; sasa</hi>, a rod, M. <hi rend="i">ta; sefea</hi>, which? M. <hi rend="i">tehea; sou</hi>, thy, M. <hi rend="i">tou; so‘u</hi>, my, M, <hi rend="i">toku; sau</hi>, thy, M. <hi rend="i">tau; sana</hi>, his, M. <hi rend="i">tana; sè</hi>, not, M. <hi rend="i">tè; senei</hi>, this M. <hi rend="i">tenei; sena</hi>, that M. <hi rend="i">tena</hi>.</p>
            <p>S and P.—<hi rend="i">Salafalafa</hi>, flat, M. <hi rend="i">paraharaha</hi>.</p>
            <p>S and K.—<hi rend="i">Sapo</hi>, to catch at M. <hi rend="i">kapo; sasala</hi>, to be diffused, as a perfume. M. <hi rend="i">kakara</hi>.</p>
            <p>S and H.—A regular interchange between Maori and Samoan. <hi rend="i">Soa</hi>, a companion, M. <hi rend="i">hoa; sau</hi>, dew, M. <hi rend="i">hau</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>S and WH.—<hi rend="i">Asiosio</hi>, a whirlwind, M. <hi rend="i">awhiowhio</hi>.</p>
            <p>‘ and K.—A regular interchange. [‘ is used to denote a “break” or catch of the breath, in sound between K and H, and used for the former letter.] <hi rend="i">A‘a</hi>, fibres of a root, M. <hi rend="i">aka; ‘a‘e</hi>, to ascend, M. <hi rend="i">kake; ‘ai</hi>, to eat, M. <hi rend="i">kai</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>‘ and V.—<hi rend="i">Sa‘eu</hi>, to stir up, S. <hi rend="i">saveu</hi>.</p>
            <p>‘ lost.—<hi rend="i">Uli</hi>, a dog, M. <hi rend="i">kuri; alalù</hi>, a cockroach, M. <hi rend="i">kekererù; iato</hi>, bars connecting the out-rigger with the canoe, M. <hi rend="i">kiato; io</hi>, a long strip of flesh or fish, M. <hi rend="i">kiko; ina‘i</hi>, to eat one kind of food with another, as sauce, M. <hi rend="i">kinaki; ave</hi>, a tentacle of cuttle-fish, M. <hi rend="i">kawekawe; avei</hi>, the handle of a mat-basket, M. <hi rend="i">kawei</hi>.</p>
            <pb xml:id="nxvii" n="xvii"/>
            <p>‘added.—<hi rend="i">‘ivi</hi>, a bone, M. <hi rend="i">iwi; ‘aue</hi>, alas! M. <hi rend="i">aue; ‘e‘e</hi>, to place upon, M. <hi rend="i">eke</hi>.</p>
            <p>‘and T.—<hi rend="i">Fato</hi>, to eat, S. <hi rend="i">va‘o</hi>.</p>
            <p>W and V.—A regular interchange. <hi rend="i">Vai</hi>, fresh water, M. <hi rend="i">wai; vae</hi>, the leg of an animal, M. <hi rend="i">wae</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>W and F.—<hi rend="i">Fasi</hi>, to split, a piece, M. <hi rend="i">wahi</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and F.—<hi rend="i">Filo</hi>, a thread; S. <hi rend="i">milo</hi>, to twist rope. [See <hi rend="sc">Whiro</hi>.]</p>
            <p>V and F.—<hi rend="i">Fato</hi>, to eat, S. <hi rend="i">va‘o</hi>.</p>
            <p>WH and F.—A regular interchange. <hi rend="i">Fetu</hi>, a star, M. <hi rend="i">whetu; fili</hi>, to plat, M. <hi rend="i">whiri; fa</hi>, four, M. <hi rend="i">wha</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>H and F.—<hi rend="i">Fui</hi>, a cluster of nuts, M. <hi rend="i">hui; fua</hi>, to produce fruit, M. <hi rend="i">hua; fono</hi>, to hold a council, M. <hi rend="i">hono; foe</hi>, a paddle, M. <hi rend="i">hoe; fo‘i</hi>, to return, M. <hi rend="i">hoki</hi>. This is a very frequent though irregular interchange, and probably points out that the related Maori words have lost W; thus <hi rend="i">hoe</hi>, a paddle, should be <hi rend="i">whoe; hoki</hi>, to return, should be <hi rend="i">whoki</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and T.—<hi rend="i">Ninifi</hi> to adorn, S. <hi rend="i">titifii</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">I'u</hi>, the tail, M. <hi rend="i">hiku, uluulu</hi> to be bushy, said of the beard, M. <hi rend="i">huruhuru</hi>.</p>
            <p>T <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Mati'u'u</hi>, the finger nail, S. <hi rend="i">mai'u'u</hi>.</p>
            <p><hi rend="sc">Transpositions</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Namu</hi>, a smell, an odour, S. <hi rend="i">manu; nivaniva</hi>, the bow of a native drill, S. <hi rend="i">vinavina</hi>.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-4" type="section">
          <head>TAHITIAN</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-4-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p>The Tahitian words sometimes exchange vowels, but between Maori and Tahitian the interchange is more frequent. In the following examples the Tahitian word is placed first, and the related Maori or Tahitian word (marked M. or T.) follows.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">Oeoe</hi>, sharp, pointed, M. <hi rend="i">koi; fetii</hi>, to tie or bind, M. <hi rend="i">whitiki; hapoi</hi>, to carry, T. <hi rend="i">hopoi; hinaaro</hi>, affection, M. <hi rend="i">hinengaro; mamo</hi>, progeny, M. <hi rend="i">momo; marara</hi>, the flying fish, M. <hi rend="i">maroro; metua</hi> and <hi rend="i">mitua</hi>, a parent, M. <hi rend="i">matua; pererau</hi>, the wingl of a fowl, M. <hi rend="i">parirau; teimaha</hi>, heavy, T. and M. <hi rend="i">taimaha; tinai</hi>, to extinguish fire, M. <hi rend="i">tinei; manihini</hi>, guests, visitors, M. <hi rend="i">manuhiri; afata</hi>, a scaffold, T. <hi rend="i">ihata; mahita</hi>. soon angry, T. <hi rend="i">mahiti; nivaniva</hi>, unsteady, T. <hi rend="i">nevaneva; nahu</hi>, well regulated, T. <hi rend="i">nahonaho; nihinihi</hi>, neat, T. <hi rend="i">nehenche; opai</hi>, to drift to leeward, T. <hi rend="i">opae; arava</hi>, a stripe, T. <hi rend="i">irava; manaa</hi>, manageable, T. <hi rend="i">manee; maua</hi>, an old cocoanut tree, T. <hi rend="i">maui: mira</hi>, to polish clubs, &amp;c., T. <hi rend="i">mire; mitaro</hi>, accustomed, T. <hi rend="i">mataro; pahoro</hi>, a comb, T. <hi rend="i">pahere; rara</hi>, to run M. <hi rend="i">rere; reme</hi>, a torch, M. and T., <hi rend="i">rama; tioi</hi>, to turn a thing to one side, T. <hi rend="i">taoi; taopaopa</hi>, to roll, T. <hi rend="i">tiopaopa; tipaopao</hi>, to mark for revenge, T. <hi rend="i">tapaopao; tatia</hi>, a girdle, M. and T. <hi rend="i">tatua; tiatia</hi>, to carry or convey, T. <hi rend="i">tietie; tiparu</hi>, to flatter, T. <hi rend="i">taparu; tipu</hi>, to chop, T. <hi rend="i">tapu; virua</hi> and <hi rend="i">verua</hi>, the spirit, T. <hi rend="i">varua; vitahi</hi>, someone, T. <hi rend="i">vetahi; vihi</hi>, a wrapper, T. <hi rend="i">vehi. Tia</hi> appears often to be used for <hi rend="i">tu</hi>; as, <hi rend="i">tiapapau</hi>, a corpse, M. <hi rend="i">tupapaku; tia</hi>, to stand, M. <hi rend="i">tu: tiapuna</hi>, an ancestor, M. <hi rend="i">tupuna; tiarama</hi>, a torch, M. <hi rend="i">turama</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c. <hi rend="i">Nia</hi>, above, is a curious word. It has probably been <hi rend="i">runga, nunga, nua, nia</hi>.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-4-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>R and N.—<hi rend="i">Ramu</hi>, a mosquito, T. <hi rend="i">namu; anuhe</hi>, common fern, M. <hi rend="i">aruhe; manii</hi>, to be spilling, M. <hi rend="i">maringi; manino</hi>, calm, M. <hi rend="i">marino; manana</hi>, vagrant, M. <hi rend="i">marara; natu</hi>, to be brought into some dilemma, M. <hi rend="i">rapu; manaa</hi>, manageable, T. <hi rend="i">maraa; manuhini</hi>, visitors, M. and T. <hi rend="i">manuhiri; nave</hi>, to be pleased, M. <hi rend="i">rawe; naupa</hi>, to obtain, T. <hi rend="i">raupa; navai</hi>, to suffice, T. <hi rend="i">ravai; nua</hi>, above, M. <hi rend="i">runga</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and P.—<hi rend="i">Mahore</hi>, to be peeling off, T. and M. <hi rend="i">pahore; nauma</hi>, to obtain, T. <hi rend="i">naupa; mahu</hi>, to cease, T. <hi rend="i">pahu; mahemo</hi>, to slip off, T. <hi rend="i">pahemo; patia</hi>, a spear, M. <hi rend="i">matia</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and WH(F).—<hi rend="i">Humaha</hi>, the thigh, M. <hi rend="i">huwha</hi> and T. <hi rend="i">hufaa; maha</hi>, four, M. <hi rend="i">wha</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and H.—<hi rend="i">Hiro</hi>, to twist, M. <hi rend="i">miro</hi>.</p>
            <p>M <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Teiaha</hi>, heavy, T. <hi rend="i">teimaha; araea</hi>, red earth, Marquesan <hi rend="i">karamea</hi>.</p>
            <p>K <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—This is an entire loss. <hi rend="i">Ai</hi>, the neck, M. <hi rend="i">kaki; io</hi>, flesh, M. <hi rend="i">kiko</hi>, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
            <p>K and V.—<hi rend="i">Vita</hi>, tied, fast-bound, M. <hi rend="i">kita</hi>.</p>
            <p>NG <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—This is an entire loss. <hi rend="i">Aa</hi>, an insult, M. <hi rend="i">kanga; aau</hi>, the heart, M. <hi rend="i">ngakau</hi>, &amp;c. &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>N and NG.—<hi rend="i">Na</hi>, the plural article “the,” M. <hi rend="i">nga; noi</hi>, a knot, M. <hi rend="i">ngoi</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and P.—<hi rend="i">Natu</hi>, to be brought into some dilemma, T. <hi rend="i">napu; panai</hi>, to stand in a line, T. <hi rend="i">nanai</hi>.</p>
            <p>N <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Niniore</hi>, a species of fish-blubber, T. <hi rend="i">iiore</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and R.—See R and N <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and M.—See M and H <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and F.—<hi rend="i">Aoha</hi>, a species of plantain, T. <hi rend="i">aofa; pufà</hi>, a disease of the foot, T. <hi rend="i">puha</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and WH.—<hi rend="i">Hirinai</hi>, to lean on another, M. <hi rend="i">whaka-whirinaki</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and R.—<hi rend="i">Maohi</hi>, native, T. and M. <hi rend="i">Maori</hi>.</p>
            <pb xml:id="nxviii" n="xviii"/>
            <p>H and P.—<hi rend="i">Hananu</hi>, flowing (as the sea), T. <hi rend="i">pananu</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Added</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Humaha</hi>, the thigh, T. <hi rend="i">hufaa</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Anaana</hi>, bright, shining, M. <hi rend="i">hana</hi>, T. <hi rend="i">hanahana; rairai</hi>, thin, M. <hi rend="i">rahirahi; ono</hi>, to join one piece to another, M. and T. <hi rend="i">hono; oromi</hi>, to disappear, M. <hi rend="i">horomi</hi>; <hi rend="i">nohinohi</hi>, small, T. <hi rend="i">noinoi; opohe</hi>, to be checked in growth, T. <hi rend="i">opoe</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and M.—See M and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and WH (F).—<hi rend="i">Patiri</hi>, thunder, M. <hi rend="i">whaitiri; patu</hi>, a stone wall, to build with stone, M. <hi rend="i">whatu</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and N.—See N and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Pafata</hi>, a cage, a box, T. <hi rend="i">afata</hi></p>
            <p>R <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Vau</hi>, eight, M. <hi rend="i">waru; puamaru</hi>, agitation of mind, T. <hi rend="i">puauau</hi>.</p>
            <p>T <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Raumai</hi>, to be fair after raining, M. <hi rend="i">raumati; ahu</hi>, to be burnt, <hi rend="i">tahu</hi>.</p>
            <p>V and W.—A regular interchange. <hi rend="i">Vaha</hi>, the mouth, M. <hi rend="i">waha; vai</hi>, water, M. <hi rend="i">wai</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>V <hi rend="sc">Added</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Uvira</hi>, lighting, M. and T. <hi rend="i">uira</hi>.</p>
            <p>WH and F.—A regular interchange. <hi rend="i">Fai</hi>, to confess, M. <hi rend="i">whaki; fare</hi>, a house, M. <hi rend="i">whare</hi>, &amp;c.</p>
            <p>WH and H.—See H and WH <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>WH and M.—See M and WH <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-5" type="section">
          <head>HAWAIIAN</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-5-0" type="section">
            <p>In the following examples the Hawaiian word is written first, the corresponding or related word in Maori or Hawaiian (marked M. or H.) following the explanation.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-5-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p><hi rend="i">Hekili</hi>, thunder, M. <hi rend="i">whaitiri; hone</hi>, to prick, M. <hi rend="i">honi; keehi</hi>, to stamp with the foot, M. <hi rend="i">takahi; kinai</hi>, to extinguish, as fire, M. <hi rend="i">tinei; koanamimi</hi>, the bladder, M. <hi rend="i">tongamimi; paha</hi>, perhaps, M., <hi rend="i">pea; mao</hi>, to carry off, M. <hi rend="i">mau; mae</hi>, to pine in sickness, H. <hi rend="i">mai; wao</hi>, to scrape, H. <hi rend="i">wau; wauke</hi>, the shrub from which a native cloth was made, H. <hi rend="i">waoke; wea</hi>, a red dye, H. <hi rend="i">weo; wila</hi>, a ribbon, H. <hi rend="i">wili; paaa</hi>, banana rind, H. <hi rend="i">paau; paolo</hi>, a bundle, H. <hi rend="i">puolo; paho</hi>, to sink, H. <hi rend="i">poho; pakaki</hi>, to talk irrationally, H. <hi rend="i">pakake; pakelo</hi>, to slip out of one's grasp, H. <hi rend="i">pakele; pakole</hi>, incompetent, H. <hi rend="i">pokole; peheu</hi>, the wing of a bird, M. <hi rend="i">pahau; peke</hi>, low, not tall, H. <hi rend="i">poko; pohihi</hi>, puzzling, H. <hi rend="i">pohihiu; pole</hi>, to defend off, M. <hi rend="i">pare; polemo</hi>, to sink in the water, H. <hi rend="i">palemo; puepue</hi>, to be large and plump, H. <hi rend="i">puipui; pona</hi>, the bursting of a boil, &amp;c., H. <hi rend="i">puha; puhenu</hi>, a breathing, H. <hi rend="i">puhanu; pukoko</hi>, to cackle, H. <hi rend="i">pukaka; neko</hi>, bad smelling, H. <hi rend="i">niku; nuhe</hi>, sullen, H. <hi rend="i">nuha; mehana</hi>, heat, H. and M. <hi rend="i">mahana; loea</hi>, skill, H. <hi rend="i">loia; kahi</hi>, to cut, H. <hi rend="i">kahe; kahuwai</hi>, a brook, H. <hi rend="i">kahawai; kapuwai</hi>, a footstep, M. <hi rend="i">tapuwae; keo</hi>, white, H. <hi rend="i">kea</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">tea; kiope</hi>, lame, H. <hi rend="i">kaopa; kohi</hi>, to detain, H. <hi rend="i">kohe; kunahua</hi>, to bend forward in walking, H. <hi rend="i">kanahua; kupola</hi>, to roll up in a bundle, H. <hi rend="i">kapola; hai</hi>, to break open, H. <hi rend="i">hae; hauapu</hi>, a yearning, H. <hi rend="i">hauupu; haupo</hi>, the thorax, H. <hi rend="i">houpo; hakukai</hi>, to be stormy, H. <hi rend="i">hakukoi; hanu</hi>, to breathe, H. <hi rend="i">hano; hapakui</hi>, to stammer, H. <hi rend="i">hapakue; heliu</hi>, to face about, H. <hi rend="i">haliu; henehene</hi>, to laugh in derision, H. <hi rend="i">henahena; henuhenu</hi>, to be smooth, polished, H. <hi rend="i">hinuhinu; hilo</hi>, to turn, to twist, H. <hi rend="i">hili; huikau</hi>, to turn topsy-turvy, H. <hi rend="i">huikai; hukiki</hi>, to shiver, H. <hi rend="i">hukeke; ume</hi>, a lengthening out, H. <hi rend="i">umi; umu</hi>, tobake, H. <hi rend="i">imu; upo</hi>, to desire strongly, H. <hi rend="i">ipo</hi> and <hi rend="i">upu; oaka</hi>, to open as a door, H. <hi rend="i">uwaka; elelo</hi>, the tongue, H. <hi rend="i">alelo; enei</hi>, here, H. <hi rend="i">anei</hi>.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-5-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>K.—The Maori K is entirely lost in Hawaiian; <hi rend="i">e.g., A</hi>, to burn, M. <hi rend="i">ka; aea</hi>, to wander, M. <hi rend="i">kaea; ume</hi>, to pull, M. <hi rend="i">kume</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c. The Hawaiian K represents the Maori T. There are, however, a few cases in which irregularities appear to occur, suggesting that probably the K has been retained. <hi rend="i">Kakakaka</hi>, small cracks, M. <hi rend="i">katakata; kala</hi>, a public crier, M. <hi rend="i">kala; kawa</hi>, to flow freely, as perspiration, M. <hi rend="i">kakawa; naku</hi>, to root as a hog, M. <hi rend="i">naku; pekapeka</hi>, slander, M. <hi rend="i">peka; kumu</hi>, a species of red fish, M. <hi rend="i">kumukumu</hi>, the gurnard; <hi rend="i">kuhukuhu</hi>, a dove, M. <hi rend="i">kuku</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and T.—The regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. <hi rend="i">Kanaka</hi>, a human being, M. <hi rend="i">tangata; kane</hi>, a male, M. <hi rend="i">tane; kai</hi>, the sea, M. <hi rend="i">tai</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>K (T) and H.—<hi rend="i">Wehe</hi>, to open, as a door, H. <hi rend="i">weke; pekekeu</hi>, a wing, H. <hi rend="i">peheu; kike</hi>, to sneeze, H. <hi rend="i">kihe</hi>.</p>
            <p>K (T) and P.—<hi rend="i">Kokoke</hi>, near to. H. <hi rend="i">pokohe; nukanuka</hi>, plump, H. <hi rend="i">nupanupa; koha</hi>, the crack of a whip, H. <hi rend="i">poha; hupi</hi>, to pull, H. <hi rend="i">huki; kulehu</hi>, to roast, H. <hi rend="i">pulehu</hi>.</p>
            <p>K (T) and M.—<hi rend="i">Makia</hi>, to fasten with nails, H. <hi rend="i">kakia</hi>.</p>
            <p>K (T) and L.—<hi rend="i">Ekekei</hi>, short, H. <hi rend="i">elehei</hi>.</p>
            <p>K (T) <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Nakele</hi>, boggy, H. <hi rend="i">naele; kalania</hi>, smooth, as the sea, H. <hi rend="i">alania; koaka</hi>, valiant, H. <hi rend="i">koaa; kopiko</hi> the name of a shrub, H. <hi rend="i">opiko; kukuhi</hi>, to pour water into a vessel, H. <hi rend="i">ukuhi</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and K (T).—See K and H <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and N.—<hi rend="i">Ponaha</hi>, circular, H. <hi rend="i">pohaha; nehe</hi>, a rumour, H. <hi rend="i">nene</hi>.</p>
            <pb xml:id="nxix" n="xix"/>
            <p>H and P.—<hi rend="i">Hupu</hi>, angry, H. <hi rend="i">huhu</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and M.—<hi rend="i">Hilo</hi>, to twist, <hi rend="i">milo</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and W.—<hi rend="i">Hili</hi>, to twist, M. <hi rend="i">wiri</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and WH.—A regular interchange between Maori and Hawaiian. <hi rend="i">Naha</hi>, to split open, as the ground, M. <hi rend="i">ngawha; hihi</hi>, the entangling of vines, M. <hi rend="i">whiwhi</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>H. <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Upe</hi>, mucus from the nose, M. <hi rend="i">hupe; makalui</hi>, to labour long, H. <hi rend="i">makaluhi; koehaeha</hi>, morose, H. <hi rend="i">koea; hehu</hi>, mist, H. <hi rend="i">ehu; hohule</hi>, bald, H. <hi rend="i">ohule; homi</hi>, withered, H. <hi rend="i">omi; hopilo</hi>, to relapse after sickness, H. <hi rend="i">opilo; hulili</hi>, to burn, H. <hi rend="i">ulili; hulina</hi>, to be soft to the touch, H. <hi rend="i">ulina; hehi</hi>, to trample, H. <hi rend="i">ehi</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and H.—See H and M (<hi rend="i">ante</hi>).</p>
            <p>M and K.—See K and M (<hi rend="i">ante</hi>).</p>
            <p>M and P.—<hi rend="i">Pai</hi>, blight, fading, H. <hi rend="i">mai; piula</hi>, mule (a modern word), H. <hi rend="i">miula; peua</hi>, to join together, H. <hi rend="i">meua; pehe</hi>, like as, H. <hi rend="i">mehe; mumuka</hi>, bad, H. <hi rend="i">pupuka</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and N.—<hi rend="i">Kunu</hi>, a gentle wind, H. <hi rend="i">kumu</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and W.—<hi rend="i">Wakaikai</hi>, to examine, H. <hi rend="i">makaikai; komi</hi>, to press together, H. <hi rend="i">kowi; uwala</hi>, the sweet potato, M. <hi rend="i">kumara</hi>.</p>
            <p>M <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Maikola</hi>, worthless, H. <hi rend="i">aikola; uala</hi>, the sweet potato, M. <hi rend="i">kumara</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and L (R).—<hi rend="i">Ununa</hi>, a pillow, M. <hi rend="i">urunga; hanana</hi>, to flow as water, H. <hi rend="i">halana; kanulu</hi>, heavy, H. <hi rend="i">kanunu; kulokuloku</hi>, to stand in pools, as water, H. <hi rend="i">kunokunoku; nanakea</hi>, to be weak in body, H. <hi rend="i">lanakea; nanahu</hi>, a coal, H. <hi rend="i">lanahu</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">ngarahu; manini</hi>, to spill, M. <hi rend="i">maringi; manino</hi>, calm, H. <hi rend="i">malino</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">marino; kalana</hi>, to sift, H. <hi rend="i">kanana; kunana</hi>, to step awry, H. <hi rend="i">kulana; hanana</hi>, to flow as water, H. <hi rend="i">halana; nanaau</hi>, to float on the current, H. <hi rend="i">lanaau; nanu</hi>, surf, H. <hi rend="i">nalu</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">ngaru; pinopino</hi>, bad swelling, H. <hi rend="i">pilopilo</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">piro; polohuku</hi>, a present, H. <hi rend="i">polonuku; nalo</hi>, lost, H. <hi rend="i">nano; nina</hi> soft to the touch, H. <hi rend="i">lina; lanau</hi>, to be sour-tempered, H. <hi rend="i">nanau</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and NG.—A regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. <hi rend="i">Naha</hi>, to crack open as the ground, M. <hi rend="i">ngawha; nau</hi>, to chew, M. <hi rend="i">ngau</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>N and H.—See H and N <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and M.—See M and N <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and P.—<hi rend="i">Nuu</hi>, to swell up, H. <hi rend="i">puu</hi>.</p>
            <p>N or NG <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Naikola</hi>, to boast or glory over one, H. <hi rend="i">aikola; lai</hi>, the sky, H. <hi rend="i">lani</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">rangi</hi>.</p>
            <p>L (or R) and W.—<hi rend="i">Poweko</hi>, eloquent, H. <hi rend="i">poleko</hi>.</p>
            <p>L (or R) and N.—See N and L <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>L and K (T).—See K and L <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>L (or R) <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Koali</hi>, to turn round, H. <hi rend="i">koai, wau</hi>, to scrape, M. <hi rend="i">waru; pakeaai</hi>, a glutton, H. <hi rend="i">pakelaai</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and M.—See M and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and H.—See H and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and N.—See N and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and K.—See K and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>P <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Peheu</hi>, the wing of a bird, H. <hi rend="i">eheu; ponaha</hi>, circular, H. <hi rend="i">onaha; puha</hi>, to hawk up mucus in the throat, H, <hi rend="i">uha; puke</hi>, to strike, H. <hi rend="i">uke; pulu</hi>, wet, H. <hi rend="i">ulu</hi>.</p>
            <p>W and U.—<hi rend="i">Wila</hi>, lightning, H. <hi rend="i">uila; naueue</hi>, to vibrate, H. <hi rend="i">nawewe; ualaau</hi>, to cry out, H. <hi rend="i">walaau</hi>.</p>
            <p>W <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Lauwili</hi>, unstable, H. <hi rend="i">lauili</hi>.</p>
            <p>W <hi rend="sc">Added</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Hua</hi>, to be jealous, H. <hi rend="i">huwa; uai</hi>, to open or shut as a door, H. <hi rend="i">uwai; uao</hi>, to interfere, H. <hi rend="i">uwao; uahi</hi>, a cloud, H. <hi rend="i">uwahi; ue</hi>, to jerk, H. <hi rend="i">uwe; ui</hi>, to wring H. <hi rend="i">uwi; uo</hi>, to cry out, H. <hi rend="i">uwo; aue</hi>, alas! H. <hi rend="i">auwe; wau</hi>, I, M. <hi rend="i">au; kauo</hi>, to haul a load, H. <hi rend="i">kauwo; wewe</hi>, the placenta, M. <hi rend="i">ewe; huua</hi>, full, H. <hi rend="i">huuwa; pupua</hi>, a blossom, H. <hi rend="i">pupuwa; laoa</hi>, to bundle up, H. <hi rend="i">laowa</hi>.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-6" type="section">
          <head>TONGAN</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-6-0" type="section">
            <p>In the following examples the Tongan word is written first, the related Tongan or Maori word (marked T. or M.) following.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-6-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p><hi rend="i">Eiki</hi>, a chief, M. <hi rend="i">ariki; efiafi</hi>, evening, M. <hi rend="i">ahiahi; elelo</hi>, the tongue, M. <hi rend="i">arero; eku</hi>, my. M. <hi rend="i">aku; mamahi</hi>, pain, M. <hi rend="i">mamae; ofato</hi>, the name of an insect, M. <hi rend="i">awhato; unufi</hi>, the caterpillar, M. <hi rend="i">anuhe; fefie</hi>, firewood, M. <hi rend="i">wahie; mele</hi>, to cough, M. <hi rend="i">mare; luo</hi>, a cave, M. <hi rend="i">rua; tagamimi</hi>, the bladder, M. <hi rend="i">tongamimi; tokoto</hi>, to lie down, M. <hi rend="i">takoto; malu</hi>, soft, T. <hi rend="i">molu</hi> soft; <hi rend="i">kemo</hi>, to wink, M. <hi rend="i">kimo; kofu</hi>, a garment, M. <hi rend="i">kahu</hi>.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-6-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>H and K.—<hi rend="i">Hake</hi>, to ascend, M. <hi rend="i">kake; habu</hi>, the banana leaf tied at each end to hold water, M. <hi rend="i">kapu (?)</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and R.—<hi rend="i">Uhiuhi</hi>, dark blue, M. <hi rend="i">uriuri; bibihi</hi>, to cleave to, M. <hi rend="i">pipiri</hi></p>
            <pb xml:id="nxx" n="xx"/>
            <p>H and F.—<hi rend="i">Efiafi</hi>, evening, M. <hi rend="i">ahiahi; hifo</hi>, down, M. <hi rend="i">iho; afi</hi>, fire, M. <hi rend="i">ahi; fuji</hi>, to deplume, M. <hi rend="i">huti</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and S.—<hi rend="i">Tuha</hi>, equal, T. <hi rend="i">tusa</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Agai</hi>, the corresponding opposite, M. <hi rend="i">hangai</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Inserted</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Hake</hi>, upwards, M. <hi rend="i">ake; hala</hi>, a road, M. <hi rend="i">ara; hifo</hi> down, M. <hi rend="i">iho; uha</hi>. rain, M. <hi rend="i">ua; haamo</hi>, to carry on the shoulders, M. <hi rend="i">amo; lohu</hi>, a forked stick used for twisting off bread fruit, M. <hi rend="i">rou; toho</hi>, to drag, M. <hi rend="i">to; haku</hi>, my, M. <hi rend="i">aku; hiva</hi>, nine, M. <hi rend="i">iwa; honge</hi>, scarce, M. <hi rend="i">onge; vahe</hi>, to divide, M. <hi rend="i">wawae; fuhi</hi>, a bunch, M. <hi rend="i">hui</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and H.— See H and K <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and N.—<hi rend="i">Hoko</hi>, to apply, to join, M. <hi rend="i">hono</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and T—<hi rend="i">Tatava</hi>, sour, M. <hi rend="i">Kawa; iki</hi>, small, M. <hi rend="i">iti; fekilokilofaki</hi>, to stare about. (M. probably a compound of <hi rend="i">tiro</hi>, to look. It is the more curious because the Tongan comparative of <hi rend="i">tiro</hi> is <hi rend="i">jio</hi>.)</p>
            <p>K and G (NG).—<hi rend="i">Gauafi</hi>, a fire stick, M. <hi rend="i">kauahi</hi>.</p>
            <p>K <hi rend="sc">Inserted</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Kau</hi>, I, M. <hi rend="i">au</hi>.</p>
            <p>K <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Aitoa</hi>, an expression of pleasure at the misfortunes of another, M. <hi rend="i">kaitoa</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and B.—<hi rend="i">Bahabaha</hi>, light, not heavy, M. <hi rend="i">màmà; malu</hi>, loose, soft, M. <hi rend="i">paru</hi>.</p>
            <p>B and P.— Regular interchange of Tongan and Maori. <hi rend="i">Ba</hi>, a fence, M. <hi rend="i">pa; baba</hi>, a board, M. <hi rend="i">papa,; bae</hi>, a sill, M. <hi rend="i">pae</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>V and W.— Regular interchange of Maori and Tongan. <hi rend="i">Vale</hi>, foolish, M. <hi rend="i">ware; valu</hi>, eight, M. <hi rend="i">waru</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>M and B.— See B and M <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and L (R).—<hi rend="i">Neka</hi>, joy, <hi rend="i">M. reka; nunu</hi>, to gather together, M. <hi rend="i">ruru; nima</hi>, five, M. <hi rend="i">rima</hi>.</p>
            <p>L and R.— Regular interchange between Maori and Tongan. <hi rend="i">Leto</hi>, inside, M. <hi rend="i">roto</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>F and R.—<hi rend="i">Fuga</hi>, high, M. <hi rend="i">runga</hi>.</p>
            <p>F and WH.— Regular interchange between Maori and Tongan. <hi rend="i">Fa</hi>, to feel after, M. <hi rend="i">wha; faji</hi>, to break, M. <hi rend="i">whati</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>P and S.—<hi rend="i">Sai</hi>, good, M. <hi rend="i">pai</hi>.</p>
            <p>L (R) <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Tamaiki</hi>, children, M. <hi rend="i">tamariki; mui</hi>, behind, M. <hi rend="i">muri; ama</hi>, a torch, M. <hi rend="i">rama; ogo</hi>, to hear, <hi rend="i">M. rongo; ua</hi>, two, M. <hi rend="i">rua; uku</hi>, to dive, M. <hi rend="i">ruku; jio</hi>, to look, M. <hi rend="i">tiro; uiui</hi>, black, M. <hi rend="i">uriuri; tui</hi>, the knee, M. <hi rend="i">turi; vau</hi>, to scrape, M. <hi rend="i">waru</hi>.</p>
            <p>J and T.—<hi rend="i">Tamajii</hi>, a small boy, M. <hi rend="i">tamaiti; oji</hi>, to be finished, M. <hi rend="i">oti; koji</hi>, to cut with scissors, M. <hi rend="i">koti; fuijijili</hi>, a thunderbolt, M. <hi rend="i">whaitiri</hi> and <hi rend="i">whatitiri; faji</hi>, to break, M. <hi rend="i">whati; jio</hi>, to look, M. <hi rend="i">tiro; mimiji</hi>, to suck, M. <hi rend="i">miti; fuji</hi>, to deplume, M. <hi rend="i">huti</hi>.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-7" type="section">
          <head>RAROTONGAN</head>
          <p>The Rarotongan of this dictionary also includes Mangaian. No dictionary or vocabulary of the Hervey Islands dialect is procurable, but one is now in course of construction by the Rev. W. Wyall Gill, B. A., and students of Polynesian are looking forward with interest to the completed work of this devoted scholar and historian. Until the book can be obtained, any attempt to classify the irregular letter-changes would be premature. A constant difference from Maori and most other Polynesian dialects is the complete absence of the letter H in Rarotongan. Thus: <hi rend="i">Inu</hi>, oil, M <hi rend="i">hinu; ara</hi>, a sin, M. <hi rend="i">hara; maara</hi>, to think, M. <hi rend="i">mahara</hi>, &amp;c. So strongly is this dislike of the aspirate maintained, that words spelt in Maori with <hi rend="i">wh</hi> (the Polynesian <hi rend="i">f</hi>), lose the <hi rend="i">w</hi> also in Rarotongan; <hi rend="i">e.g., a</hi>, four, M. <hi rend="i">wha</hi>, Samoan <hi rend="i">fa; anau</hi>, to be born, M. <hi rend="i">whanau</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-8" type="section">
          <head>MARQUESAN</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-8-0" type="section">
            <p>In the following examples the Marquesan word precedes, and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-8-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p><hi rend="i">Etua</hi>, a god, M. <hi rend="i">atua; meama</hi>, the moon, M. <hi rend="i">marama; metaki</hi>, wind, M. <hi rend="i">matangi; menino</hi>, calm, M. <hi rend="i">marino; metau</hi>, a hook, M. <hi rend="i">matau; tehito</hi>, old, M. <hi rend="i">tawhito; tuehine</hi>, sister, M. <hi rend="i">tuahine; tekahi</hi>, to trample, M. <hi rend="i">takahi; vehie</hi>, firewood, M. <hi rend="i">wahie; vehine</hi>, a woman, M. <hi rend="i">wahine; kouvae</hi>, the chin, M. <hi rend="i">kauwae; toua</hi>, war, M. <hi rend="i">taua; toua</hi>, a rope, M. <hi rend="i">taura; mounu</hi>, bait, M. <hi rend="i">maunu; pootu</hi>, elegant, M. <hi rend="i">purotu; tokete</hi>, brother-in-law, M. <hi rend="i">taokete; kaake</hi>, the armpit, M. <hi rend="i">keke; tokoau</hi>, the north-east, M. <hi rend="i">tokerau</hi>.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-8-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>H and R.—<hi rend="i">piahiahi</hi>, clear, M. <hi rend="i">piari</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and W.—<hi rend="i">Haha</hi>, the mouth, M. <hi rend="i">waha</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and WH.—<hi rend="i">Hataa</hi>, shelves, M. <hi rend="i">whata; hati</hi>, to break, M. <hi rend="i">whati; hatiitii</hi>, thunder, M. <hi rend="i">whatitiri</hi>.</p>
            <pb xml:id="nxxi" n="xxi"/>
            <p>K and T.—<hi rend="i">Makamakaiima</hi>, a finger (M.L. = <hi rend="i">matamataririma</hi>).</p>
            <p>K and NG.—<hi rend="i">Haka</hi>, to work, M. <hi rend="i">hanga; hoki</hi>, to smell, to kiss, M. <hi rend="i">hongi; iki</hi>, to spill, M. <hi rend="i">ringi; ikoa</hi>, a name, M. <hi rend="i">ingoa; inaka</hi>, the name of a small fish, M. <hi rend="i">inanga; kaahu</hi>, charcoal, M. <hi rend="i">ngarahu; kahae</hi>, a tear, a rent, M. <hi rend="i">ngahae; kaveka</hi>, a burden, M. <hi rend="i">kawenga; mako</hi>, the shark, M. <hi rend="i">mango; oko</hi>, to listen, M. <hi rend="i">rongo; potako</hi>, a dark night, M. <hi rend="i">potangotango</hi>.</p>
            <p>K lost.—<hi rend="i">Ate-puapua</hi>, the lungs (M. <hi rend="i">pukapuka</hi>); <hi rend="i">haa-metau</hi>, to fear, M. <hi rend="i">whaka-mataku; imi</hi>, to seek. M. <hi rend="i">kimi; inai</hi>, a relish, M. <hi rend="i">kinaki; inoino</hi>, a bad man, M. <hi rend="i">kino; paa</hi>, ripe, M. <hi rend="i">paka; umete</hi>, a chest, a box, M. <hi rend="i">kumete; upeka</hi>, a net, M. <hi rend="i">kupenga</hi>.</p>
            <p>R <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—This is almost absolutely lost. <hi rend="i">Paaoa</hi>, a Sperm-whale, M. <hi rend="i">paraoa; poi</hi>, a tribe, M. <hi rend="i">pori; tao</hi>, the <hi rend="i">taro</hi> plant, M. <hi rend="i">taro; iki</hi>, to pour out, M. <hi rend="i">ringi; ekaeka</hi>, pleasure, M. <hi rend="i">rekareka</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>V and W.— A regular interchange between Marquesan and Maori. <hi rend="i">Vehine</hi>, a woman, M. <hi rend="i">wahine</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>M and P.—<hi rend="i">Moupuna</hi>, a grandchild. Marquesan also <hi rend="i">poupuna</hi> (Maori, <hi rend="i">mokopuna</hi>).</p>
            <p>N and NG.—<hi rend="i">Na</hi>, the (plural article), M. <hi rend="i">nga; nutu</hi>, the head (probably M. <hi rend="i">ngutu</hi>).</p>
            <p>N and R.—<hi rend="i">Menino</hi>, calm, M. <hi rend="i">marino; nino</hi>, to spin, M. <hi rend="i">rino</hi>.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-9" type="section">
          <head>MANGAREVAN</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-9-0" type="section">
            <p>In the following examples the Mangarevan word precedes the explanation, and the Maori word (marked M.) follows.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-9-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p><hi rend="i">Tekere</hi>, a keel, M. <hi rend="i">takere; teito</hi>, ancient, M. <hi rend="i">tawhito; tepeiru</hi>, a queen, M. <hi rend="i">tapairu; teturi</hi>, wax in the ear, M. <hi rend="i">taturi; vehie</hi>, firewood, M. <hi rend="i">wahie; veine</hi>, a wife, M. <hi rend="i">wahine; enuhe</hi>, a caterpillar, M. <hi rend="i">anuhe; erero</hi>, language, M. <hi rend="i">arero</hi> (tongue); <hi rend="i">kerere</hi>, a messenger, M. <hi rend="i">karere; megeo</hi>, to itch, M. <hi rend="i">mangeo; merigi</hi>, to spill, M. <hi rend="i">maringi; merino</hi>, calm, M. <hi rend="i">marino; nenea</hi>, to abound M. <hi rend="i">nanea; pehau</hi>, a wing, M. <hi rend="i">pahau; pererau</hi>, a wing, M. <hi rend="i">parirau; peremo</hi>, drowned, M. <hi rend="i">paremo; ruehine</hi>, an old woman, M. <hi rend="i">ruahine; karou</hi>, a hook, M. <hi rend="i">karau; koumatua</hi>, an old man, M. <hi rend="i">kaumatua; kouae</hi>, the jaw, M. <hi rend="i">kauae; noumati</hi>, summer, M. <hi rend="i">raumati; kourima</hi>, a fire-stick, M. <hi rend="i">kaurimarima; mohore</hi>, peeled, M. <hi rend="i">mahore; mohora</hi>, expanded, M. <hi rend="i">mahora; moto</hi>, raw, M. <hi rend="i">mata; motua</hi>, father, M. <hi rend="i">matua; mounu</hi>, bait, M. <hi rend="i">maunu; hue</hi>, to collect, M. <hi rend="i">hui; tuhuga</hi>, skilled, M. <hi rend="i">tohunga; tohuhu</hi>, a ridge-pole, M. <hi rend="i">tahuhu; aka-tokoto</hi>, to lay, to place, M. <hi rend="i">whaka-takoto; tohuri</hi>, upside down, M. <hi rend="i">tahuri; toua</hi>, war, M. <hi rend="i">taua; toumaha</hi>, an offering, M. <hi rend="i">taumaha; toutoru</hi>, Orion (a constellation), M. <hi rend="i">tautoru</hi>.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-9-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>H and R.—<hi rend="i">Tiho</hi>, to examine, M. <hi rend="i">tiro</hi>.</p>
            <p>H and K.—<hi rend="i">Aka-makara</hi>, to think upon, M. <hi rend="i">whaka-mahara</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Uhuti</hi>, to pull up by the roots, M. <hi rend="i">huhuti; uha</hi>, the thigh, M. <hi rend="i">huwha; uka</hi>, foam from the mouth, M. <hi rend="i">huka; una</hi>, to hide, M. <hi rend="i">huna; oa</hi>, a friend, M. <hi rend="i">hoa; oaga</hi>, a whetstone, M. <hi rend="i">hoanga; ogi</hi>, to kiss, M. <hi rend="i">hongi; oha</hi>, wearied, M. <hi rend="i">hoha; oko</hi>, to barter, M. <hi rend="i">hoko; ono</hi>, to join, M. <hi rend="i">hono; aea</hi>, when, M. <hi rend="i">ahea; anga</hi>, to work, M. <hi rend="i">hanga; ape</hi>, a crooked foot, M. <hi rend="i">hape; amama</hi>, to yawn, M. <hi rend="i">hamama; amu</hi>, to eat scraps, M. <hi rend="i">hamu; ana</hi>, heat, M. <hi rend="i">hana; ari</hi>, to carry, M. <hi rend="i">hari; iga</hi>, to fall, M. <hi rend="i">hinga; inaki</hi>, a fish-basket, M. <hi rend="i">hinaki; kou</hi>, low clouds, M. <hi rend="i">kohu; maana</hi>, warm, M. <hi rend="i">mahana</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and NG.—<hi rend="i">Ngiengie</hi>, the pandanus, M. <hi rend="i">kiekie</hi> (a related plant).</p>
            <p>K <hi rend="sc">Added</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Aka-kata</hi>, a mirror, M. <hi rend="i">whaka-ata</hi>.</p>
            <p>K <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Aumatua</hi>, old, M. <hi rend="i">kaumatua; ave</hi>, trailers, rope, &amp;c., M. <hi rend="i">kawe; inaki</hi>, a relish, M. <hi rend="i">kinaki</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and P.—<hi rend="i">Oho-pangu</hi>, black hair, (<hi rend="i">pangu</hi> = M. <hi rend="i">mangu</hi>, black). <hi rend="i">Urupatiu</hi>, west a quarter-south, and <hi rend="i">urupatoga</hi>, south a-quarter-west (the <hi rend="i">pa</hi> here = M. <hi rend="i">ma</hi>, and).</p>
            <p>M <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Kakaraea</hi>, red ochre (Paumotan and M. <hi rend="i">karamea</hi>).</p>
            <p>N and R (or L).—<hi rend="i">Aka-tino</hi>, to look at, M. <hi rend="i">whaka-tiro; noumati</hi>, summer, M. <hi rend="i">raumati</hi>.</p>
            <p>P and M.— See M and P <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>R and N.— See N and R <hi rend="i">ante</hi>.</p>
            <p>R <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Ehu</hi>, ashes, Polynesian generally, <hi rend="i">rehu</hi>.</p>
            <p>V and W.— A regular interchange between Mangarevan and Maori. <hi rend="i">Ivi</hi>, a bone, M. <hi rend="i">iwi; iva</hi>, nine, M. <hi rend="i">iwa</hi>, &amp;c., &amp;c.</p>
            <p>W (V) <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Aha</hi>, the mouth, M. <hi rend="i">waha</hi>.</p>
            <p>V and WH.—<hi rend="i">Vio</hi>, to whistle, M. <hi rend="i">whio</hi>.</p>
            <p>WH <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Angai</hi>, to feed, M. <hi rend="i">whangai; ahao</hi>, to put in a bag, M. <hi rend="i">whawhao; etu</hi>, a star, M. <hi rend="i">whetu; ariki</hi>, a mat, M. <hi rend="i">whariki; ati</hi>, to break, M. <hi rend="i">whati; atutiri</hi>, thunder, M. <hi rend="i">whatitiri; ea</hi>, where? M. <hi rend="i">whea; eke</hi>, the octopus, M. <hi rend="i">wheke; enua</hi>, shallows, M. <hi rend="i">whenua</hi> (land); <hi rend="i">itu</hi>, seven, M. <hi rend="i">whitu</hi>.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <pb xml:id="nxxii" n="xxii"/>
        <div xml:id="f7-10" type="section">
          <head>PAUMOTAN</head>
          <div xml:id="f7-10-0" type="section">
            <p>This dialect, although in bulk Polynesian, has been “crossed” with some foreign tongue in a very remarkable manner. The numerals and many of the vital words are utterly strange to the Maori linguist; but, on the other hand, the Polynesian words have been preserved with great purity of sound and accuracy of meaning. The following examples may serve to show the presence of the foreign element. The Paumotan word is placed first, and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows.</p>
            <p><hi rend="i">Upoupo</hi>, heart (mind), M. <hi rend="i">ngakau; nimo</hi>, heart of a tree, M. <hi rend="i">uho; hipa</hi>, to see, M. <hi rend="i">kite; veke</hi>, a fault, M. <hi rend="i">hara; pepenu</hi>, a head, M. <hi rend="i">upoko; kama</hi>, stupid, M. <hi rend="i">kuware; togari</hi>, sweat, M. <hi rend="i">kakawa; utari</hi>, to follow, M. <hi rend="i">whai; pouru</hi>, a kidney, M. <hi rend="i">whatukuhu; keka</hi>, a road, M. <hi rend="i">ara; toau</hi>, salt, M. <hi rend="i">mataitai; konao</hi>, stone, M. <hi rend="i">kowhatu; aveke</hi>, canoe, M. <hi rend="i">waka; touiti</hi>, rain, M. <hi rend="i">ua; touo</hi>, egg, M. <hi rend="i">hua; keiga</hi>, bone, M. <hi rend="i">iwi; kave</hi>, nephew, M. <hi rend="i">iramutu; tarena</hi>, sinew, M. <hi rend="i">uaua; paku</hi>, cloud, M. <hi rend="i">kapua; kavake</hi>, moon, M. <hi rend="i">marama; tate</hi>, fish-hook, M. <hi rend="i">matau; mori</hi>, oil, M. <hi rend="i">hinu; kerikeri</hi>, the liver, M. <hi rend="i">ate; puka</hi> forest, M. <hi rend="i">ngahere; tuetue</hi>, large, M. <hi rend="i">nui; teke</hi>, fruit, M. <hi rend="i">hua; kaihora</hi>, smoke, M. <hi rend="i">auahi; niganiga</hi>, mud, M. <hi rend="i">paru; neki, korure, rotika</hi>, fire, M. <hi rend="i">ahi, kapura; orari (o rari)</hi>, one, M. <hi rend="i">tahi; eite (e ite)</hi>, two, M. <hi rend="i">rua; egeti (e geti)</hi>, three, M. <hi rend="i">toru; eope (e ope)</hi>, four, M. <hi rend="i">wha; ekeka, emiha (e keka, e miha)</hi>, five, M. <hi rend="i">rima; ehena; ehene (e hene)</hi>, six, M. <hi rend="i">ono; ahito (a hito)</hi>, seven, M. <hi rend="i">whitu; ehava (e hava)</hi>, eight, M. <hi rend="i">waru; enipa (e nipa)</hi>, nine, M. <hi rend="i">iwa; horihori</hi>, ten, M. <hi rend="i">tekau; makaro</hi>, son, M. <hi rend="i">tama; viru</hi>, good, M. <hi rend="i">pai; manemanea</hi>, finger, M. <hi rend="i">matihao; komo</hi>, water, M. <hi rend="i">wai; titi</hi>, slave, M. <hi rend="i">taurekareka, pononga; kaifa</hi>, husband, M. <hi rend="i">tane; mahoi, horohoro</hi>, spirit, soul, M. <hi rend="i">wairua; kamoke</hi>, to count, M. <hi rend="i">tatau; kega</hi>, ladder, M. <hi rend="i">arawhata; tapurena</hi>, ashes, M. <hi rend="i">pungarehu; manania</hi>, girl, M. <hi rend="i">hine, kotiro; morire</hi>, woman, M. <hi rend="i">wahine; paneke</hi>, fat, M. <hi rend="i">momona</hi>.</p>
            <p>These words, however, are few compared with the Polynesian words in the dialect, and themselves have the Polynesian phonology. In the following examples the Paumotan word precedes, and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-10-1" type="section">
            <head>VOWELS</head>
            <p><hi rend="i">Motoro</hi>, adultery, M. <hi rend="i">matoro; hopoi</hi>, to lift, M. <hi rend="i">hapai; horau</hi>, a shed, M. <hi rend="i">wharau; marara</hi>, the flying-fish, M. <hi rend="i">maroro; ketaketa</hi>, solid, M. <hi rend="i">kita; kakalalo</hi>, the cockroaoh, M. <hi rend="i">kekereru; kuiru</hi>, the eel, M. <hi rend="i">koiro</hi>.</p>
          </div>
          <div xml:id="f7-10-2" type="section">
            <head>CONSONANTS</head>
            <p>H and R.—<hi rend="i">Maohi</hi>, indigenous, M. <hi rend="i">maori; tohe</hi>, the <hi rend="i">anus</hi>, M. <hi rend="i">tore</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Added</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Hoge</hi>, scarcity, M. <hi rend="i">oge; mahuga</hi>, a mountain, M. <hi rend="i">maunga; hanuhe</hi>, a caterpillar, M. <hi rend="i">anuhe</hi>.</p>
            <p>H <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Arai</hi>, to guide, M. <hi rend="i">arahi; poutu</hi>, to splash, M. <hi rend="i">pohutu</hi>.</p>
            <p>K and NG.—<hi rend="i">Gutu</hi>, a louse, M. <hi rend="i">kutu</hi>.</p>
            <p>K <hi rend="sc">Added</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Reko</hi>, speech, M. <hi rend="i">reo</hi>.</p>
            <p>M and P.—<hi rend="i">Parau</hi>, to speak, Paumotan <hi rend="i">marau</hi>.</p>
            <p>M <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Ote</hi>, to suok, M. <hi rend="i">mote</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and R.—<hi rend="i">Kirokiro</hi>, vile, M. <hi rend="i">kino</hi>.</p>
            <p>N and NG.—<hi rend="i">Rarani</hi>, a row or rank, M. <hi rend="i">rarangi</hi>.</p>
            <p>R <hi rend="sc">Added</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Ruruga</hi>, a bolster, M. <hi rend="i">urunga</hi>.</p>
            <p>T <hi rend="sc">Lost</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Tureirei</hi>, to pitch up and down, as a ship, M. <hi rend="i">turetireti</hi>.</p>
          </div>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-11" type="section">
          <head>MORIORI</head>
          <p>The inhabitants of the Chatham Islands (which lie about 400 miles to the eastward of New Zealand) speak a corrupt form of Maori. It has been asserted that the Moriori are the autochthones of New Zealand driven forth by the Polynesian immigrants; but investigation proves them to have been of Polynesian speech and traditions. Their language is a sub-dialect of New Zealand Maori, differing little (save in a slovenly dropping of vowels) from that of their brothers on the larger islands. Exception must be made in two curious particulars. They have the <hi rend="i">tch</hi> sound as used in the Friendly Islands, and unknown in New Zealand: thus, the Maori word <hi rend="i">tamaiti</hi>, a child, is pronounced by the Moriori as <hi rend="i">tchimitchi</hi>. The other peculiarity is a very interesting and puzzling phenomenon in comparative philology, viz., that the Causative takes the form <hi rend="i">hoko</hi>, used in Eastern Polynesia, and not <hi rend="i">whaka (haka, aka, faka, fa‘a</hi>, &amp;c.<hi rend="i">)</hi>, common to New Zealanders, Samoans, Tongans, Rarotongans, &amp;c.</p>
          <p>The Moriori dialect has preserved in its long isolation some ancient and precious words lost to the vocabulary of New Zealand; except for this, it would hardly deserve notice as a separate dialect.</p>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-12" type="section">
          <head>EXTRA POLYNESIA</head>
          <p>Many words of languages spoken in Oceania and the Malay Archipelago are presented in this Dictionary as being possibly related to Maori. It is by no means certain that they are Polynesian words adopted by the speakers, nor that the Polynesians have received the words from their neighbours, nor even that they had a common source; but as they resemble Polynesian in sound or sense</p>
          <pb xml:id="nxxiii" n="xxiii"/>
          <p>(sometimes in both), it is possible that they may throw light on some phase of meaning which has not been preserved elsewhere. They are valuable also for the tracing of letter-changes; but these letter-changes are so difficult to bring under law that no attempt is made in the present volume to arrange their multitudinous diversity.</p>
          <p>Of these, however, the Fijian deserves a brief special notice. The language of the Fiji or Viti Islands contains Polynesian words to the extent of nearly a third of its whole vocabulary; the rest is derived from Melanesia and other sources foreign to the Maori people. With the exception of a regular change of <hi rend="i">v</hi> for Polynesian <hi rend="i">h</hi> (as <hi rend="i">vono</hi>, to join, Poly. <hi rend="i">hono; vou</hi>, new, Poly. <hi rend="i">hou</hi>, &amp;c.), and a few irregular changes, as <hi rend="i">th</hi> (printed <hi rend="i">c</hi>) for <hi rend="i">k</hi> and <hi rend="i">h</hi> (<hi rend="i">thala</hi>, to err, M. <hi rend="i">hara; thalo</hi>, to scoop out, M. <hi rend="i">karo</hi>, &amp;c.), <hi rend="i">s</hi> for <hi rend="i">t</hi> (<hi rend="i">gusu</hi>, the lip, M. <hi rend="i">ngutu</hi>), &amp;c., the Polynesian words are pure and permanent.</p>
          <p>Another Extra Polynesian language, that of Madagascar, is of special interest, on account of the great distance separating its speakers from those in whose tongue are found many kindred words. How far this kindred may be traced it is difficult to say; but it is certain that words having affinity in both sound and meaning may be found in Malagasy and Polynesian. It is probable that the real affinity is rather between Malay and Malagasy; but some words which modern Malays do not share with their brothers in the “Great African Island” appear to find relationship in the Polynesian vocabulary.</p>
          <p>The absence of the vowel <hi rend="i">u</hi> in Malagasy necessitates the comparison of Polynesian words having either <hi rend="i">u</hi> or <hi rend="i">o</hi>; but the likeness is very apparent. In the following examples the Malagasy word is placed first, and the related Polynesian word (marked P.) follows.</p>
          <p><hi rend="i">Ovi</hi>, a yam, P. <hi rend="i">uwhi</hi>, or <hi rend="i">ufi; nao</hi>, thine, P. <hi rend="i">nau; havokavoka</hi>, the lungs, P. <hi rend="i">pukapuka; voy</hi>, the act of rowing, P. <hi rend="i">hoe</hi>, to paddle; <hi rend="i">volo</hi>, hair, P. <hi rend="i">hulu</hi>, or <hi rend="i">fulu, huru; voa</hi>, seed, P. <hi rend="i">hua</hi>, or <hi rend="i">fua</hi>, fruit; <hi rend="i">tona</hi>, an eel, P. <hi rend="i">tuna; roa</hi>, two, P. <hi rend="i">rua</hi>, or <hi rend="i">lua; rozirozi</hi>, weariness, P. <hi rend="i">ruhi</hi>, weary.</p>
          <p>As an example how deceptively the letter-changes may cloak a real affinity, I will present the Malagasy word <hi rend="i">vorondolo</hi>, an owl, as equivalent to Maori <hi rend="i">ruru</hi>, an owl. <hi rend="i">Voro</hi> is used as an equivalent for “feathers,” the Polynesian <hi rend="i">huruhuru</hi>: the <hi rend="i">v</hi> (as in above examples) = <hi rend="i">h</hi>, and <hi rend="i">o</hi> = <hi rend="i">u</hi>. The Malagasy, however, use <hi rend="i">vorona</hi> as a general name for birds (probably <hi rend="i">i.e</hi>. “the feathered creatures”), as <hi rend="i">vorombola</hi>, a peacock; <hi rend="i">voromahailala</hi>, a pigeon. The <hi rend="i">nd</hi> of <hi rend="i">ndolo</hi> may be considered as equivalent to the Fijian, in which every <hi rend="i">d</hi> is <hi rend="i">nd</hi>; and as <hi rend="i">d</hi> is merely a form of <hi rend="i">r</hi> and <hi rend="i">l</hi> (<hi rend="i">dikydiky = likyliky; roa</hi> = Malay <hi rend="i">dua</hi>, &amp;c.), and <hi rend="i">o</hi> = <hi rend="i">u</hi>, therefore <hi rend="i">dolo</hi> is a form of <hi rend="i">ruru</hi>. Thus <hi rend="i">voro-ndolo</hi> means “bird-<hi rend="i">ruru</hi>”; and unlikely as at first sight appears the relationship, it is probable.</p>
          <p>On the other hand, I have not been able hitherto to trace even a possible affinity between Malagasy and Maori in more than one hundred words out of ten thousand in each language.</p>
          <p>In Malay, the so-called affinities are disappointing as to the number a Polynesian scholar would expect to find, after having road the works of many writers who have boldly asserted the near relationship of the Malay and Polynesian languages, and after having heard the Maori so often spoken of as being a branch of the Malayo-Oceanic family. The numerals are only parallel as far as five; the Tagal and Malagasy being far more sympathetic. Many important Malay words, such as those for sky, fire, root, bill, eye, &amp;c., resemble Polynesian, and are almost certainly related, but other vital words, such as sun, moon, mother, son, tree, smoke, &amp;c., have no apparent likeness, and the bulk of the two vocabularies is not comparable. The resemblances of Polynesian to Malay words are often to Sanscrit and Arabic words which have been adopted into the Malay vocabulary. These remarks do not apply to all the languages spoken in the islands of the Malay Archipelago, where dialects are sometimes to be found having far greater affinity with Maori than the Malay of the mainland possesses.</p>
          <p rend="center">INTERCHANGE OF CONSONANTS.</p>

            <table>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">Maori of N.Z.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Samoan.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Tahitian.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Hawaiian.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Tongan.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Rarotongan.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Marquesan.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Mangarevan.</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Paumotan.</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">S or F</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Wanting</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
                <cell rend="center">‘ (a break)</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Wanting</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Wanting</cell>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
                <cell rend="center">M</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">NG<note xml:id="fn2" n="*"><p><hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—Although NG is represented by G in Samoan, Tongan, Mangarevan, and Paumotan, this only applies to the written character. The G is nasalised, and is pronounced as NG.</p></note></cell>
                <cell rend="center">G</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Wanting</cell>
                <cell rend="center">N</cell>
                <cell rend="center">G</cell>
                <cell rend="center">NG</cell>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
                <cell rend="center">G</cell>
                <cell rend="center">G</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
                <cell rend="center">B</cell>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
                <cell rend="center">P</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">R</cell>
                <cell rend="center">L</cell>
                <cell rend="center">R</cell>
                <cell rend="center">L</cell>
                <cell rend="center">L</cell>
                <cell rend="center">R</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Wanting</cell>
                <cell rend="center">R</cell>
                <cell rend="center">R</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
                <cell rend="center">K</cell>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
                <cell rend="center">T</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">W</cell>
                <cell rend="center">V</cell>
                <cell rend="center">V</cell>
                <cell rend="center">W</cell>
                <cell rend="center">V</cell>
                <cell rend="center">V</cell>
                <cell rend="center">V</cell>
                <cell rend="center">V</cell>
                <cell rend="center">V</cell>
              </row>
              <row>
                <cell rend="center">WH</cell>
                <cell rend="center">F</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H or F</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">F</cell>
                <cell rend="center">Wanting</cell>
                <cell rend="center">F or H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">H</cell>
                <cell rend="center">F or H</cell>
              </row>
            </table>
        </div>
        <pb xml:id="nxxiv" n="xxiv"/>
        <div xml:id="f7-13" type="section">
          <head>PAKEHA-MAORI</head>
          <p>Many words in common use among the Maori people of to-day will not be found in this Dictionary. These are words adopted from the Europeans, mainly for objects not indigenous to New Zealand, or unknown among the Natives prior to the advent of the strangers. Such words are <hi rend="i">hoiho</hi>, horse; <hi rend="i">kau</hi>, cow; <hi rend="i">poti</hi>, boat; <hi rend="i">Aperira</hi>, April; <hi rend="i">Tihema</hi>, December, &amp;c., &amp;c. The whole English Dictionary travestied into Maori form might have been introduced into the present work if any of these bastard words had been admitted; and the Author has been compelled to draw the line rigidly in favour of the pure and undefiled native language (so far as he has been able to distinguish it), and to avoid any use of adopted words.</p>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="f7-14" type="section">
          <head>GEOGRAPHICAL AND DIALECTICAL REFERENCES</head>
          <p>A full Index to these will be found in the Appendix.</p>
        </div>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="f8" type="abbreviation">
        <head>ABBREVIATIONS</head>
          <table>
            <row>
              <cell>A. H. M.,</cell>
              <cell>“Ancient History of the Maori,” by J. White.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>App.,</cell>
              <cell>Appendix to Dictionary.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ar. M.,</cell>
              <cell>“Aryan Maori,” by Edward Tregear.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Auth.,</cell>
              <cell>Authority.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Bot.,</cell>
              <cell>Botany.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Col.,</cell>
              <cell>Rev. W. Colenso, F.R.S., F.L.S.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Cf.,</cell>
              <cell>Compare (<hi rend="i">confero</hi>).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Crus.,</cell>
              <cell>Crustacea.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Cent.,</cell>
              <cell>Central.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>C. O. D.,</cell>
              <cell>C. O. Davis, Native Interpreter, Author of “Maori Mementoes,” &amp;c.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Col. Nom.,</cell>
              <cell>“Nomenclature,” by W. Colenso, F.L.S.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Dimin.,</cell>
              <cell>Diminutive.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ent.,</cell>
              <cell>Entomology.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ext. Poly.,</cell>
              <cell>Extra Polynesian. Dialects spoken in localities not inhabited by the fair Polynesians.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Fig.,</cell>
              <cell>Figuratively.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Fem.,</cell>
              <cell>Feminine.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Eko.,</cell>
              <cell>Exodus, <hi rend="i">Ekoruhe</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>F. P. R.,</cell>
              <cell>Fornander's “Polynesian Race.”</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>For.,</cell>
              <cell>Fornander's “Polynesian Race.”</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>G.-8,</cell>
              <cell>Appendix to Journal, House of Representatives, G.-8, 1880.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>G. P.,</cell>
              <cell>Sir G. Grey's “Poems, Traditions, and Chaunts of the Maoris” (<hi rend="i">Ko nga Moteatea me nga Hakirara o nga Maori</hi>).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Geog.,</cell>
              <cell>Geographical.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ham.,</cell>
              <cell>Samuel, <hi rend="i">Hamuera</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Her.,</cell>
              <cell>Jeremiah, <hi rend="i">Heremaia</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>H. H.,</cell>
              <cell>“Histoire de l'archipel Havaiien,” par Jules Remy.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Hip.,</cell>
              <cell>Hebrews, <hi rend="i">Nga Hiperu</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Hoa.,</cell>
              <cell>John, <hi rend="i">Hoani</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Hoh.,</cell>
              <cell>Joshua, <hi rend="i">Hohua</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Hopa,</cell>
              <cell>Job, <hi rend="i">Hopa</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ich.,</cell>
              <cell>Ichthyology.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell><hi rend="i">i. e.</hi>,</cell>
              <cell>that is (<hi rend="i">id est</hi>).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Iha.,</cell>
              <cell>Isaiah, <hi rend="i">Ihaia</hi>, (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ika,</cell>
              <cell>“<name key="name-123773" type="work">Te Ika a Maui</name>,” by Rev. R. Taylor. Ed. 1885.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>J. L. N.,</cell>
              <cell>“<name key="name-102615" type="work">Narrative of a Voyage to New Zealand</name>,” by J. L. Nicholas.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>J. P.,</cell>
              <cell>“Jottings in the Pacific,” by W. Wyatt Gill, B. A.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Kai,</cell>
              <cell>Ecclesiastes, <hi rend="i">Te Kai Kauwhau</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ken.,</cell>
              <cell>Genesis, <hi rend="i">Kenehi</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ko.,</cell>
              <cell><hi rend="i">Korimako</hi>, a newspaper.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Kori.,</cell>
              <cell><hi rend="i">Korimako</hi>, a newspaper.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>L. A.,</cell>
              <cell>Lorrin Andrews, Author of Hawaiian Dictionary.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Lit.,</cell>
              <cell>Literally.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>L. P.,</cell>
              <cell>“Life of Patuone,” by C. O. Davis.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ma.,</cell>
              <cell>Matthew, <hi rend="i">Matiu</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Mak.,</cell>
              <cell>Mark, <hi rend="i">Maka</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Met.,</cell>
              <cell>Metaphorically.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>M.L.,</cell>
              <cell>In Maori letters, <hi rend="i">i.e.</hi> as if written by a New Zealander.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>M. M.,</cell>
              <cell>“Maori Mementoes,” by C. O. Davis.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Mol.,</cell>
              <cell>Mollusca.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>M. S.,</cell>
              <cell>“Maori Customs and Superstitions,” by John White; bound up with “History and Traditions of the Maoris,” by T. W. Gudgeon.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>MSS.,</cell>
              <cell>Manuscripts. The Mauscripts quoted are three sent to author. One by C. O. Davis, another by W. Colenso, and a third by a native chief.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>M. &amp; S.,</cell>
              <cell>“Myths and Songs of the South Pacific,” by the Rev. W. Wyatt Gill, B.A.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Myth.,</cell>
              <cell>Mythology.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>N. Z.,</cell>
              <cell>New Zealand.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Neh.,</cell>
              <cell>Nehemiah, <hi rend="i">Nehemia</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Nga.,</cell>
              <cell>Proverbs, <hi rend="i">Nga Whakatauki</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Nga Mahi,</cell>
              <cell>Acts of the Apostles, <hi rend="i">Nga Mahi a nga Apotoro</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Obs.,</cell>
              <cell>Obsolete.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Orn.,</cell>
              <cell>Ornithology.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Pass.,</cell>
              <cell>Passive.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Plu.,</cell>
              <cell>Plural.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Prov.,</cell>
              <cell>Proverb.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>P. M.,</cell>
              <cell>“Polynesian Mythology,” by Sir G. Grey. Ed. 1885.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Ran.,</cell>
              <cell>Daniel, <hi rend="i">Raniera</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Recip.,</cell>
              <cell>Reciprocal. A grammatical term, as “We love one another,” “They clasped hands.”</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Rew.,</cell>
              <cell>Levitious, <hi rend="i">Rewhitikuha</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Rutu,</cell>
              <cell>Ruth, <hi rend="i">Rutu</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>S. E. T.,</cell>
              <cell>“Eruption of Tarawera,” by Percy Smith, F.R.G.S.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>S. R.,</cell>
              <cell>“Maori Religion and Mythology,” by <name key="name-111505" type="person">Dr. Shortland</name>, M.A.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>S. N. Z.,</cell>
              <cell>“<name key="name-111506" type="work">The Southern Districts of New Zealand</name>,” by <name key="name-111505" type="person">Dr. Shortland</name>, M.A.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>S. T.,</cell>
              <cell>“<name key="name-123812" type="work">Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders</name>,” by <name key="name-111505" type="person">Dr. Shortland</name>, M.A.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Syn.,</cell>
              <cell>Synonym.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Tau.,</cell>
              <cell>Numbers, <hi rend="i">Tauanga</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Tiu.,</cell>
              <cell>Deuteronomy, <hi rend="i">Tiuteronomi</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Trans.,</cell>
              <cell>Transactions of New Zealand Institute.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Wai.,</cell>
              <cell>Psalms, <hi rend="i">Nga Waiata</hi> (Bible).</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Wak.,</cell>
              <cell><hi rend="i">Waka Maori</hi>, a newspaper.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>W. T.,</cell>
              <cell>Papers in Transactions of New Zealand Institute, by Rev. Mr. Wohlers.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Wohl., Trans.,</cell>
              <cell>Papers in Transactions of New Zealand Institute, by Rev. Mr. Wohlers.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>W. W.,</cell>
              <cell>“New Zealand Dictionary,” by Ven. Archdeacon Williams.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Zool.,</cell>
              <cell>Zoology.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>= equal to.</cell>
              <cell/>
            </row>
          </table>
      </div>
    </front>
    <body xml:id="body">
      <pb xml:id="n1" n="1"/>
      <head>THE MAORI - POLYNESIAN COMPARATIVE DICTIONARY</head>
      <div xml:id="c1-1" type="section">
        <head>A</head>
        <p><hi rend="b">A</hi>, the collar-bone: <hi rend="i">Te a o te kaki</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahei</hi>, the collar-bone. 2. The temples of the head: <hi rend="i">Nga a o nga kanohi</hi>.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">a</hi>, the jaw-bone. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. a, the jaw-bone, cheek-bone; <hi rend="i">iwia</hi>, the jaw-bone. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">taa</hi>, the chin or jaw-bone. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—kouaa, the lower jaw: as <hi rend="i">kauae</hi>, jaw; for <hi rend="i">kauae</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">A</hi>, to drive, urge, compel. Cf. <hi rend="i">hoa</hi>, to aim a blow at, by throwing [<hi rend="i">see</hi> Hawaiian]: <hi rend="i">Ka aia atu ratou e Aperahama</hi>—Ken. xv. 11.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ho-a, (for <hi rend="i">hoo-a = whaka-a</hi>,) to beat; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to drive as cattle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alei</hi>, to drive, chase; <hi rend="i">aga</hi>, to do. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—a, a method of catching men, beasts, or fishes by a long reach or sweep; to sweep by forming a long reach, in order to catch men, beasts, &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">a</hi>, to do; <hi rend="i">ahau</hi>, to chase, pursue; <hi rend="i">arei</hi>, to prick or goad, as cattle; to drive away, as fowls from a plantation.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">A</hi>, God, the Deity (one auth.); cf. <hi rend="i">atua</hi>, a god.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—Cf. <hi rend="i">aiá</hi>, to have authority over; <hi rend="i">aoao</hi>, to be supreme. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, to regard with reverence. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aoao</hi>, supreme, sovereign; <hi rend="i">aoniu</hi>, omnipresent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, reign, authority. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">a</hi>, fundamental; rudiment. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">A</hi>, the sun (for <hi rend="i">ra</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">Ao</hi>, Heaven, the state of the blessed; the good reign of a prince. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Tagal</hi>—cf. Yaua, a deity.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">A</hi>, plural of particle <hi rend="i">ta</hi>. [See <hi rend="sc">Ta</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">A</hi>, prefix to proper names, pronouns, &amp;c.: <hi rend="i">Ka ui atu ki a ia; ‘Kei whea a Whakatau</hi>.’—P. M., 61.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—a, a prefix used before the names of persons in the nominative and oblique cases.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Raratongan</hi>—a, a prefix to proper names: <hi rend="i">E angai mamoe a Abela</hi>; Abel was a keeper of sheep.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">A</hi>, of, belonging to: <hi rend="i">Ko Hinepiripiri, te wahine a Tawhaki</hi>—P. M., 47. 2. At, of future time: <hi rend="i">Ka ki atu a Rata, ‘A whea ara ai te marama</hi>?’—P. M., 56. 3. After the manner of.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—a, of, belonging to: <hi rend="i">Na te tatalaina le noanoaga a tupu</hi>; He looses the bonds of kings. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—a, of: <hi rend="i">Kahi i waiho ai na hua olelo a Pii</hi>; Where were deposited the words of Pii. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Into; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) at; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) belonging to: <hi rend="i">O Pali-uli, aina huna a Kane</hi>; O Pariuri, hidden land of Tane. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—a, of, belonging to: <hi rend="i">Umoi oe e otuto atu i te fae a to hoa</hi>; You shall not covet your friend's house. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—a, of, or belonging to: <hi rend="i">Bea nau lea, o beheage‘a Sisa</hi>’; They answered and said ‘Cæsar's,’ </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—a, of, belonging to: <hi rend="i">Kua tangi te ike a Mueu</hi>; The mallet of Mueu is sounding. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—a, of, or belonging to: <hi rend="i">Te kai a toku motua</hi>; My father's food. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) It is; that is: <hi rend="i">A koe tena</hi>; It is you ! (cf. N.Z. <hi rend="i">tena koe</hi>.) (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) Placed before a numeral: <hi rend="i">e toru a mano</hi>; three thousand. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwa</hi>—a, of.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">A</hi> ! an interjection or exclamation: <hi rend="i">A ! waiho ra, me rapu ake e taua, te matenga, te oranga</hi>.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—A ! Lo ! behold ! </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—A ! interjection of surprise.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AE</hi>, ‘Yes,’ in answer to affirmative question, and ‘No,’ in answer to a negative one: <hi rend="i">Ka mea mai ratou,’ Ae ! e tika ana ua ua’</hi>—P.M., 18.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AE</hi>, to consent; to give consent: <hi rend="i">Kaore ia i whakaae kia wehea raua</hi>.—P. M., 8.: <hi rend="i">Whakaae ana a Karihi ‘Ae</hi>.’—P. M., 50.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, probably; <hi rend="i">e</hi>, Yes; <hi rend="i">oe</hi>, Yes; <hi rend="i">ioe</hi>, Yes. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ae, Yes: but qualified by tone of voice. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ae, Yes; assent, approval, consent, agreement: <hi rend="i">E pai na lima, ae na waha</hi>; The hands strike, the mouths assent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ae, to consent. Cf. <hi rend="i">e</hi>, Yes. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ae</hi>, always, <hi rend="i">i.e.</hi> continuously; <hi rend="i">e</hi>, Yes; <hi rend="i">he</hi>, Yes. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">e</hi>, Yes. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—ae, Yes. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">a</hi>, Yes.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AEAEA</hi> (<hi rend="i">aéaéa</hi>), to rise to the surface. Cf. <hi rend="i">ea</hi>, to appear above water; <hi rend="i">maea</hi>, to emerge.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AEAEA</hi>, to pant for breath. 2. To utter disconnectedly.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aeae, the state of being out of breath, breathless; aeaea, to be exhausted, breathless; ha-aeae, the gasping of a person near death; fullness; shortness of breath in consequence of eating too much. Cf. <hi rend="i">aepau</hi>, the last dying breath; a bequest by a father to his son; wisdom or learning obtained by a son from his father; <hi rend="i">taaaeae</hi>, to lie gasping for breath. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aeaea, to respire with difficulty; to have pain in breathing.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AEHA</hi>, an interjection of contempt.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AERO</hi>, to dwindle, to become less and less.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AEWA</hi>, to wander. Cf. <hi rend="i">Kaea</hi>, to wander; <hi rend="i">kaewa</hi>, wandering; <hi rend="i">maewa</hi>, to wander. 2. To circumnavigate (one auth.).</p>
        <pb xml:id="n2" n="2"/>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aea, to wander, wandering, a wanderer, a vagabond: <hi rend="i">A e lilo aua au i kanaka aea me he kuewa wale</hi>; I shall be a wandering man and a vagabond. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To remove, or be removed; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) unstable, shifty; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to toss or throw back the head, as a person with pride; ho-aea, to pretend to wander, to assume a vagabond appearance; cf. <hi rend="i">hokuaea</hi>, a wandering star, a planet.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AEWA (myth.)</hi>, the ancient name of the Rarawa tribe—S. T., 25. 2. A name of the ‘Living Water of Tane’ [see <hi rend="sc">Waiora</hi>]: the great lake of Aewa—A. H. M., i. 142.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHA</hi>, What? (of inanimate objects only): <hi rend="i">He aha ta matou e mea ai ki toku ariki</hi>—Ken. xliv. 16. 2. Of what kind? <hi rend="i">Ka titiro ai i te whenua, he aha ranei</hi>—Tau., xiii. 18. 3. Whatever. 4. To do what? to do what to? <hi rend="i">Ko wai hei ki atu ki a ia ‘he aha ana koe?</hi>’—Hopa., ix. 12.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—Aha, What? How? Why? <hi rend="i">R aha hoi outou i parau mai ai e, I aha tia koe?</hi> What is this ye say to me, ‘What aileth thee?’ Also Eaha, What? of inquiry. Cf. <hi rend="i">tauaha</hi>, What is it? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—Eha, What? What of it? Oha, What?—<hi rend="i">Ko eha aau, oku ke ha'u ai moc kakai behe?</hi> What ails you to come with such a company? cf. <hi rend="i">Koeha</hi>, What?</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—Eaa. What? <hi rend="i">Eaa taku nei i rave?</hi> What have I done?—<hi rend="i">Eaa tatou e ora'i i te reira tangata?</hi> How will this man serve us? Aa, Why? Wherefore? How?—<hi rend="i">E te karanga nei koutou e, ‘No te aa ra?</hi>’ Yet ye say, ‘Wherefore?’ </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—Aha, to do what? Why? Wherefore?—<hi rend="i">I aku la au, no ke aha?</hi> I said ‘What for?’—<hi rend="i">I aku la au, heaha ka pono?</hi> I said ‘What is proper to be done?’ (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) An interjection of surprise. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">A?</hi> What?—<hi rend="i">fa'a-a?</hi> Like what? How? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—Aha, What? <hi rend="i">IIe aha te hana o tena atua?</hi> What is the work of that god? Cf. <hi rend="i">meaha</hi>, Why? <hi rend="i">umaha</hi>, Why? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—Aha (<hi rend="i">a</hi>) an exolamation of astonish ment or admiration; Eaha, What? What is it? Which?—<hi rend="i">Eaha to koe taiga?</hi> What is your device? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwan</hi>—Taha, What (for <hi rend="i">Ta-ahu</hi>)? <hi rend="i">Taha aia neimna iatakoi</hi>; What he did to thee? Cf. <hi rend="i">Tiaha</hi>, Why? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—Aha, What? Which? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">Ae-aha</hi>, What? <hi rend="i">Feaha</hi>, What?</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHAKA</hi> (<hi rend="i">aháka</hi>), bent like a hook. Cf. <hi rend="i">haka</hi>, short in stature; <hi rend="i">hake</hi>, humped, crooked.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHAKOA</hi>, although: <hi rend="i">Ahakoa tokomaha ki roto ki te whare</hi>.—P. M., 81. 2. Nevertheless. 3. Whether, or: <hi rend="i">Ahakoa kararehe, ahakoa tangata, e kore e ora</hi>—Eko. xix. 13. 4. ‘<hi rend="i">IIe ahakoa</hi>,’ used in the sense of ‘Never mind,’ ‘What of that?’—<hi rend="i">IIe ahakoa, tukua atu maua nei ko te Tamatea ki te moana whawhai</hi>.—G.-8, 20. Cf. <hi rend="i">aha</hi>, What? and its comparatives. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—Ihakoa, although.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHAKU</hi>, my; to me: belonging to me: a lengthened form of <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, my, and plural of <hi rend="i">tahaku</hi>, my [see <hi rend="sc">Taku</hi> and <hi rend="sc">Tahaku</hi>]: <hi rend="i">Ka mutu ano nga tamariki ahaka, ko ena</hi>.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37.</p>
        <p>Tongan–cf. <hi rend="i">haku</hi>, my; <hi rend="i">haaku</hi>, miue.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHANA</hi>, his, belonging to him: a lengthened form of <hi rend="i">ana</hi>; the plural of <hi rend="i">tahana</hi> (<hi rend="i">tana</hi>). Cf. <hi rend="i">ahaku</hi>, = <hi rend="i">aku</hi>, my; <hi rend="i">mahana</hi>, = <hi rend="i">mana, &amp;c.: E tu ra a nga tuakana, he hopu tou ahana</hi>.—Wohl. Trans., vii. 37.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHAU</hi>, I, me. Often au, and sometimes (in the South Island) auau: <hi rend="i">Ka mea atu a Whakatau, ‘Ae, ko ahau</hi>.’—P. M., 64. South Island also awau: <hi rend="i">Nahau ano awau</hi>.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 37.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—A'u, I: <hi rend="i">Ua oo mai foi ia te au le mea na au mata'u ai</hi>; What I was afraid of has come to me. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, I. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—Vau, I; also Au, and ovau: <hi rend="i">O Vau nei inaha, te fafau nei au i ta'u nei faufaa ia outou</hi>; And I, behold, I establish my agreement with you. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—Au, I, me. The forms wau, oau, owau, are also used: <hi rend="i">Aole make au e haule i ka lima o kanaka</hi>; Let me not fall into the hands of men; <hi rend="i">O Kaulu nei wau, ke kama o Kalana</hi>; I am Tauru, the child of Taranga. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—Au, I. Also Kau, Keu, I; Neu, I (always in the past tense); Te, I: <hi rend="i">Ke tamate'i au, bea teu auha, ko au, mo hoku fale</hi>; And I shall be destroyed; I, and my house. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—Au, I: <hi rend="i">Teia au; koai koe, e taku tamaiti?</hi> Here am I; who are you, my son? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—Au, I: <hi rend="i">Ono, oia, tutu au, e ono</hi>; Hark ! it is he, I arise; hearken ! </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—Au, I, me, </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwa</hi>—Avou, I, me: <hi rend="i">Akoi nikowna avou</hi>; Thou seest me: <hi rend="i">Avou nacatucua iacowa</hi>; I have told you. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—Ovau, I, me; Vau, I. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—Au, I, me. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>— Lau, I; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fiji</hi>—Au, I; Kau, I; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—Aho, I; Ahy, me; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kayan</hi>—Akui, I; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sulu</hi>—Aku, I; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kisa</hi>—Yahu, I; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—Aku, I.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHE</hi>, to fruetify, to give increase.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHEA</hi>, When? (used in future only): <hi rend="i">Ahea ano hoki koutou whai mahara ai?</hi>—Wai., xciv. 8. Cf. <hi rend="i">hea</hi>, what place, what time? <hi rend="i">tehea</hi>, which?</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ahea, when (future only)? Also afea: <hi rend="i">O outou vale fui tou te popoto afea?</hi> You fools, when will you be wise? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—afea, when? Also, ahea: <hi rend="i">E afea mai oe e ho'i mai ai?</hi> When will you return? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ahea, when? <hi rend="i">Ahea la oe e hele mai ia'u?</hi> When will you come to me? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—Aea, when? <hi rend="i">Aea koe e ara ai i taau moe?</hi> When will you arise from sleep? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—afe, when? <hi rend="i">Bea kohai oku faa tala kiateia be e hoko afe?</hi> Who can tell him when it shall be? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ahea, when? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ahea, when? when is it? Also aea: <hi rend="i">Aea mai koe?</hi> When will you come?—<hi rend="i">Ahea ka matatea ai?</hi> When will the assembly take place?</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHEAHEA</hi> (myth.), a name of the Rainbow, as a deity. It was an omeu of battle—M. Sup., 114. [See <hi rend="sc">Kahukura, Uenuku, Aniwaniwa</hi>.] Cf. <hi rend="i">aheihei</hi>, the rainbow; and <hi rend="i">puaheihei</hi>, the rainbow.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHEI</hi>, to be able: <hi rend="i">Kihai hoki i ahei nga Ihipiana te inu i te wai o te awa</hi>—Eko., vii. 21. 2. To be possible, to be in one's power: <hi rend="i">Ekore e ahei te hako i a ia ki tetahi iwi ke</hi>—Eko., xxi. 8.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHEI</hi>, the collar-bone. Cf. <hi rend="i">a</hi>, the collar-bone.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHEIHA</hi>, “Truly,” a word donoting acquiescence.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHEIHEI</hi>, the rainbow. [See above, under <hi rend="sc">Aheahea</hi>.]</p>
        <pb xml:id="n3" n="3"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHERE</hi>, a snare for birds. Cf. <hi rend="i">here</hi>, to tie up; <hi rend="i">tahere</hi>, to tie, ensnare.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">sele</hi>, to snare. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">here</hi>, a snare, noose. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hele</hi>, to ensnare. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hee</hi>, to be strangled. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ere</hi>, to hang up; <hi rend="i">ereere</hi>, to subdue. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">here</hi>, a snare; to tie; a running knot; to love. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ahele, a snare. Cf. <hi rend="i">hele</hi>, a snare; <hi rend="i">pahele</hi>, a noose, snare. [For full comparatives, see <hi rend="sc">Here</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHI</hi>, fire; <hi rend="i">Tikina he ahi i a Mahuika</hi>—P. M., 25. [For discovery of fire, see <hi rend="sc">Maui</hi>.] Cf. <hi rend="i">takuahi</hi>, stones let into the floor of a hut as a fender for fire; <hi rend="i">auahi</hi>, smoke; <hi rend="i">pakaiahi</hi>, a fire-place in a canoo. Also, (<hi rend="i">as “coitus,”</hi>) cf. <hi rend="i">ai, hika, kahika</hi>, and <hi rend="i">kaureure</hi>.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—afi, fire: <hi rend="i">E le pupula foi le mumú o lona afi</hi>; The spark of his fire shall not shine. Cf. <hi rend="i">áfia</hi>, to be burnt accidentally: <hi rend="i">afila'au</hi>, a great burning in honour of a dead chief; ‘<hi rend="i">aiqaleafi</hi>, ashes (lit. “the eating of the fire”); <hi rend="i">aloiafi</hi>, sparks from the fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ahi, fire: <hi rend="i">E inaha, te ama ra te pu aihere i te ahi</hi>; Behold, the bush burnt with fire. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahimaa</hi>, a batch of food; the native oven with its contents; <hi rend="i">ahitao</hi>, an oven-fire; fire as a signal; the name of a prayer and ceremony before a cock-fight; <hi rend="i">ahipihepihe</hi>, a remarkable remedy to cure languor or weakness, frequently used by the Tahitian women after confinement, and by persons of both sexes in chronic disorders: perspiration excited by the steam of plants and hot stones; when the perspiration is most copious, the person comes out, and plunges into a river to bathe. <hi rend="i">Ahitarahu</hi>, a fire kindled in the interior of the island to dress food during such times as the whole coast was sacred (<hi rend="i">rahu or rahui</hi>,) and no fire was there allowed to be kindled; <hi rend="i">ahitea</hi>, a fire-brand tied to the end of an arrow, and shot over a river or other water towards a person on the other side [<hi rend="i">see</hi> N.Z. story of the burning of the Arawa canoe—Pol. Myth., 98]; <hi rend="i">puahi</hi>, hot, heated, as herbs for medicine; <hi rend="i">taoahi</hi>, to bake hastily in the native oven. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ahi, a fire; <hi rend="i">Hele ae la makou iwaena o ke ahi a me ka wai</hi>; We went through fire and through water. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahiaihonua</hi>, (<hi rend="i">ahikai-whenua</hi>,) a volcano; <hi rend="i">hoaahi</hi>, fire-kindling; <hi rend="i">aahi</hi>, a bag, in which fire and fire-materials were carried. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—afi, fire: <hi rend="i">Bea nae vela ae mouga i he afi o a'u atu ki he loto lagi</hi>; The mountains burnt with fire into the midst of heaven. Cf. <hi rend="i">gauafi</hi>, a fire-stick; <hi rend="i">makaafi</hi>, a flint (fire-stone); <hi rend="i">fakaafi</hi>, to awake one who is asleep. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ahi, fire: <hi rend="i">Atea tupu i te ahi veavea</hi>; Atea produces the very hot fire. Cf. <hi rend="i">pekahi</hi>, to blow the fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—ai, fire: <hi rend="i">E pupuhi atu au i te ai</hi>; I will blow against you in the fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ahi, fire, flame: <hi rend="i">Hoki mai ei ahi</hi>; He returned to get fire. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) If used after a word meaning bundle, or package, it means a package carried on the bosom. Cf. <hi rend="i">auahi</hi>, to smoke; <hi rend="i">peikahi</hi>, a fan, to fan; <hi rend="i">tutututuahi</hi>, to kindle fire after many attempts. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwa</hi>—tiafi, fire (<hi rend="i">ti</hi> for <hi rend="i">ta</hi> = the): <hi rend="i">Acre neicitia tiafi o tafia marara iai</hi>; They saw a fire of coals there. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—afi, fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—Cf. <hi rend="i">lahi</hi>, fire;</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aneityum</hi>—asji, to cook on embers; ahi, white; Redscar Bay—nahi and lahi, fire; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—afo, fire; hahy, dried exposed to the sun; afovato, a flint (fire-stone); </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—api, fire; apiapi, fire-fly. The following mean “fire”:—Kayan, <hi rend="i">apui</hi>; Siwa, <hi rend="i">ai</hi>: Guaham, <hi rend="i">goifi, ngafi</hi>; Chamori, <hi rend="i">quafi</hi>; Silong, <hi rend="i">apoi</hi>; Ceram, <hi rend="i">afi</hi>; Bima, <hi rend="i">ape</hi>; Kayan, <hi rend="i">apui</hi>; Madura, <hi rend="i">apui</hi>; Champa, <hi rend="i">apoi</hi>; Formosa, <hi rend="i">apoi</hi>; Matu, <hi rend="i">apoi</hi>; Macassar, <hi rend="i">pepi</hi>; Bouton, <hi rend="i">wha</hi>; Tomohon, <hi rend="i">api</hi>; Bolangitam, <hi rend="i">puro</hi>; Ahtìago, <hi rend="i">yaf</hi>; Gah, <hi rend="i">aif</hi>; Matabello, <hi rend="i">efi</hi>; Teor, <hi rend="i">yaf</hi>; Mysol, <hi rend="i">yap</hi>; E. Teto, (Timor,) <hi rend="i">hahi</hi>; Vaiqueno, <hi rend="i">hai</hi>; Brissi, <hi rend="i">ai</hi>; Rotto, <hi rend="i">hai</hi>; Solor, <hi rend="i">api</hi>; Sikayana, <hi rend="i">afi</hi>; Kawi, <hi rend="i">agni</hi>. [The last word is Sanscrit; but if Kawi is allied to Pali, the Pali word <hi rend="i">akkhi</hi>, fire, may be a link with ahi.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHIAHI</hi>, evening: <hi rend="i">Katahi ratou ka haere ano i te ahiahi</hi>.—P.M., 31.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—afiafi, the evening: <hi rend="i">Na tautau i latou i laau ua oo i le afiafi</hi>; They were hanging on the trees until evening. Cf. <hi rend="i">afiafiao</hi>, the evening before sunset; <hi rend="i">afiafimalama</hi>, the evening after sunset; <hi rend="i">afiafipo</hi>, the evening at dusk. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ahiahi, the evening: <hi rend="i">I te ahiahi e ho'i mai ai ratou</hi>; In the evening let them return. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahiahirumaruma</hi>, an angry person (lit., “a dark, cloudy evening”). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ahiahi, the after part of the day; to be or become evening: <hi rend="i">I ke ahiahi komo aku la oia iloko</hi>; In the evening she went in. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A defamation, a slander. Ahiahia, obscure. faded, dim, as colours in textures: <hi rend="i">Hana ìho la ia i ka paku lote uli, a me ka ulaula ahiahia</hi>; He made the veil of blue, and of faded red. Ho-ahiahi, to darken, to obscure; to be neither clear nor dark; ho-aahi, firekindlings, materials for kindling fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—efiafi, the afternoon, evening: <hi rend="i">Bea nae ha'u ae lube kiate ia i be efiafi</hi>; And the dove came in to him in the evening. Cf. <hi rend="i">hoataefiafi</hi>, a little past noon-day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ahiahi, evening: <hi rend="i">O te ahiahi me te popoui o te a mua ia</hi>; The evening and the morning were the first day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—afiafi, evening. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—aiai, evening: <hi rend="i">Kua roroa oki te ata aiai nei</hi>; The shadows of evening are stretched out. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ahiahi, evening, time from about 4 p.m. till the end of twilight. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ahiahi, evening. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afiafi</hi>, evening.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHIKI</hi>, to make haste.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHO</hi>, a atring, line: <hi rend="i">E rua ana hekenga o te aho</hi>.—P.M., 23. Cf. <hi rend="i">kaho</hi>, a rafter. (See Hawaiian and Tongan.) 2. A woof, the threads that cross warp in weaving mats: <hi rend="i">Ahakoa i te uhenu, i te aho ranei</hi>.—Rew. xiii. 48.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—afo, a fishing line. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aho, thread, cord, line: <hi rend="i">Motu noa ilhora taua na taura i nia i na rima no'na mai te aho</hi>; He broke the cords from his arms like a thread. Cf. <hi rend="i">auaho</hi>, to fish with a hook and long line. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aho, a line, cord, as a fishing line: <hi rend="i">Nikiniki iho la ia i ka uha puaa i ke aho</hi>; Then he tied the hams of the hog with a cord. Ho-aho, to make or twist strings for a house; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to tie <hi rend="i">aho</hi> (sticks used in thatching; Muori = <hi rend="i">kahu</hi>,) ou to a</p>
        <pb xml:id="n4" n="4"/>
        <p>building. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahoaiole</hi>, a string too short; <hi rend="i">aholoa</hi>, a long cord; patient, long-suffering. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—afo, a measuring line; a small rope: <hi rend="i">Bea ko hono nima kuo vahe'i ia kiate kinau tolu aki ae afo</hi>; And his hand divided it to them by a line; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) one course or range of thatch on a native house. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—aho, a line, string; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a tress, lace. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—ao, a line, cord: <hi rend="i">E ma te ao orongá i tona rima</hi>; With a line of flax in his hand. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—ao, a line, string: <hi rend="i">E mano o te ao</hi>; a thousand (fathoms) of string. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aho, thread or cord, of which bands or fillets are made. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—afo, a line, cord. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Yap</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, twine.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHO</hi>, radiant, light. Cf. <hi rend="i">mataaho</hi>, a window; <hi rend="i">tiaho</hi>, to emit rays of light; <hi rend="i">ahoroa</hi>, the moon; <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, to become light, daylight.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—aso, a day: <hi rend="i">Ia fano le aso na fanau mai ai a'u</hi>; Let the day perish wherein I was born. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A daily offering of food to a chief. Cf. <hi rend="i">tauaso</hi>, to be blind; <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, day, daylight. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, day; bright clouds. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aho, a day: <hi rend="i">Tuku au keu alu, he kuo ma'a ae aho</hi>: Let me go, for the day breaks. Ahoaho, bright, shining, as the moon in a clear night; faka-aho, to do every other day, to do on certain days. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahofakaua</hi>, a term used when the moon is at the full (lit. “one day made two,” or a double day); <hi rend="i">ahohiva</hi>, a festival; <hi rend="i">ahotetea</hi>, morning light. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—ao, day, daylight: <hi rend="i">E riro oki te ao i te po kerekere ki runga ia ratou</hi>; The day shall be dark over them. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, light, day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rotuma</hi>—aso, day, sun. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—aso, a day. Cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, a day, daylight. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atho</hi>, a day.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHOROA</hi>, the moon. Cf. <hi rend="i">aho</hi>, radiant light; <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, day; <hi rend="i">roa</hi>, long.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahoaho</hi>, bright, shining, as the moon in a clear night. [For other comparatives, see under <hi rend="sc">Auo</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHOKIRA</hi>, a word denoting assent.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHORE</hi>, No, not. Cf. <hi rend="i">kahore</hi>, no, not; <hi rend="i">hore</hi>, not.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—aoe, not, nothing; No: <hi rend="i">Aoe e ae na mea pohoe</hi>; No living things were moving. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—aore, not, nothing: <hi rend="i">Aore a e pau atu i tau moko</hi>; I will not part with my grandson. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aole, not, No; a universal negative. It is also found as aohe, aoe, ole, &amp;c.: <hi rend="i">Aole ku, aole hina, aole moe</hi>; Never quiet, never falling, never sleeping: <hi rend="i">Aole hai ke hoihoi aku</hi>; He does not cease, though sent away. Tahitian–aore, no, not, in reference to the past: <hi rend="i">A riro ai ta'u ei oia, oia, e aore, aore</hi>; That with me there should be yes, yes, and no, no. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kare</hi>, no, not. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kakoe</hi>, not, not at all; <hi rend="i">aoe</hi>, no, not. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kakore</hi>, no.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHU</hi>, a heap; to heap up; piled up: <hi rend="i">Ka tu nga puke, he mea ahu and nga onepu e nga ringaringa o te tohunga</hi>—G. P. Ap., 83. Cf. <hi rend="i">tuahu</hi>, to throw up into hillocks; a sacred place; <hi rend="i">uruahu</hi>, a sacred place [see Marquesan]; <hi rend="i">ahurewa</hi>, an altar; <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, to be pregnant. 2. To cultivate the soil: <hi rend="i">Ko Ngatipaoa, he iwi pai, he iwi ahu whenua</hi>—M. M., 129. 3. To tend, foster, protect: <hi rend="i">Nana i ahu mai, ka ki ia, he tangata</hi>—P. M., 19.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUAHU</hi>, to heap up, to earth up. 2. To foster, tend.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AHU</hi>, to heap up; to lay in a heap. 2. To swell up; cf. <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, to be pregnant. 3. To be annoyed, vexed. 4. To express disdain.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ahu, to throw up or huddle together a heap of things; to pile up stones or throw up earth as a fortification; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to make an enclosure to catch fish in shallow places; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to scoop, ladle, or shovel; ahuahu, a small enclosure for catching fish; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a ladle, or anything to bale with. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, to tend or nurse the sick; <hi rend="i">ahuna</hi>, property or other things heaped together; <hi rend="i">ahupapaa</hi>, an enclosure for fish; the wall of a new <hi rend="i">marae</hi> (sacred place); <hi rend="i">ahupare</hi>, a fortress in time of war; <hi rend="i">aiahu</hi>, one who eats on the high and privileged place of the <hi rend="i">marae</hi>; to vaunt in an ostentations manner; <hi rend="i">tuahu</hi>, to pile up the earth about a plant; <hi rend="i">ohu</hi>, a bank or ridge of earth thrown up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—asu, to dip out, to bale out, as the hold of a vessel; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to pour out dust or sand; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) smoke. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ahu, a sacred place. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahui</hi>, to transplant; to make sacred (Maori = <hi rend="i">rahui</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ahu, to transplant; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to remove a house to another locality; ahuahu, to build, to erect a house; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to make a raft. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahuahuake</hi>, to grow, to grow up; <hi rend="i">au</hi>, to gather, to seize everything; <hi rend="i">awahu</hi>, to build; <hi rend="i">peahu</hi>, a surge, a wave of the sea; <hi rend="i">puahu</hi>, to grow vigorously; <hi rend="i">puahuahu</hi>, a well-grown young man; <hi rend="i">tuahu</hi>, a great number of persons. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ahu, to transplant; ahuahu, suffocating, stifling. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ahu, to gather, collect: <hi rend="i">Ahu iho ka pua wahawaha i Wailua</hi>; The despised blossoms were collected together at Wairua. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To lie strewed over the ground; ahuahu, young shoots or layers, as of sugar-cane; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a boy or girl that grows quickly; ho-ahu, to lay up as in a storehouse: <hi rend="i">Mai hoahu oukou i waiwai no oukou ma ka honua</hi>; Lay not up for yourselves treasures on earth. Hoo-ahu, to fall together, as men slain in battle; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to collect what is scattered; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to treasure up, as anger; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to pile up, as stones; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to glean, as a field; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) an assemblage or collection of things; storing, collecting. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, a bank in the sea; a ford; to be raised up on a platform; <hi rend="i">ahuna</hi>, a heap, pile, collection, to heap up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—au, covering of ridge of house. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. [<hi rend="i">v</hi> for <hi rend="i">h, o</hi> for <hi rend="i">u</hi>: see Introduction] <hi rend="i">avo</hi>, high, lofty, eminent; <hi rend="i">avodia</hi>, high-made, high-built (applied only to animals); <hi rend="i">avombava</hi>, high words, insolence (Maori=<hi rend="i">ahu</hi> and <hi rend="i">waha</hi>); <hi rend="i">avona</hi>, haughtiness.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHU</hi>, to move in a certain direction: <hi rend="i">Ka haere te tangata nei, ka ahu ki Piako</hi>—P. M., 184.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUA (myth.)</hi>, the name of the 12th Age of the existence of the Universe. [See <hi rend="sc">Kouz</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUA</hi>, form, appearance: <hi rend="i">I penei me te ahua tohora te ahua, o taua mea</hi>—G.-8, 19. Cf. <hi rend="i">kahua</hi>, form, appearance. 2. Likeness, resemblance: <hi rend="i">Ko te ahua, he ahua tangata, penei me te ahua pakeha</hi>—P. M., 177. 3. Character. 4. The spirit or essence of a thing: <hi rend="i">Ka tangohia e te patupaiarehe te ahua o nga whakakai</hi>. 5. An altar. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahu</hi>, to heap up; <hi rend="i">ahurewa</hi>, an altar.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUATIA (passive)</hi>, to be matured or completed.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n5" n="5"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUAHUA</hi>, to resemble.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AHUA</hi>, to form, to fashion: <hi rend="i">Na, ka haere a Tane, whakaahua i te oneone he wahine mahana</hi>—Wohl., Trans., vii. 34. 2. To acquire form: <hi rend="i">Kua oti ake ia te whakaahua ki te ahua o nga manu</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">whaka-whai-ahua</hi>, to impart form to; to fashion.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—afuha, the temper, or propensity; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the direction or course of things; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the grain of wood. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">faahua</hi>, to assume the appearance of something; not real, or appearing to be acting.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUA</hi>, to be pregnant. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahu</hi>, to heap up; <hi rend="i">whakaahu</hi>, to swell up; <hi rend="i">hua</hi>, the egg of a bird, roe of a fish; descendants.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—afua, to begin: <hi rend="i">A afua ona faia o nei mea</hi>; When these things begin to come to pass. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A feast made when the wife becomes pregnant. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—afua, to long or desire, as in pregnancy; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the motion of surface caused by fish under water. Cf. <hi rend="i">fua</hi>, to bear fruit; to bear, carry; <hi rend="i">fuaaga</hi>, a mother; the source, origin. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, to nurse a person, or wait on the sick; <hi rend="i">ahu</hi>, to heap up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, any elevated place; to be raised up on a platform; a bank in the sea; <hi rend="i">ahuua</hi>, a heap, pile.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUA</hi>, to hasten. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahu</hi>, to move in a certain direction.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ahua, to rush at random.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUA</hi>, truly, verily; a word denoting assent.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUAREKA</hi>, pleasant, agreeable, pleased: <hi rend="i">Ka ahuareka noa iho a raua nei korero ki a raua nei</hi>—P. M., 165. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, appearance, character; <hi rend="i">reka</hi>, sweet, pleasant; <hi rend="i">tareka</hi>, eager; <hi rend="i">waireka</hi>, agreeable; <hi rend="i">matareka</hi>, to be fond of; <hi rend="i">manawareka</hi>, pleased.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUHAHUHA</hi>, to be slightly acquainted with; to appear to know.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUMEHUME</hi>, a garment for females. It reached from the waist to the knees. Cf. <hi rend="i">whaka-hume</hi>, to be drawn between the legs, as the tail of a dog.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUREWA</hi>, a sacred place; an alter: <hi rend="i">Kia noho mai te tohunga i mua i te ahurewa</hi>.—G. P., 250. Cf. <hi rend="i">rewa</hi>, sacred; elevated, high up; <hi rend="i">tuáhu</hi>, a sacred place. [For full comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Ahu</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Rewa</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHUROA</hi>, the name of an incantation used at the <hi rend="i">kumara</hi> planting. Turi chanted it at Patea on the first planting of the <hi rend="i">kumara</hi> from Hawaiki. [See Pol. Myth., 137.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHURU</hi>, snug, comfortable, warm. Cf. <hi rend="i">huru</hi>, glow; warm; to contract, draw in; <hi rend="i">huruhuru</hi>, feathers, hair.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AHURU</hi>, to warm, to nestle.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahulu</hi>, over-done, as food baked too much; <hi rend="i">aiahulu</hi>, food baked too much. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aka-ahuru</hi>, to keep on slapping the haud on the same place. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afulu</hi>, to be over-cooked; <hi rend="i">afulumea</hi>, to be burnt brown; <hi rend="i">sulu</hi>, a torch. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">huru</hi>, colour. [For comparatives, if the word is based on down, feathers, hair, wool, &amp;c., see <hi rend="sc">Huruhuru</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AHURUMOWAIRAKA (myth.)</hi>, the wife of Paikea. [See <hi rend="sc">Paikea</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Al</hi>, a particle having no English equivalent, and only to be understood by reference to a Maori Grammar. It is used in relative clauses: it denotes habitual action; it implies a reason for doing anything, or the object in doing it; also used for ‘there is,’ ‘it is,’ &amp;c.: <hi rend="i">Ko a ratou rapunga whakaaro hoki mo o ratou matua kia tupu ai te tangata</hi>.—P. M., 7: <hi rend="i">Koia kau ano te take i haere ai au</hi>.—P. M., 18: <hi rend="i">Me aha ra kia kata ai a Kae</hi>.—P. M., 39.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, a mark of the future, also interrogative. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ai, a relative particle: <hi rend="i">O ifea o i ai o ia?</hi> Where is he? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ai, a verbal directive; sometimes it answers to ‘will’ or ‘shall,’ as <hi rend="i">Afea e oti ai?</hi> When will it be finished? Sometimes connected with a question, as requiring a reason: <hi rend="i">E aha i ore ai?</hi> Why was it not (done)? <hi rend="i">Ore a ite i ore ai</hi>; Because of ignorance it was not. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ai, a verbal directive, generally having reference to a preceding word, as to cause, manner, or instrument: <hi rend="i">O ke ala ia i imi ai i ka makua o Kahai</hi>; That is the road to seek the father of Tawhaki. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ai, there, there is.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Al</hi>, to lie with a female; to procreate, beget: <hi rend="i">Ka noho ia Uenuku ka aitia ki runga ki te takapau-whara-nui</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">whaiaipo</hi>, a sweetheart; to be in love with anyone; <hi rend="i">ahi</hi>, fire, as “kindling.” [See <hi rend="sc">Hika</hi>.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aiga</hi>, a family; a relative; cohabiting, as the beginning of a family; <hi rend="i">fai</hi>, to cohabit with; <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, to join two seams, in sewing; <hi rend="i">aiuta</hi>, to dwell inland. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ai, to copulate; faa-ai, to cause animals to copulate. Cf. <hi rend="i">aia</hi>, a country or place where one makes his abode; an inhabitant; or a portion of land (Maori = <hi rend="i">kainga?</hi>); <hi rend="i">aipai</hi>, sodomy; <hi rend="i">hiai</hi>, extreme venery; <hi rend="i">huaai</hi>, seed, progeny; <hi rend="i">tiai</hi>, to commit adultery with many. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ai, to have sexual intercourse: <hi rend="i">I ka wa i ai ai na holoholona ikaika</hi>; At the time the stronger animals procreated. Cf. <hi rend="i">aikane</hi>, to cohabit, as male with male or female with female; those who mutually give and receive presents, being of the same sex; <hi rend="i">aikahaula</hi>, a lascivious dream. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, to surround, enclose, defend. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, to think of; to regard with designs; <hi rend="i">aitanga</hi>, descendant. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aina</hi>, life, animal life; <hi rend="i">aivo</hi>, children in a family between the oldest and youngest; <hi rend="i">aizana</hi>, the youngest child in a family when the mother is again pregnant; <hi rend="i">manaizana</hi>, to be with child, after the first delivery. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Iloco</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ayat</hi>, love.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITANGA</hi>, (derivative from ai, to beget,) a deseendant, descendants: <hi rend="i">He hau anake te aitanga tuatahi a Raki ki te wahine matua</hi>.—A. H. M., i. 21. Heuce,</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITANGA-A-PUNGA</hi>, an ugly fellow. Punga was god of the lizard, shark, &amp;c., [See <hi rend="sc">Punga, Ikatere, Tangaroa</hi>, &amp;c.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITANGA-A-TIKI</hi>, handsome persons. [See <hi rend="sc">Tiki</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITANGA-A-TIKI-KAPAKAPA</hi>, birds.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITANGA-A-NUKUMAITORE (or nukumaikore):</hi> Dryads; fairies who lived in trees, or on the parasitical plants such as <hi rend="i">wharawhara</hi> and <hi rend="i">kiekie</hi>. Of this fairy race was Turakihau, the wife of Tura. [See <hi rend="sc">Tura</hi>.] Accounts differ as to their appearance. One legend says</p>
        <pb xml:id="n6" n="6"/>
        <p>that they had large chests and waists, but little heads; another text gives ‘no head, chest and waist only’; another, that their arms and legs were so short that they seemed to have no limbs at all, but waved their hands close to their bodies.—See Wohl., Trans., viii. 122; A. H. M. ii., 13 and 29.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITANGA-A-POPOROKEWA</hi>, the tribe of Kae, the magician. They feasted on Tinirau's pet whale, Tutunui; hence, war was made on them [see <hi rend="sc">Kae</hi>] —P. M., 56. It would seem, from Poporokewa being chief of Ati-Hapai, and Te Uru-a-Manono their house of assembly, that Kae went thither.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AI</hi>, an interjection of astonishment or surprise: <hi rend="i">Ai ! Taukiri, e !</hi>—P. M., 65.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AIANEI</hi>, to-day, now, about this time: <hi rend="i">Kia pena ki to tuakana aianei ka hinga, ka mate</hi>—M. M., 187. Cf. <hi rend="i">nei</hi>, implying position near the speaker; <hi rend="i">tenei</hi>, this, &amp;c.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aauanei, to-day; shortly (of future); aenei, implying action just gone by. Cf. <hi rend="i">nauanei</hi>, to-day, with reference to the past; <hi rend="i">teienei</hi>, now, immediately. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aianei, there, just by, not far off; aenei, now, about this time, just now; within a short time past or future; to be here, to be present; auanei, indefinite future; not far off; by and by: <hi rend="i">O kuia auanei oe a hina</hi>; Lest ere long you stumble and fall. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anaini</hi>, instantly, presently; <hi rend="i">anai</hi>, presently, by and by. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—auenei, by and by, shortly, to-day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">akonei</hi>, by and by, shortly. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">nei</hi>, here, now. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aranei</hi>, to-day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">any</hi>, to-day (part already past). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hara-ini</hi>, to-day.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AIHU</hi>, a salutation by rubbing noses, at parting. Cf. <hi rend="i">ihu</hi>, nose; also perhaps <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, coitus, and <hi rend="i">ahi</hi>, fire (as <hi rend="i">hika</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AINGA</hi>, a derivative from a, to drive.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AIO</hi>, calm, peaceful; at peace: <hi rend="i">Kua aio haere te moana</hi>—A. H. M., i 159.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aio, calm; to calm, to soften, assuage: <hi rend="i">Kua aio te matagi</hi>; The wind has lulled.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AIOTOKI (myth.)</hi>, the sons of Tiki and Io-wahine, the first man and woman. [See <hi rend="sc">Tiki</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AIOTEREA</hi> the sons of Tiki and Io-wahine, the first man and woman. [See <hi rend="sc">Tiki</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AIOWHAKA TANGATA(myth.)</hi>, the son of Aioterea—A. H. M., i. 165.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AIORIRI (myth.)</hi>, the name of a pre-diluvian person—A. H. M., i. 168.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITU (myth.)</hi>, the name of a deity: <hi rend="i">Ki te tahuna tapu, nohoanga o Aitu</hi>—A. H. M., i. 116.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITU</hi>, a deity or spirit: <hi rend="i">Ka whiwhi, ringa o Aitu; ka rawe, ringa o tangata</hi>—G. P., 159; see also G. P., 181. 2. Sickness, 3. Calamity: <hi rend="i">Ko te po o aitu-kino, o aitua</hi>—G. P., 428. Cf. <hi rend="i">aituá</hi>, unlucky, ominous; <hi rend="i">hauaitu</hi>, stricken with cold, wasted, pinchod.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—aitu (and eitu), a spirit; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a god. Cf. <hi rend="i">meaaitu</hi>, good luck; <hi rend="i">aitutagata</hi>, a murderer by means of the <hi rend="i">foto</hi> (barb of sting ray); an assassin; ‘<hi rend="i">aigaaitu</hi>, an ulcer hard to heal. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Manihiki</hi>—fare-a-aitu (house of Aitu), the temple. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aitu, a god or goddess. Cf. <hi rend="i">puaitu</hi>, timorous, to be in a state of fear; <hi rend="i">raitu</hi>, a god (probably =<hi rend="i">rangi-tu</hi>); <hi rend="i">taefaiaitu</hi>, a bird sacred to the god Tane; <hi rend="i">tauaitu</hi>, a friend of a god, a priest. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—eitu, a heathen feast. Cf. <hi rend="i">lauaitu</hi>, to cry, to weep. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hauaitu</hi>, stupefied; <hi rend="i">maitu</hi>, a spirit. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aiku, to break <hi rend="i">tapu</hi>; to do a thing contrary to ceremony; to eat in an improper manner; to eat standing (<hi rend="i">kai-tu</hi>); the name of a disease (<hi rend="i">kaki-tu</hi>, the croup); aikukuku, to be sick with swellings in the mouth and legs.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITUA (myth.)</hi>, Death, the first-born son of Rangi and Papa.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AITUA</hi> (<hi rend="i">aituá</hi>), evil omen, bad luck, unlucky; a misfortune: <hi rend="i">IIe aitua to taua; i hiki taku karakia</hi> — P. M., 30. 2. Ominous, foretelling, but not of evil omen: <hi rend="i">IIe aitua hau, he aitua ua</hi>.—A. H. M., ii. 4. Notice also the lines: <hi rend="i">Ara ka matakite, hei titiro i tona aitua</hi>—P. M., 171: <hi rend="i">Ko aitua tonu, ko Tiki raua ko te Toa</hi>—G. P., 125. Cf. <hi rend="i">aitu</hi>, a calamity; <hi rend="i">atua</hi>, a god, or spirit of evil; <hi rend="i">Tua</hi>, used in the sense of deity. [See A. H. M., i. 6.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—aitua, to be haunted. Cf. <hi rend="i">aituemea</hi>, an expression signifying bad luck; <hi rend="i">lauaitu</hi>, a weeping, wailing; <hi rend="i">aitu</hi>, a spirit. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf, <hi rend="i">Aitu</hi>, a deity; <hi rend="i">haa-maheaitu</hi>, to cause trouble of mind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf, <hi rend="i">lauitu</hi>, to bewail. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf, <hi rend="i">maitu</hi>, a spirit; <hi rend="i">hauaitu</hi>, stupefied. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aiku</hi>, to break the <hi rend="i">tapu</hi>; to eat improperly (an offence against the gods); the name of a disease (croup); <hi rend="i">aikukuku</hi>, sick with swellings in the mouth and legs.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA</hi>, long, fibrous roots of shrubs and trees. Often used for tying palisading, &amp;c.: <hi rend="i">I here-heretia ki nga aka, ki nga taura, ki nga pirita</hi>—A. H. M., i. 157. 2. A climbing plant, Bot. <hi rend="i">Metrosideros scandens</hi>. 3 The stem of any climbing plant; and to be found as a compound in <hi rend="i">aka-tea, aka-totara</hi>, &amp;c. [See <hi rend="i">post</hi>.] 4. The shell of a shell-fish: <hi rend="i">Ka kehitia te aka o te pupu, ka whakapiri ki o raua kanohi</hi>.—Wohl., Trans., vii. 43.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKAAKA</hi>, a fibrous root; having fibrous roots. Cf. <hi rend="i">paiaka</hi>, a root; <hi rend="i">pakiaka</hi>, a root; <hi rend="i">kaka</hi>, a single fibre; <hi rend="i">kake</hi>, to climb. [See Tongan.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—a'a, fibres of a root: <hi rend="i">Ua feuiuiai ona aa i le faaputugámaa</hi>; Its roots are wrapped about the heap. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Family connections; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the name of a plant; a'aa'a, to have many fibrous roots; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) an odoriferous plant, Bot. <hi rend="i">Seigesbeckia orientalis</hi>. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aa, the root or roots of any tree or plant: <hi rend="i">E ua toro to'na aa e ua api a'era te fenua</hi>; You caused it to take root and fill the land. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Hold; right; support; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) footing or settlement in a country. Cf. <hi rend="i">paiaa</hi>, the roots, long and small, of a tree or plant. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aa, the small roots of trees and plants (the large roots are called <hi rend="i">mole</hi>): <hi rend="i">Manamana ae la kuu aa ma na wai</hi>; My root was spread out by the waters. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Veins or arteries of the body; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) (fig.) the lower part of the neck; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) offspring. Cf. <hi rend="i">aae</hi>, the young shoots of <hi rend="i">kalo</hi> (<hi rend="i">taro</hi>) remaining in the ground when the old plant is pulled up; <hi rend="i">aakoko</hi>, a vein; <hi rend="i">aalele</hi>, an artery; <hi rend="i">paiaa</hi>, the branches of the main root of a tree. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aka, the root of trees; to take root in the earth: <hi rend="i">Oku totolo atu hono gaahi aka ki he vaitafe</hi>; That spreads out its
<pb xml:id="n7" n="7"/>
sroots by the river. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The name of a shrub; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to kick; a kick; akaaka, the wide-spread and branched root of a tree; rooty, full of roots; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the rays of the sun; faka-aka, to cause to take root. Cf. <hi rend="i">kaka</hi>, to climb; <hi rend="i">kaka-aga</hi>, a frame for plants to creep along; a ladder; <hi rend="i">fekaka</hi>, to creep along a fence, as a vine; <hi rend="i">akatuu</hi>, the principal root of a tree. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—aka, a root: <hi rend="i">Te tumu o te pohoe, mau te aka i te ani una</hi>; The tree of life, firm rooted in heaven above. Cf. <hi rend="i">eka</hi>, young roots of trees from which native cloth is made. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—aka, a root: <hi rend="i">E maró tona au aka i raro</hi>; Its roots will be dried up underneath. Cf. (myth.) <hi rend="i">Te-aka-ia-roe</hi>, “The root of all Existence,” a spirit located at the very lowest point of the Universe, and sustaining the Creation. It is a thick stem, tapering to a point—My. and S., 1. [See <hi rend="sc">Kore</hi> and <hi rend="sc">Rohe</hi>.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—aka, a root. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—aka, roots generally. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">waka</hi>, the fibres or roots of a tree. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kayan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, a root. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">akar</hi>, the roots of a plant; a scandent plant; the parts of a plant that climb; <hi rend="i">akarakar</hi>, roots; parasitic plants; <hi rend="i">ákar</hi>, root, origin, principle, foundation. [This last word is said by Crawfurd to be Arabic.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Salayer</hi>—<hi rend="i">akar</hi>, root. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Gah</hi>—<hi rend="i">akar</hi>, root. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sula</hi>—<hi rend="i">kao-akar</hi>, root.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-KAIMANU</hi>, the name of a climbing plant.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-KIORE</hi>, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. <hi rend="i">Parsonia rosea</hi>.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-KOHIA</hi>, the name of a climbing plant.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-KONGOHE</hi>, the name of a climbing plant.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-KUKU</hi>, the name of a climbing plant.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-KURA</hi>, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. <hi rend="i">Metrosideros scandens</hi>.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-TAWHIWHI</hi>, the name of a climbing plant.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-TEA</hi>, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. <hi rend="i">Metrosideros albiflora</hi>.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKA-TOTARA</hi>, the name of a climbing plant.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKAAKA-TAPU-A-TANE (myth.)</hi>, the home of Punga, the lizard-god, in the sky. Here Tawhaki met Hine-nui-a-te-Kawa. [See <hi rend="sc">Tawhaki, Punga</hi>, &amp;e.; also A. H. M., i. 16.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKAU</hi>, the coast, the border of land next the sea: <hi rend="i">Ka ruha te kupenga, ka pae kei te akau</hi>. —Prov.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—a'au, a coral reef. Cf. <hi rend="i">tuaa'au</hi>, the back of the reef; outside the reef, in deep water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—akau, low land; shoal; a ridge of rocks. Cf. <hi rend="i">tuakau</hi>, breaking, said of waves on low islets at spring tides. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—akau, a reef of rocks. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangalan</hi>—akau, a reef: <hi rend="i">Ka aere e tauri atu i te akau</hi>; Lying in shoals on the reef.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKE</hi>, the name of a small tree (Bot. <hi rend="i">Dodonea viscosa</hi>). In composition, used with several names, as <hi rend="i">Ake-wharangi</hi>. &amp;c.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ake</hi>, the name of a tree.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKEAKE</hi>, the name of a small tree (Bot. <hi rend="i">Olearia avicennœfolia</hi>). The name is given at the Chatham Islands to Bot. <hi rend="i">Olearia traversii</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKE</hi>, onwards, in point of time; <hi rend="i">taro ake</hi>, in a little while; <hi rend="i">mea ake</hi>, in a very little while, soon; <hi rend="i">ake, ake, ake</hi>, for ever: <hi rend="i">Penei ka ora tonu te tangata, ake, ake, ake</hi>,—P. M. 10. 2. Used with words denoting position, to express position, as <hi rend="i">no mua ake</hi>, just before. 3. Down below; 4. Upwards: <hi rend="i">Katahi ano ka maranga ake ona hoa</hi>.—P. M., 16. Cf. <hi rend="i">kake</hi>, to climb, ascend, mount; <hi rend="i">eke</hi>, to mount, as a horse, &amp;c.; to ascend. 5. Implying direction to some position with which the speaker has relation. 6. Self, oneself. 7. Possession, as one's own, his own.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—a‘e, to go up, ascend, as from fishing; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to return from banishment; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to rise, as waves; fa‘a-a’e, to cause to ascend. Cf. ‘a'e, to ascend. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ae, to ascend, climb, mount up; a climber, one who climbs a tree or a hill; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to touch the ground, as a boat or ship: <hi rend="i">E ae a vau i nia e i te mau ata ra</hi>; I will ascend above the heights of the clouds. Faa-ae, to assist a person to climb; aeae, to carry, to convey; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to defend the remainder of an army; to succour in distress. Cf. <hi rend="i">ee</hi>, to get on board a canoe; mount a horse; get aground, as a ship. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ae, to pass physically or mentally from one condition, state, or place to another; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to permit; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to raise or lift up, as the head; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to mount, as a horse; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to be seasick; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) an irregular movement of the ocean; (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) the flux and reflux of the tide; (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) a verbal directive, implying an oblique motion either up, down, or sideways; aeae (frequentative), to be a frequent transgressor; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to step over a thing often; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to work over and over; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to be very small or fine, as dust; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to interrupt one in his speech. Cf. <hi rend="i">aekai</hi>, the name of the place in the sea where the surf breaks. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—hake, up, upwards; to ascend: <hi rend="i">Mei he tolu ta‘u o fai hake</hi>; From three years old and upwards: (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) flatulency, to belch; hakehake, a place that gradually rises; faka-hake, to land, to remove things from the water to the shore; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to get out of a hole or pit; hahake, near the shore—used of fish when they approach the land in shoals; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) east, easterly. Cf. <hi rend="i">hakeakii</hi>, one who promotes, exalts, or dignifies others; exaltation; <hi rend="i">agahake</hi>, to go upwards; <hi rend="i">ake</hi>, to be convalescent, to revive; <hi rend="i">akefua</hi>, to rise or swell, as waves; <hi rend="i">aluhake</hi>, to ascend; <hi rend="i">tahake</hi>, an acclivity. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ake, on high, upwards. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ake, used after a word used as a verb, to denote action upwards, as <hi rend="i">Piki ake</hi>, Mount! Also, from inferior to superior, as in offering a gift to one's father or king: <hi rend="i">O-ake</hi>; Give it! (to a common person <hi rend="i">O-atu</hi> is used): <hi rend="i">E aka-aroa ake ana kotou ki te Etua</hi> ! Do ye love God? Cf. <hi rend="i">ukiake</hi>, to force upwards with a pole. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwa</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ake</hi>, thither. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ake, more; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) precisely. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">cake</hi> (<hi rend="i">th</hi>ake), upwards; <hi rend="i">caketa</hi>, to dig or lift up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. akatra, ascended, gone up.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKENGOKENGO</hi>, to-morrow. <hi rend="i">Kengo</hi>, night, is hero used as <hi rend="i">po</hi>, night, is in <hi rend="i">apopo</hi>, to-morrow —i.e., “the night's night,” time being measured by nights, not by days.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKEPIRAU</hi>, the name of a shrub (Bot. <hi rend="i">Olearia forsteri</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKEPIRO</hi>, the name of a shrub (Bot., <hi rend="i">Olearia furfuracea</hi>).</p>
        <pb xml:id="n8" n="8"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKERAUTANGI</hi>, the name of a tree (Bot., <hi rend="i">Dodonea viscosa</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKEWHARANGI</hi>, the name of a shrub (Bot., <hi rend="i">Olearia cunninghamii</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKI</hi>, or Hake (myth.), a man with whose body the fishhook of Maui was baited when he pulled up the land from the depths of ocean.—A. H. M., ii., 91. [See <hi rend="sc">Maui</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKI</hi>, to dash, rush: <hi rend="i">Ka aki rawa mai ratou ki te tangata ra</hi>—Ken., xix. 9: <hi rend="i">Na te hau aia i aki iho ano</hi>—A. H. M., i. 51. 2. To strike with a weapon: <hi rend="i">A ka akina tona hoa e tetahi ki te kohatu</hi>—Eko., xxi. 18. Cf. <hi rend="i">huaki</hi>, to rush upon; <hi rend="i">uaki</hi>, to launch.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKIAKI</hi>, to urge on; to keep on, as to keep up a continuous knocking.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—akiaki, to crowd on, to press. Cf. <hi rend="i">aki</hi>, to sprout, grow; to gather with the hand; a cry of joy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">akiakitua</hi>, to enclose and attack from the back; <hi rend="i">akiha</hi>, to embowel; to eviscerate; <hi rend="i">taaki</hi>, to eradicate, to tear up by the roots. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, to destroy, consume, as a fire, or as a sore; <hi rend="i">aiai</hi>, to reduce to powder.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKIKO</hi>, at a distance. Cf. <hi rend="i">ki</hi>, to; <hi rend="i">ko</hi>, yonder place.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKIRI</hi>, to cast away; flung away.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKO</hi>, to teach: <hi rend="i">Ka akona e ia ki a ana tamariki</hi> —P. M., 175. 2. To learn: <hi rend="i">E akona tonutia atu ana e Rata i konei</hi>—P. M., 58. <hi rend="i">Akonga</hi>, a learner, disciple; <hi rend="i">akoranga</hi>, that which is taught or learnt; the time, place, &amp;c., of learning or teaching.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AKO</hi>, to teach: <hi rend="i">Otira na te atua ano ia i whakaako i mohio ai</hi>—P. M., 11.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—a'o, to teach: <hi rend="i">Ma ia latou a'o ai i a latou fanau</hi>; That they may teach their children. A'oa'o, to learn: <hi rend="i">Latou te le toe a'oa'o foi i taua</hi>; Neither shall they learn war any more. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A teacher: <hi rend="i">O e iti e tusa ma e matutua, o le a'oa'o ma le ua a'oa'oina</hi>; The little as well as great, the teacher as the scholar. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—a'o, to counsel, advise; advice; a counsellor: <hi rend="i">E a'o noa tu vau ia oe na</hi>; I will advise you. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To warn, reprove; one who warns; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to exhort, preach; a preacher; faa-a'o, to give advice or warning; an adviser. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ao, to teach, instruct; knowledge, instruction: <hi rend="i">Ka manao halialia a'u i ka manao i ke ao</hi>; I have a fond remembrance of the desire for instruction. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Enlightened; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to reprove, warn; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to take heed, beware; obey; to regard with reverence; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to learn to do a thing; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) to copy the example of others; aoao, to accustom; to practise; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to teach; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a habit, custom, &amp;c., peculiar to anyone. Cf. <hi rend="i">koleloao</hi>, to give counsel or advice in important matters. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ako, to teach, to discipline, to instruct: <hi rend="i">Bea ako kiate kimaua aia te ma fai ki he tamajii aia he fauau'i</hi>; Teach us what we shall do with the child when it is born. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To warn, admonish, caution; <hi rend="i">akoga</hi>, a learner, a disciple. Cf. <hi rend="i">akonaki</hi>, to teach, instruct; a teacher; doctrine; advice; <hi rend="i">akonekina</hi>, instructed; <hi rend="i">akosobe</hi>, to imitate; <hi rend="i">feakoaki</hi>, to teach one another; to exhort mutually. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ako, to teach, instruct. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ako, to prove, assay; to examine; to converse with; akoako, to make like; to cause to resemble; akoga, proof, experience. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ako, counsel, advice; to instruct, to advise. Cf. <hi rend="i">akokume</hi>, to persuade. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ako, to study. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—ako, to teach, instruction; to preach, to exhort: <hi rend="i">Kare ra ratou i akarongo mai ka ariki mai ei te ako</hi>; They have not listened to receive instruction.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKONGA</hi> derivatives of ako, to teach. [See above.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKORANGA</hi> derivatives of ako, to teach. [See above.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKOTIKA</hi>, proper culture. Cf. <hi rend="i">ako</hi>, to teach; and <hi rend="i">tika</hi>, right, proper.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKU</hi>, of me; sometimes ahaku. 2. Plural of <hi rend="i">taku</hi>, my: <hi rend="i">Ka mea mai to rat'ou papa ‘aku potiki</hi>.’—P. M., 109.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—a'u, my, mine, of me: <hi rend="i">E parau oe i a'u e “E tuaana oia no'u</hi>;” Say of me “He is my brother.” </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—a'u, I: <hi rend="i">O a'u ma i latou uma o ia te au</hi>; I and all that are with me. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—a'u, of me, mine. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aaku, mine; eku, my, mine: <hi rend="i">Bea koe tamaiki ni, ko eku fanau</hi>; These children are my children: <hi rend="i">Bea koe mea kotoabe oku ke mamata ki ai oku aaku ia</hi>; All that you see is mine. Cf. <hi rend="i">haaku</hi>, mine; <hi rend="i">haku</hi>, my. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—iaku, me: <hi rend="i">Ei runga iaku taua katara naau ra</hi>; Upon me be your curse. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—iaku, mine, for me. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—aaku, my, mine. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">agu</hi>, mine, for me; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ko</hi>, my, me; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kayan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">akui</hi>, I: <hi rend="i">akui hipon</hi>, my, mine; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sulu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kaku</hi>, me; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aku</hi>, mine; Solomon Islands—cf. <hi rend="i">gu</hi>, my (as suffix: <hi rend="i">totogu</hi>, my foot); </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Javan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ku</hi>, I, my, we, our.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKUAKU</hi>, to delay; to be dilatory in working or acting. Cf. <hi rend="i">akuto</hi>, slow, late. 2. To clear out an oven by removing the stones, before heating.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKUAKU</hi>, steady, firm, resolute, powerful.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKUANEI</hi>, to-day, presently, soon (of future only): <hi rend="i">A ka hoki mai ai au akuanei</hi>—P. M., 25. 2. “The chances are—” Cf. <hi rend="i">aianei</hi>, now; <hi rend="i">tenei</hi>, this, &amp;c.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—auanei, an indefinite future time, but not far off; hereafter; <hi rend="i">E ike auanei i ko kakou onehanau</hi>; We shall soon see our native-born place. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—akonei, of time future, but not far off; presently: <hi rend="i">Akonei korua kua kite atu ei iaia</hi>; About this time ye (two) will find him. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—akunei, presently, soon. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—akuanei, presently, soon.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AKUTO</hi>, late: <hi rend="i">He tau akuto</hi>; A late season. 2. Slow. Cf. <hi rend="i">akuaku</hi>, to delay.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMA</hi>, the outrigger of a canoe: <hi rend="i">Katahi ka pehia e Maui te ama</hi>. 2. The stage between the canoes of a double canoe. Cf. <hi rend="i">amatiatia</hi>, a canoe with an outrigger.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ama, the outrigger of a canoe; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) (fig.) a wife. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ama, the outrigger of a single canoe. The <hi rend="i">paeama</hi> is the “port,” and the woman's side; <hi rend="i">paeatea</hi>, “starboard,” and man's side. Cf. <hi rend="i">tauama</hi>, a canoe with an outrigger. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ama, the longitudinal stick of the rudder of a canoe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ama, the larboard side of a canoe; hama, the outrigger of a canoe; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the smaller part of a double canoe; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the leeward; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.)</p>
        <pb xml:id="n9" n="9"/>
        <p>a preparation for marking; to mark, to chalk: faka-hama, to put the outrigger on to a canoe; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) foolishly generous; indifferent. Cf. <hi rend="i">hamaua</hi> (<hi rend="i">hama-rua</hi>), to marry two wives at the same time; <hi rend="i">hamatefua</hi>, the smallest sailing canoe; <hi rend="i">hamanaki</hi>, to depend upon; <hi rend="i">faka-lelehama</hi>, to sail a canoe with the outrigger out of the water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ama, the outrigger of a canoe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ama, the outrigger of a canoe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ama, the outrigger of a canoe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ama, outrigger of a canoe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">cama</hi> (<hi rend="i">th</hi>ama), the outrigger of a canoe. Brierly Island—cf. <hi rend="i">sama</hi>, outrigger. Dufaur Island—cf. <hi rend="i">sarima</hi>, outrigger. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rotuma</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">sama</hi>, outrigger.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMAI</hi>, the swell on the sea. Cf. <hi rend="i">hapai</hi>, to lift up [see Mangarevan]; <hi rend="i">ami</hi>, to heap up. 2. Giddy, dizzy.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—amaamai, the pitching of a vessel; to pitch and toss; amaiga, to lift; to heave up.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMAIA</hi>, a halo.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMARU</hi>, the name of a tree, a species of <hi rend="i">Metrosideros</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMARU</hi>, dignified. Cf. <hi rend="i">maru</hi>, shaded, sheltered.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">malu</hi>, to have protection of a chief; at ease, comfortable. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aka-marumaru</hi>, a protector. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">maru</hi>, gentle, affable. [For full comparatives, see <hi rend="sc">Maru</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMATIATIA</hi>, a canoe with outrigger, Cf. ama, an outrigger.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMENE</hi>, to desire. Cf. <hi rend="i">mina</hi>, to desire; <hi rend="i">minaka</hi>, to desire. 2. To gather, collect: <hi rend="i">Me amene mai hoki ki a koe</hi>.—Ken., vi. 21: <hi rend="i">Amenea mai nga pungarehu</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">mene</hi>, to be assembled; <hi rend="i">mine</hi>, to be assembled; <hi rend="i">tamene</hi>, to be assembled; <hi rend="i">humene</hi>, gathered up in small compass.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mene</hi>, round, globular; <hi rend="i">meneu</hi>, to be advanced in quantity; <hi rend="i">haa-mene</hi>, to give rotundity to a thing; <hi rend="i">omenemene</hi>, to roll up a coil of rope; <hi rend="i">tamene</hi>, to compress a thing to reduce its bulk; <hi rend="i">amina</hi>, to crave the food that others are eating; to have an unsatisfied desire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">meni</hi>, united, or joined; <hi rend="i">humena</hi>, the united cry of all the people assembled on a feast day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mene</hi>, to fold up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">menemene</hi>, round. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mene</hi>, to pucker up; to contract; <hi rend="i">meneu</hi>, to double up, as the arms; <hi rend="i">menui</hi>, contracted, shortened; <hi rend="i">minomino</hi>, to contract.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMETO</hi>, or <hi rend="i">Aweto</hi> (myth.), the lowest division of the Shades (<hi rend="i">Po</hi>) or Nether-world. A place where the soul becomes absolutely non-existent.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMI</hi>, to stink.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">amio</hi>, to continue to send forth odour, good or bad.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMI</hi>, to pile up, to heap up: <hi rend="i">E ami ana ia i te taonga</hi>.—Wai. xxxix. 6. Cf. <hi rend="i">emi</hi>, to be as sembled; <hi rend="i">amiki</hi>, to gather up without omitting any; <hi rend="i">amene</hi>, to gather, collect.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">amio</hi>, to come from all sides, as the wind; <hi rend="i">ami</hi>, a girdle with which men hide the private parts. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ami</hi>, to turn upon hinges.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMIKI</hi>, to gather up without leaving a particle; to collect everything. Cf. <hi rend="i">ami</hi>, to heap up. 2. To relate a tale without omitting the smallest detail.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMIKU</hi>, for <hi rend="i">amiki</hi>. [See preceding word.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMIO</hi>, to go round about.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMIOMIO</hi>, to spin round, to turn round and round. Cf. <hi rend="i">takamio</hi>, to circle round, as a bird does before alighting; <hi rend="i">mingo</hi>, curly; <hi rend="i">takamingomingo</hi>, to turn round; <hi rend="i">awhio</hi>, to wind; to go round about; <hi rend="i">awhiowhio</hi>, a whirlwind. 2. To be giddy; swimming of the head.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—amio, to go towards; direction; conduct; amiomio, to go about, in the direction of; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to work; a chief's work. Cf. <hi rend="i">mio</hi>, to wander about; to go round about; <hi rend="i">mimio</hi>, to be confused, as a current at sea; <hi rend="i">migomigoi</hi>, to twine round; <hi rend="i">milo</hi>, to twist, to be twisted; <hi rend="i">asiosio</hi>, a whirlwind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—amio, unsettled, changeable; amiomio, to change repeatedly, as the wind. Cf. <hi rend="i">mimio</hi> and <hi rend="i">miomio</hi>, wrinkled, creased; <hi rend="i">amioparai</hi>, to retire from the face of the enemy, come round by a circuitous path, and renew the fight; <hi rend="i">puahiohio</hi>, a whirlwind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—amio, twisted, crooked; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) viscous, glutinous; faka-amio, perverse, distorted (applied to language). Cf. <hi rend="i">mimio</hi>, to twist, to contort; dissembling; <hi rend="i">miomioaki</hi>, to go in a serpentine path; <hi rend="i">ahiohio</hi>, a whirlwind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—amio, to walk or move slily, so as not to be heard; a gentle moving to and fro. Cf. <hi rend="i">mio</hi>, to wallow, to roll; to move easily; to move softly; <hi rend="i">miomio</hi>, to swim, to dive; <hi rend="i">ami</hi>, a swinging, pendulous motion; <hi rend="i">puahiohio</hi>, a whirlwind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—amio, to come from all sides; to turn, said of the wind; wind that blows in puffs; amiomio, a squall. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—amio, zigzag. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—amimio, giddy.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMO</hi>, the priest-leader of a war party. Cf. <hi rend="i">amo</hi>, to carry on the shoulders; to charge upon, to rush.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">amo</hi>, to go in search of the enemy; to reconnoitre; scouts, or advanced guard. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">amoamorua</hi>, to approach each other, as two armies.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMO</hi>, to carry on the shoulder: <hi rend="i">Ka amohia ia e raua ki roto to raua whare</hi>—P. M., 33: <hi rend="i">E kite koe i te rakau roa e tu ana turakina, ka amo ai</hi>—P. M., 47. Cf. <hi rend="i">hiamo</hi>, to be exalted, to be elevated. 2. A litter; a bier. Cf. <hi rend="i">kauamo</hi>, a litter; <hi rend="i">whataamo</hi>, a litter. 3. A sacred offering (as lifted up, carried on high). 4. To carry in any way: <hi rend="i">Amo ake au i taku hoe nei</hi>—P. M., 111. 5. To rush upon: <hi rend="i">Amohia</hi> ! Charge !</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—amo, to carry on the shoulder; sticks on which a burden is carried on the shoulder: <hi rend="i">O lea aso foi e aveeseina ai lana avega i lou fuataua ma lona amo foi i lou ua</hi>; It shall come to pass in that day that his burden shall be taken away from off thy shoulder, and his yoke from off thy neck. amoamo, the name of a beam in a native house; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to carry on the shoulder constantly. Cf. <hi rend="i">amomuli</hi>, to bear the hinder part of a <hi rend="i">fata</hi>, (hand-barrow, bier, litter); <hi rend="i">‘auamo</hi>, a party carrying the post of a house; <hi rend="i">auamo</hi>, to carry a dead chief about on a bier; <hi rend="i">tauamo</hi>, to carry about a dead chief; <hi rend="i">fa'a-amoamotahi</hi>, to put up a hand to help carry a log, the
<pb xml:id="n10" n="10"/>
person so doing being too tall or too short to put the shoulder to it. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—amo, to carry on the back, as the king by a man. Cf. <hi rend="i">amoamorua</hi>, to approach each other, as two armies. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—amo, to carry on a pole. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—amo, to bear or carry a burden on the shoulder; the burden so carried. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To perform difficult offices of any kind. Cf. <hi rend="i">auamo</hi>, to carry on the shoulders or back; a stick or pole with which burdens are carried on the shoulder. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—haamo, to carry on the shoulders suspended from each end of a stick: the stick so used; haamoga, a burden or load carried as above; faka-haamo, to order another to carry a burden; to supply the pole to carry with. Cf. <hi rend="i">amo</hi>, to reconnoitre; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to use friction on the body; <hi rend="i">amoamo</hi>, unequal; <hi rend="i">faka-amoamo</hi>, to project. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—amo, to carry on the shoulder: <hi rend="i">E amo te puaa: Eia! e amo atu atou! tai</hi>; Carry away the animals: Here! carry them away to the sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwan</hi>—amo, to take. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—amo, to carry a parcel; amoamo, to rub a sick person lightly; friction of a suffering member. Cf. <hi rend="i">amosi</hi>, to caress with the hand. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—<hi rend="i">cf. amo</hi>, to wash the face quickly. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangalan</hi>—amo, to carry on the shoulder.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMOKURA</hi>, the red-tailed Tropic-bird (<hi rend="i">Phaeton rubricauda</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMUAMU</hi>, to grumble, to mutter discontentedly: <hi rend="i">Me te whakarongo ki te amuamu ana wahine</hi>—P. M., 22: <hi rend="i">Kanui te amuamu a nga tangata</hi>—Wohl. Trans., vii. 53. Cf. <hi rend="i">hamumu</hi>, to mutter; <hi rend="i">tamumu</hi>, to hum; a gentle noise, a murmur.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—amu, to speak thickly, as a dying person. Cf. <hi rend="i">mui</hi>, to murmur. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—amuamu, to grumble, murmur; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to mock, deride, call names. Cf. <hi rend="i">mu</hi>, a buzzing noise; <hi rend="i">mumu</hi>, to make a confused noise, as of a number of persons; <hi rend="i">muhu</hi>, the din of much talking; <hi rend="i">omumu</hi> to whisper; <hi rend="i">taamu</hi>, to plot against a chief. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—amuamu, to use profane language, cursing, reviling. Cf. <hi rend="i">kuamuamu</hi>, to blaspheme the gods; <hi rend="i">mumu</hi>, to hum; <hi rend="i">mumuhii</hi>, muttering; <hi rend="i">namu</hi>, to speak unintelligibly; a foreigner. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">puruàmu</hi>, to speak dictatorially, rudely; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—amu, to grumble; amuamu, to grumble. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">muhumuhu</hi>, a dull confused noise; <hi rend="i">tamumu</hi>, to rustle; a dull noise. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mu</hi>, a sigh. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mumu</hi>, a kind of song; a confused noise; <hi rend="i">kamumu</hi>, to sing. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">muhu</hi>, the sound of persons talking together; <hi rend="i">mumuhu</hi>, the roar of the sea or wind; <hi rend="i">mumu</hi>, to collect together; <hi rend="i">tomuhu</hi>, to converse in a low tone of voice. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mu</hi>, to coo as a dove; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fiji</hi>—<hi rend="i">mumu</hi>, to go in troops; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aneityum</hi>—<hi rend="i">ilmu</hi>, to low, as cattle; Cent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Nicobar</hi>—<hi rend="i">mumu</hi>, a dove; Loyalty Islands—<hi rend="i">mumu</hi>, the pitcher wasp.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMUA</hi>, the future; henceforth. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Mua</hi>, first, before.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AMURI</hi>, the future: <hi rend="i">A muri ake nei</hi>, hereafter: <hi rend="i">E kore e tukua mai tona kaha a muri ake nei ki a koe</hi>—Ken., iv. 12.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—amuli, hereafter: <hi rend="i">Faaali mai ia o mea e tutupu amuli</hi>; Show the things to come hereafter. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Muri</hi>, behind.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANA</hi>, a cave: <hi rend="i">Katahi ka haere atu nga kai patari ki te waha o te ana</hi>—P. M., 149. Cf. <hi rend="i">anau</hi>, an uneven surface, crooked.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ana, a cave: <hi rend="i">A o latou faapuga i o latou ana</hi>; When they lie in their caves; anaana, full of caves. Cf. <hi rend="i">analulu</hi>, very dark (as if going into “the cave of an owl”). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ana, a cave or cavern: <hi rend="i">Tia noa ihora i te tomoraa i roto i te ana ra</hi>; And stood in the entrance to the cave. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A piece of rough coral used for a grater; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the name of a star; anaana, indented with small holes, as the coral rocks in the sea; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) tapering, or going in towards tho bottom. Cf. <hi rend="i">anavai</hi>, the bed of a river; <hi rend="i">anatiai ahu</hi>, a sentinel to watch over a fortified place in a cave; <hi rend="i">tauana</hi>, caves or holes in the rocks under water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ana, a cave: <hi rend="i">O ka poe maloko o na pakaua a me na ana</hi>; Those which are in the forts and caves. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A den formed by rocks; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the name of a hollow place in the mouth by which the voice is modified. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ana, a cave, a den: <hi rend="i">Bea i he gaahi ana moe luo oe kelekele</hi>; In caves and dens of the earth. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A cabin; any snug place; anaana, full of caves or dens; anaga, a rendezvous; the central point; the source. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ana, a cave, a grotto. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ana, a cave; anaana, small caves or grottoes. Cf. <hi rend="i">koana</hi>, a hollow; a cavity in the rocks. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ana, a cave. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ana, a grotto or cave.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANA:</hi> a word preceded by <hi rend="i">e</hi>, and followed by <hi rend="i">ana</hi>, has the sense of present (or almost immediate) action: <hi rend="i">E patu ana ahau, e patu ana koe</hi>— G. P., 185. Without <hi rend="i">e</hi>, it is used to denote rapid action; and, following a word used as a noun, it denotes finality of action.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ana, a verbal particle: <hi rend="i">E hihi ana e ka lihilihi</hi>; Which gathers on the eyelashes: <hi rend="i">E lu ana i ka pua kou</hi>; Scattering the <hi rend="i">tou</hi> blossoms. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ana, a particle, used to indicate the present tense: <hi rend="i">E tagi kuhane e heke ana</hi>; The <hi rend="i">kuhane</hi> (bird) mourns and laments.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANA</hi>, there. 2. When (used as conjunction). 3. An interjection, demanding attention: <hi rend="i">Ka whiua ki te moana; ana! rere tonu, rere tonu</hi>—P. M., 28.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ana</hi>, if (in past time).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANA</hi>, of him; of her. 2. Plural of <hi rend="i">tana</hi>, his or hers: <hi rend="i">Ka akona e ia ki a ana tamariki</hi>—P. M., 175. 3. For <hi rend="i">ena</hi>, plural of <hi rend="i">tena</hi>, that. 4. A contraction for <hi rend="i">ae-na</hi>, Yes.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ana, plural of <hi rend="i">lana</hi>, his or hers: <hi rend="i">Na te tuu ana fua i le eleele</hi>; Which leaves her eggs in the dust. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ana, he, she, it; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) his, hers, belonging to it. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ana, of him, of her, of it, hers, his. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aana, his, hers, or its. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—ana, his, hers, belonging to him or her: <hi rend="i">E tana vaine, e ana puke tamariki tamaroa tokorua</hi>; His wife and his two sons. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ena</hi>, his; <hi rend="i">iana</hi>, his, hers (of food only); <hi rend="i">iena</hi>, his, hers.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANAHARA</hi>, <hi rend="i">Pudendum muliebre</hi> (<hi rend="i">labia majora</hi>)—one auth.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n11" n="11"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANAHE</hi>, only; single; this and no other: <hi rend="i">Mo taku rua anahe ano</hi>—M. M., 152. Cf. <hi rend="i">anake</hi>, only.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—anae, all, every, only: <hi rend="i">E vaiiho i te reira na oe anae</hi>; Let them be only your own. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Together. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anaiho</hi>, only; <hi rend="i">anake</hi>, only, always. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangalan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anake</hi>, only. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">enake</hi>, alone. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anake</hi>, only. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anake</hi>, unique; to be alone.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANAKE</hi>, only; singly, without others; ‘nothing but’: <hi rend="i">Ko nga tuakana anake e whakaae kia wehea</hi>—P. M., 8. Cf. <hi rend="i">anahe</hi>, only. 2. Entirely, completely, without exception: <hi rend="i">Kua mate tera wahine tokorua, mate anake</hi>—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. Cf. <hi rend="i">ke</hi>, strange. [See also Hawaiian.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—anae, all, every, only; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) together; at once; entirely. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—anake, only; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) always. Cf. <hi rend="i">anaiho</hi>, only. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—anake, only: <hi rend="i">Tetahi ra ke, e roroko ana te mou tuakana ka hao ki te hi-po, ko ratou anake</hi>; Another day his elder brothers thought that they would go fishing with a line; they by themselves. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—anake, unique; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to be alone. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—anake, only: <hi rend="i">Ko maua anake ra i roto i taua are ra</hi>; We two only were in the house. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) All. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—enaki, alone. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hoo-anae</hi>, (<hi rend="i">whaka-anake</hi>,) to set apart; <hi rend="i">e</hi>, strange, other, new.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANAMATA</hi>, hereafter. Cf. <hi rend="i">nonamata</hi>, a long time ago.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANANA</hi> (<hi rend="i">ananá</hi>), an interjection, denoting approbation or wonder: <hi rend="i">Taketo ana ki te whenua, anana!</hi>—P. M., 8. Cf. <hi rend="i">nana!</hi> behold! <hi rend="i">na!</hi> calling attention.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">na!</hi> lo! behold! <hi rend="i">nana</hi>, to look at. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">nana</hi>, to look at attentively. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">nana</hi>, to look at; to spy out. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">na!</hi> behold!</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANAOA</hi>, “Truly,” certainly.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANAU</hi>, an uneven surface. Cf. <hi rend="i">ana</hi>, a cave or hole; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) crooked.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANEANE</hi>, sharp, keen-pointed.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aneane</hi>, clear, as a fire, or cloudless air. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ane</hi>, the white ant (<hi rend="i">Termes</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Tagal</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anay</hi>, the ant which bores wood.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANEHU</hi>, misty, foggy. Cf. <hi rend="i">nehu</hi>, dust, steam; <hi rend="i">nehunehu</hi>, dusky; <hi rend="i">nehutai</hi>, spray from the sea <hi rend="i">punchunehu</hi>, dusty; <hi rend="i">ua-punehunehu</hi>, misty rain; <hi rend="i">konenehu</hi>, resembling dust; <hi rend="i">rehu</hi>, mist; <hi rend="i">pungarehu</hi>, ashes; <hi rend="i">rehurehu</hi>, to be gone down, as the sun; <hi rend="i">kaurerehu</hi>, dim, dusky.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">nefu</hi>, to be stirred up, to be turbid; <hi rend="i">fa'a-nefunefu</hi>, to be misty, indistinct; <hi rend="i">fa'a-tinifu</hi>, to be cloudy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">efu</hi>, dust; <hi rend="i">nenefu</hi>, twilight, dimness; <hi rend="i">afu</hi>, the spray of the sea beating on rocks; <hi rend="i">afuafu</hi>, small rain, mist. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ehu</hi>, the spray of the surf; steam of boiling water; <hi rend="i">hehu</hi>, mist, vapour; <hi rend="i">hehukai</hi>, the spray of the sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ehu</hi>, muddy; <hi rend="i">ehuehu</hi>, transient agitation; <hi rend="i">rehu</hi>, ashes; any fine pulverised substance; <hi rend="i">rehurehu</hi>, the dusk of evening; <hi rend="i">porehu</hi>, dusky. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">rehu</hi>, ashes; <hi rend="i">rehurehu</hi>, morning, soon after sunrise.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANEI</hi>, a word used for <hi rend="i">enei</hi>, these; here, in this place.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—<hi rend="i">cf. anei</hi>, a word signifying being, and answering to “is” or “are”; but it is used only interrogatively: <hi rend="i">oia anei</hi>; Is it so? or, Is it that?</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANENE</hi>, to blow softly, as wind. <hi rend="i">Cf. hanene</hi>, blowing gently; <hi rend="i">angi</hi>, light air; <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, breath; <hi rend="i">ngenge</hi>, tired, weary. [Consider also words under <hi rend="i">hanehane</hi>, rottenness.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aneane, to blow softly, as a light wind; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to be exhausted, as a man with hunger; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to be almost something, <hi rend="i">i.e</hi>., to be almost at a place; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) faint, low, feeble. <hi rend="i">Cf. ane</hi>, light, as worm-eaten timber; <hi rend="i">aniani</hi>, (<hi rend="i">angiangi</hi>,) to cool, to refresh one heated; agreeable; <hi rend="i">uhane</hi>, the soul, spirit; <hi rend="i">hanehane</hi>, the wailing of the spirits or ghosts; <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, to breathe; <hi rend="i">anane</hi>, feeble, low, weak. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aneane</hi>, clear, as a fire, or a cloudless atmosphere. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kuhane</hi>, the soul, spirit. Ext. Poly.: Timur—cf. <hi rend="i">anin</hi>, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">angin</hi>, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">miainaina</hi>, to breathe feebly, (? <hi rend="i">aina</hi>, life); <hi rend="i">anina</hi>, breeze, wind; <hi rend="i">aniany</hi>, puffed up as with wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kisa</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ange</hi>, wind.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANEWA</hi>, feeble, languid, weak. Cf. <hi rend="i">reva</hi>, to float; <hi rend="i">porewarewa</hi>, giddy, stupified. [The Sumatran word is valuable. See <hi rend="i">post</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka—ANEWANEWA</hi>, to act in a slow deliberate way.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tuneva</hi>, to be languid and sleepy; <hi rend="i">neva</hi>, friendless, destitute of relations. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—anewa, indolent, sleepy; to be inactive or asleep; anewanewa, to be as dead; to be in a fainting fit. Cf. <hi rend="i">newa</hi>, to reel or stagger, as one drunk; to be dizzy, as one under the influence of vertigo; <hi rend="i">nenewa</hi>, dizziness of the head, vertigo; <hi rend="i">lewa</hi>, swinging, floating, unstable. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—anivaniva, a great degree of giddiness or vertigo; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to be moving in a zigzag course, as lightning, or the irregular flight of an arrow. Cf. <hi rend="i">neneva</hi>, foolish, unsteady; a fool; <hi rend="i">maneva</hi>, foolish, giddy; <hi rend="i">nevaneva</hi>, wild, unsteady, wandering (applied to the eye); <hi rend="i">nivaniva</hi>, unsteady; <hi rend="i">onevaneva</hi>, giddiness; <hi rend="i">peenevaneva</hi>, to fly irregularly, as an arrow; <hi rend="i">tapineva</hi>, to be in a hopeless condition, as one on a piece of rock surrounded by the deep sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">neneva</hi>, foolish. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eva</hi>, to be confused; <hi rend="i">eeva</hi>, to melt; to be debilitated, weakened. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Sumatra</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">neva</hi>, toddy, distilled from the Gomuti Palm, of which arrack is made in Batavia, and palm sugar, called <hi rend="i">jaggery</hi>, in India.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANINI</hi>, headaching, giddy, dizzy: <hi rend="i">A i anini ai ano hoki o ratcu upoko</hi>— A. H. M., 49. Cf. <hi rend="i">ninihi</hi>, steep. [See Hawaiian.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ct. <hi rend="i">niniva</hi>, to be giddy. [See <hi rend="sc">Anewa</hi>.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—anini, dizziness, giddiness. Cf. <hi rend="i">manihi</hi>, to slip or slide, as in climbing a smooth tree; <hi rend="i">manihinihi</hi>, uneasiness; to feel lassitude; <hi rend="i">tanini</hi>, to stagger, to reel; to drift to leeward, as a ship. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—anihinihi, near to falling off a precipice; to stand in a dangerous place. Cf. <hi rend="i">nihinihi</hi>, narrow-ridged, as a mountain sharp at the top. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">takanini</hi>, dazzled; to swoon, to stagger, totter. Extr. Poly.: </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">faniny</hi>, giddy, dizzy.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n12" n="12"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANIWANIWA</hi>, the rainbow: <hi rend="i">Ki te koma te aniwaniwa, ka mate te tangata</hi>—Prov. [See <hi rend="sc">Uenuku</hi>, the rainbow.] 2. Black (one auth.).</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—nuanua, the rainbow: <hi rend="i">E i ai foi le nuanua i le ao</hi>; The rainbow shall be in the cloud. Cf. ‘<hi rend="i">aniva</hi>, the Milky Way. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—anuanua, the rainbow; also anuenue: <hi rend="i">E anuanua tei nia i tana upoo;</hi> A rainbow was upon his head. Cf. <hi rend="i">anivaniva</hi>, to be moving in a zigzag course, as lightning, or an arrow; a great degree of giddiness or vertigo; <hi rend="i">tapeanuanua</hi>, a portion of a rainbow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—anuanua, the rainbow; also anuenue: <hi rend="i">O ke anuenue ke ala o Kahai;</hi> The rainbow is the path of Tawhaki. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—anuanua, the rainbow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—anuanua, the rainbow; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) clouds, mists on the horizon. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—aniniwa, the rainbow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—anuanua, the rainbow: <hi rend="i">E i takakoia taua terona ra i te anuanua;</hi> There was a rainbow round about the throne.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANO [see Maori Grammar]</hi>, till the present; up to this time: <hi rend="i">Ana, tokowha ano kouto</hi>—P. M., 13: <hi rend="i">Kahore ano</hi>, not yet. 2. Exactly, quite. 3. Also: <hi rend="i">Me te tokomaha ano hoki e moe ana</hi>—P. M., 15. 4. Again. 5. Indeed, truly. 6. An interjection expressing admiration or astonishment: <hi rend="i">Ano, te wehi o tenei wahi</hi>—Ken., xxviii. 17. 7. Like; as if: <hi rend="i">He mea pokarekare, ano e wai</hi>—Ken., xlix. 4.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ano, now, at this time, immediately: <hi rend="i">Ano oe e haawi mai</hi>; You shall give it to me now. Cf. <hi rend="i">anoa</hi>, now.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANU (myth.)</hi>, Space. Many deities are included in Te Tini-o-te-Anu, “The Multitude of Space,” Anu-matao, Anu-whakarere, Anu-whakatoro, Te Anu-mahana, To Anu-mato, &amp;c. Anu-mate was the source of death. [See A. H. M., Eng. part, 28, 32, &amp;c.] They are sometimes called Te Kahui Anu, “The Flock of Space.” [See Tongan of next word.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANU</hi>, cold, coldness: <hi rend="i">He mate kai e rokohanga, he mate anu ekore e rokohanga</hi>—Prov. Cf. <hi rend="i">koanu</hi>, cold; <hi rend="i">puanu</hi>, cool.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANUANU</hi>, cold: <hi rend="i">Takoto mai ra, i te anuanu, i te matao</hi>—G. P., 83.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—anu, cold, or coldness; to be chilly; anuanu, cold. Cf. <hi rend="i">irianu</hi>, a person not affected by cold or drowsiness; <hi rend="i">puanuanu</hi>, to be chilled; to be dejected in mind; <hi rend="i">tauanuanu</hi>, the cold season; <hi rend="i">tovanuvanu</hi>, coldness. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—anu, cold: <hi rend="i">Kuu hoa i ka anu o ka mauna;</hi> My friend in the cold from the mountain. Anuanu, cold, chilliness. Cf. <hi rend="i">anuhenuhe</hi>, rough with cold; <hi rend="i">puanuanu</hi>, to be cold; to be damp and shivering; <hi rend="i">pupuanu</hi>, to come out in cold pimples (“goose-flesh”); to try to get warm in vain; to be dizzy; to persevere in doing a thing. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—anuanu, to wade and swim in deep water; faka-anuanu, to float, to lie in the water. Cf. <hi rend="i">anufea</hi>, cold; <hi rend="i">fakaanufea</hi>, to chill, to make very cold. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—anu, cold, to be cold: <hi rend="i">Anu, oko aa-naho kerokero, koe na hoa;</hi> Cold, dreary, dark, without companions. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—anu, cold: <hi rend="i">Ena ra i te matagi riria anu nui;</hi> It was very cold in the disagreeable wind. Anuanu, slightly cold; chill. Cf. <hi rend="i">auanu</hi>, to feel cold; cold dew; to be sensible of the absence of anyone; to be alone, <hi rend="i">i.e.</hi>, to be cold because someone is away. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—anuanu, cold. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—anu, cold: <hi rend="i">Te anu e te pukaka, te akau e te paroro;</hi> Cold and heat, summer and winter.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANUANU</hi>, offensive, disgusting; to loathe: <hi rend="i">He mea anuanu tena</hi>—Rew. xviii. 23.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—Cf. <hi rend="i">anu</hi>, to spit; <hi rend="i">anuanu</hi>, to spit constantly; <hi rend="i">anuilagi</hi>, to insult a superior (lit., “to spit to heaven”); <hi rend="i">anusalo</hi>, to hawk up saliva, a sign of disgust; <hi rend="i">anusia</hi>, to be spit upon, hated. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">manuanu</hi>, loathsome; surfeiting; to be qualmish. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anuanu</hi>, spittle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anuanu</hi>, spittle; to spit, to hawk up phlegm.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANUHE</hi>, a large caterpillar. Cf. <hi rend="i">whe</hi>, a caterpillar.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—anufe, a worm: <hi rend="i">Ana e ‘aina e anufe;</hi> The worms shall eat them. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A caterpillar. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—anuhe, a large worm that destroys the leaves of vegetables; enuhe, a species of worm, large and striped: <hi rend="i">A hoomakaukau ke akua i wahi enuhe i ka wanaao;</hi> God prepared a worm when morning rose next day. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A worm, generally, in a moral sense, as a poor, helpless, despicable creature: <hi rend="i">Pehea la hoi ke kanaka, he enuhe;</hi> How much less a man, who is a worm. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) A caterpillar: <hi rend="i">E hoouna i na lio e like me na enuhe huluhulu;</hi> Cause the horses to come up like rough caterpillars. Cf. <hi rend="i">he</hi>, the name of the little caterpillar that eats the leaves of the cocoanut and the palm-leaf <hi rend="i">pandanus; hehe</hi>, to wither or spoil, as leaves. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—unufe, the caterpillar: <hi rend="i">Nae tuku foki eia ae fua oe nau gone ki he unufe</hi>; He gave also their increase to the caterpillar. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—anue, the caterpillar: <hi rend="i">E akaki au ia koe ki te tangata mei te anue</hi>; I will fill you with men as with caterpillars. Cf. <hi rend="i">e</hi>, the <hi rend="i">Phasma</hi>, (<hi rend="i">Lopaphus coccophagus</hi>,) which eats the leaves of cocoanuts, and resembles what is called in New Zealand by Europeans “the animated straw.” </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—nuhe, a caterpillar; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a dog. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—enuhe, a caterpillar. Cf. <hi rend="i">he</hi>, a kind of locust, which eats the leaves of the cocoanut. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—anuhe, a snail; hanuhe, a caterpillar. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fefefefe</hi>, crooked, having many bends; <hi rend="i">neeneeahe</hi> (<hi rend="i">neke-neke-a-whe</hi>), to crawl or move as a caterpillar. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">nuve</hi>, a caterpillar; Magindanao—cf. <hi rend="i">anae</hi>, a worm; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tagal</hi>—<hi rend="i">anay</hi>, the ant which bores wood.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANU-MAHANA</hi> See <hi rend="sc">Anu</hi> (myth.).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANU-MATO</hi> See <hi rend="sc">Anu</hi> (myth.).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANU-MATE</hi> See <hi rend="sc">Anu</hi> (myth.).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANU-MATAO</hi>, To Anu Matao (myth.), the wife of Tangaroa. Her children were the Fishdeities. [See <hi rend="sc">Whatukura, Poutini, Te Pounamu, Anu</hi>, &amp;c.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANURANGI</hi>, a variety of the <hi rend="i">kumara</hi> or sweet potato (myth.)—Colenso, Trans., xiii. 35. It was brought by Hoturoa in the Tainui canoe, at the Migration.—A. H. M., ii. 180.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANUTAI</hi>, a variety of the <hi rend="i">kumara</hi>. [See Colenso, Trans., xiv. 43.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGA</hi>, a derivative from a, to drive: <hi rend="i">Ka anga ane ka pei atu i a ia</hi>—P. M., 70.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGA</hi>, to look or move in a certain direction: <hi rend="i">Kua anga mai ki runga ki a koutou nga kanohi</hi></p>
        <pb xml:id="n13" n="13"/>
        <p><hi rend="i">o te tini</hi>—M. M., 123. 2. To turn and move in a certain direction. Cf. <hi rend="i">hangai</hi>, opposite, across; <hi rend="i">anganui</hi>, opposite. 3. To begin to do anything. [This is, probably, (like Rarotongan <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, causative prefix,) a form of <hi rend="i">hanga</hi>, to work, build, and <hi rend="i">whaka</hi>, the causative, “to make to do.” These are discussed under <hi rend="sc">Whaka</hi>.] 4. Aspect. Cf. <hi rend="i">wheangaanga</hi>, turning this way and that; undecided.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ANGA</hi>, to cause to turn in a certain direction.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ANGAANGA</hi>, to debate with oneself.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—aga, to do, to act, to go or come (using <hi rend="i">mai</hi>, hither, or <hi rend="i">atu</hi>, away, as in Maori). Cf. <hi rend="i">agaali'i</hi>, to act as a gentleman; <hi rend="i">aga'ese</hi>, to go away from; <hi rend="i">agalelei</hi>, to act kindly; <hi rend="i">agafa'afafine</hi>, to act like a woman, to act with mildness; <hi rend="i">agaga</hi>, to devise, plan; <hi rend="i">agaagamea</hi>, skilful; <hi rend="i">agatonu</hi>, to go straight; <hi rend="i">feaga'i</hi>, to go up and down, backwards and forwards; <hi rend="i">feagai</hi>, to be opposite to each other; <hi rend="i">agava'a</hi>, the “conduct” of a canoe, its behaviour in the water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aga, manner, disposition, behaviour, nature, habit, state; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) clever, sagacious, knowing; agaaga, to interfere, to intermeddle; faka-aga, a critic, an inspector; to criticise or remark upon the work of another; faka-agaaga, to work carefully; to work to pattern; to fit; haga, to face, to look at; hagahaga, to be engaged. Cf. <hi rend="i">agatu</hi>, to face, to look towards; to incline in an opposite direction; <hi rend="i">agaofa</hi>, loving, kind; <hi rend="i">agaaeiki</hi>, chief-like in disposition (<hi rend="i">eiki=ariki</hi>); <hi rend="i">agahake</hi>, to go upwards; <hi rend="i">agamai</hi>, to approach; <hi rend="i">hagahagai</hi>, ahead, right opposite, as the wind; <hi rend="i">hagatonu</hi>, to be in a line with any other object. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—anga, to turn: <hi rend="i">E kia anga te riri o toou tuakana ra</hi>; Until your brother's anger is turned away. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.)To make: <hi rend="i">E kua anga aia i te maramárama no taua are ra kua akamouia ki te mea kopekapeka</hi>: He made windows of narrow lights for the house. Angaanga, to work; <hi rend="i">Auraka roa ei angaanga e raveia i reira: No</hi> manner of work shall be done in them. Cf. <hi rend="i">angairi</hi>, to return. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aga, work, to labour; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a fathom (measured by the arms); (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a sort of basket for taking fish; agaaga, work. Cf. <hi rend="i">agaagatua</hi>, to turn the back to any one. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—aga, conduct; the manner of eating; custom; use. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ana</hi>, to measure; <hi rend="i">anau</hi>, to go about irregularly from house to house; <hi rend="i">anapau</hi>, to turn, to bend; a hinge; <hi rend="i">ho-anapau</hi>, a bending crook; <hi rend="i">anaaiga</hi>, an eating circle; a congregation of people for any purpose, provided that a space be left in the middle; <hi rend="i">anahonua</hi>, to measure land; <hi rend="i">anahua</hi>, a tall man bending over. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Magindano</hi>—<hi rend="i">angy</hi>, to go. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—<hi rend="i">angay</hi>, any open space.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGA</hi>, a cockle-shell. Cf. <hi rend="i">angarite</hi>, a bivalve mollusc.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—agaaga, the name of a shell-fish. Cf. <hi rend="i">agaagamoana</hi>, the name of a shell-fish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AGAAGA</hi>, the head. Cf. <hi rend="i">poangaanga</hi>, the skull: <hi rend="i">I rangona kautia ake e ia ki te huhu o te patu e haere iho ana ki tona angaanga</hi>—P. M., 92. <hi rend="i">Te papa o te angaanga</hi>, the skull.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">angu</hi>, to nod the head.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGANUI</hi>, to look straight at; to be exactly opposite: <hi rend="i">Kia anganui mai te korero</hi>; Speak directly to me. Cf. <hi rend="i">anga</hi>, to look in a certain direction; <hi rend="i">hangai</hi>, opposite; <hi rend="i">nui</hi>, great. [See comparatives under <hi rend="sc">Anga, Hangai</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Nui</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGAANGAMATE</hi>, the back of the hand. Cf. <hi rend="i">anga</hi>, to turn; <hi rend="i">anga-taraha</hi>, to lie on one's back.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ága</hi>, a span (<hi rend="i">limasaga</hi>, five spans). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf.<hi rend="i">haga</hi>, a span in length. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aga</hi>, a fathom; <hi rend="i">agaagatua</hi>, to turn the back to one. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">caga</hi> (<hi rend="i">th</hi>anga), a span. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">angau</hi>, to raise the hand as if to strike.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGARITE</hi>, a species of bivalve mollusc. Cf. <hi rend="i">anga</hi>, a cockle-shell.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">agaaga</hi>, the name of a shellfish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGENGI</hi>, the name of a fish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGI</hi>, a zephyr, gentle breeze, light air. Cf. <hi rend="i">hengi</hi>, to blow gently; <hi rend="i">hanene</hi>, blowing gently; <hi rend="i">anene</hi>, to blow gently, to breathe softly; <hi rend="i">matangi</hi>, wind; <hi rend="i">koangi</hi>, cool. 2. A pleasant odour, fragrance.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ANGI</hi>, to approach stealthily. 2. To fly, as a kite: <hi rend="i">Rokohanga atu, e whakaangi ana ano a Whakatau i tana manu</hi>—P. M., 61.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—agi, to blow, of the wind: <hi rend="i">Agi mai i la'u faatoaga;</hi> Blow (wind) upon my garden. Fa'a-agi, to cause to blow: <hi rend="i">E faaagi mai e ia lona matagi;</hi> He causeth his winds to blow. Agiagi, to blow gently. Cf. <hi rend="i">agina</hi>, to be put in motion by the wind; to blow straight out, as a flag; <hi rend="i">agilaufola</hi>, to blow steadily, without squalls; <hi rend="i">agipó</hi>, to blow at night. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ani, to blow softly, as a gentle breeze: <hi rend="i">Ke ani nei ka makani;</hi> The wind blows softly. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To pass over a surface, as the hand over a table; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to draw a net over the surface of the water; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to beckon with the hand; aniani, to cool, to refresh one heated; to blow gently, as the wind; agreeable, cool, refreshing; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a looking-glass. Cf. <hi rend="i">aniania</hi>, smooth and even, as the surface of a planed board, or the sea in a calm; <hi rend="i">aneane</hi>, to blow softly, as a light wind or zephyr; <hi rend="i">koaniani</hi>, to blow, as a fresh breeze; a soft cooling wind; <hi rend="i">moani</hi>, a breeze, the name of a wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—agi, to come from; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to superintend, oversee; agiagi, to begin; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to spring up, as a breeze; aagi, changeable, not fixed; faka-agi, to consult, to meditate; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to hang or place anything in the wind to dry; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to give directions; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to keep the sail full; agiagina, the motion of anything light moved by the wind; agiga, that point of the compass from which the wind blows; agina, to be carried away with the wind; to be full, as the sail with wind. Cf. <hi rend="i">feagiagiaki</hi>, to vary or change from point to point, as the wind when not settled. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—agi, zephyr, light wind; agiagi, to blow gently; a light wind. Cf. <hi rend="i">agiagiga</hi>, a gentle disturbance of air. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hagihagi</hi>, light, elegant. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—agi, and agiagi, to blow, as wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hokaangi</hi>, to shake in the wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anina</hi>, breeze, wind; <hi rend="i">aniany</hi>, puffed up, as with wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">angin</hi>, air, atmosphere, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Uea</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ang</hi>, the wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Java</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hangin</hi>, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Bugis</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anging</hi>, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tagal</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hangin</hi>, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Bisaya</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hangin</hi>, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Magindano</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hangin</hi>,</p>
        <pb xml:id="n14" n="14"/>
        <p>wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kisa</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ange</hi>, wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Bicol</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hagnin</hi>, wind.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGIANGI</hi>, thin: <hi rend="i">Kia angiangi ai te poho o te tangata</hi>—P. M., 162. 2. Unencumbered, unimpeded.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGIANGI</hi>, the name of a shrub. (Bot. <hi rend="i">Coprosma sp</hi>.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGITUA</hi>, unsuccessful.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ANGOA</hi>, thin, lean, wasted.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">agosi</hi>, to be wasted away from sickness. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">anoi</hi>, a thirst, a strong desire; <hi rend="i">ano</hi>, fear, dread; to be silent and solitary as a deserted village. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">agoago</hi>, quite empty; perfectly dry. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">agoago</hi>, to be deep (of a hole); <hi rend="i">agoa</hi>, a circular reef in three to six fathoms of water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">agoago</hi>, light, slender, elegant. Ext. Poly.: Solomon Islands—cf. <hi rend="i">agai</hi>, an exclamation of pain and suffering. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Bicol</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">angot</hi>, vexing, worrying.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AO (myth.)</hi>, one of the primal deities who are the unborn Forces of Nature. <hi rend="i">Ao</hi> is the personification of Light and the Upper-world, as opposed to Darkness and the Lower-world (<hi rend="i">Po</hi>). He is spoken of under many forms or manifestations, as <hi rend="i">Ao-tu-roa</hi>, “Abiding Day,” <hi rend="i">Ao-marama</hi>, “Bright Day,” &amp;c., and with his companions, <hi rend="i">Ata</hi>, “Morning,” and <hi rend="i">Whaitua</hi>, “Space,” resists the powers of night, <hi rend="i">Kore</hi>, “The Void,” <hi rend="i">Te Mangu</hi>, “The Black” (Erebus) &amp;c. One <hi rend="i">Ao</hi> was of human shape, and they all are counted in the pedigrees of chiefs [see Appendix, <hi rend="sc">Genealogies</hi>] — Sh. Rel., 12; G. P., App. li. [For the Maori Cosmogony, see <hi rend="sc">Kore</hi>; for other <hi rend="i">Ao</hi>, see <hi rend="sc">Aonui</hi>.] In Tahiti, <hi rend="i">Aoroa</hi> was Heaven, and the residence of the god <hi rend="i">Tane</hi>, and <hi rend="i">Aoaomaraia</hi> was the discoverer of fire. [See <hi rend="sc">Maui</hi>.] <hi rend="i">Ao</hi> is probably another name for the great Polynesian deity, <hi rend="i">Atea</hi> (<hi rend="i">Vatea, Awatea</hi>,) “Daylight.”</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AO</hi>, day-time; day, as opposed to night: <hi rend="i">A e rapu noa ana ana tamariki i te ahuatanga o te po, o te ao</hi>—P. M., 7. 2. A day, a season of time: <hi rend="i">Ka tipu here mai a tae noa ki te ao nei</hi>—G.-8., 26. 3. To become light: <hi rend="i">Korihi te manu, ka ao, ka ao, ka awatea</hi>—G. P., 432. Cf. <hi rend="i">aho</hi>, radiant light. 4. To dawn: <hi rend="i">Aoina ake i te ata ka haere</hi>—A. H. M., ii. 9. Cf. <hi rend="i">maruao</hi>, dawn of day; <hi rend="i">puao</hi>, to dawn. 5. The world: <hi rend="i">Aue! kau atu ana au, i te ao</hi>. 6. Mankind (met.): <hi rend="i">Ko tenei tangata no roto i te whenua, ehara i tenei ao</hi> [<hi rend="i">i. e.</hi>, He was not a man, but a supernatural being]. 7. A cloud: <hi rend="i">Te ao ka pua e rere mai ra</hi>—M. M., 23. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a cloud; smoke; <hi rend="i">aorere</hi>, scud, light flying clouds; <hi rend="i">aorewa</hi>, scud.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ao, day, day-time; to be day; pass. aoina: <hi rend="i">Ua oso atu i latou i le pouliuli a o ao</hi>; They meet with darkness in the day-time. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A day: <hi rend="i">E fagafulu o ao ma le fagafulu o po</hi>; Forty days and forty nights. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) A cloud: <hi rend="i">Ia tumau i ona luga le ao</hi>; Let a cloud dwell upon it. (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) A chief's head; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) a title of dignity given to chiefs; (cf. Maori, <hi rend="i">rangi</hi>, a chief, and heaven;) (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) the name of a fern; (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) it is right, proper; (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) to be excellent, to be perfect, as a boat, house, &amp;c. aoao, excellent, surpassing, supreme; to be supreme. Cf. <hi rend="i">aoula</hi>, a day-dance; <hi rend="i">ao-atea</hi>, before noon; <hi rend="i">aogal&amp;eacute;mu</hi>, to be broad daylight; <hi rend="i">fetuao</hi>, the morning star; <hi rend="i">aso</hi>, a day; a daily offering of food to a chief; <hi rend="i">pitoao</hi>, to be over-shadowed by the edge of a cloud; <hi rend="i">tautuao</hi>, to rise up and pass over, as clouds; <hi rend="i">puao</hi>, mist; <hi rend="i">lauao</hi>, a chief's hair; <hi rend="i">migao</hi>, to show respect to. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ao, day; light: <hi rend="i">Taaroa tei te ao</hi>; Tangaroa is the light. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The natural day; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) bright clouds of the sky; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) Heaven, blessedness, happiness; the state of the blessed; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) the good reign of a prince; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) a hospitable man; (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) the present life; (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) the opening buds of trees; (<hi rend="i">i</hi>.) the white heart of <hi rend="i">taro</hi>, cabbage, &amp;c. (probably = Maori <hi rend="i">ngao</hi>, a sprout); (<hi rend="i">j</hi>.) a large, spotted sea-bird; (<hi rend="i">k</hi>.) the heart of a bundle of cloth (probably = <hi rend="i">ngao</hi>); (<hi rend="i">l</hi>.) the king, as heart of the country (probably = <hi rend="i">ngao</hi>); (<hi rend="i">m</hi>.) the grooves of the cloth mallet, also the marks on the cloth (probably = <hi rend="i">ngao</hi>, the palate); (<hi rend="i">n</hi>.) the inside bark used for cloth making; (<hi rend="i">o</hi>.) the fat of turtles, fowls, and fishes (probably = Maori <hi rend="i">ngako</hi>, fat); (<hi rend="i">p</hi>.) the name of a ceremony previous to that of the <hi rend="i">tihi</hi>; (<hi rend="i">q</hi>.) braided human hair; (<hi rend="i">r</hi>.) the first or chief part of things; (<hi rend="i">s</hi>.) one of the ropes fastened to a sail (<hi rend="i">aho</hi>?); (<hi rend="i">t</hi>.) a spy, who comes upon a party at night to see what they are doing (probably = <hi rend="i">ako</hi>, to learn); (<hi rend="i">u</hi>.) the sides of a square; (<hi rend="i">v</hi>.) an angle; (<hi rend="i">w</hi>.) to press liquid out of a strainer; (<hi rend="i">x</hi>.) to peep, as an eel out of its hole; to appear again, as a lost fugitive. aoao, slim, tall, wall-shaped; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the ribs (probably = Maori <hi rend="i">kaokao</hi>, the ribs). Cf. <hi rend="i">aorai</hi>, the name of the king's house; <hi rend="i">aoroa</hi>, the firmament of heaven; <hi rend="i">aorereva</hi>, a kind of Native cloth; <hi rend="i">aorereva noa</hi>, flying clouds; unsettled; <hi rend="i">taiao</hi>, dawn. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ao, light, day: <hi rend="i">O Kukahi ka po, O Kulua ke ao</hi>; The night of Tutahi, the day of Turua. Also to become light, to dawn. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The world: <hi rend="i">Nana i hoonoho ke ao nei maluna o lakou</hi>; He hath placed the world upon them. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) Light, as applied to the light-green of fresh plants or trees; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) a cloud: <hi rend="i">Me he ao puapuaa la ke aloha e kau nei</hi>; As a thick cloud love settles upon me. (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) To awake, as from a vision or dream; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) to come to one's right mind, or self-possession. Hoo-ao, to tempt, to try, to prove; to assay; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to try, <hi rend="i">i.e</hi>. to cohabit before marriage. Cf. <hi rend="i">aouli</hi>, the sky, the visible arch of heaven; the stars collectively; Heaven itself; <hi rend="i">aopoko</hi>, a short cloud; (fig.) men of little weight or character; <hi rend="i">wanaao</hi>, the dawn of day, to dawn; <hi rend="i">piao</hi>, the hot reflection of the sun on a smooth surface or dry land. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ao, a cloud: <hi rend="i">Nae to foki ae vai mei he gaahi ao</hi>; The clouds also dropped water. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Presence; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the front or most frequented part of an island; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) the inside of Native cloth; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) a head-dress; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) to repeat a game, to play over again; (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) to seek suitable trees in the forest; (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) to chase; aoao, sovereign, sovereignty; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) supreme; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the eighth day in the Tongan calendar; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to bind round and round; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to hew timber in order to make it straight; aoga, worthy, useful, profitable, acceptable, needful. Cf. <hi rend="i">aho</hi>, a day; <hi rend="i">ahoaho</hi>, bright, shining, as the moon on a clear night; <hi rend="i">ahotetea</hi>, morning light; <hi rend="i">aoaofia</hi>, cloudy, overcast, as the moon; <hi rend="i">aoniu</hi>, omni-present; <hi rend="i">feao</hi>, to attend upon, as a guard, or as a servant. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ao, light, day-light, day: <hi rend="i">Paha mai te Atua i te maamaama</hi>,</p>
        <pb xml:id="n15" n="15"/>
        <p><hi rend="i">he ao</hi>; God called the light, day. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A cloud. Cf. <hi rend="i">aotahi</hi>, to obey. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—ao, the world: <hi rend="i">E iia keia aia i te ao nei</hi>; And chased out of the world. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Day: <hi rend="i">Te apii nei tetai ao i tetai i te tuatua</hi>; Day unto day uttereth speech. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) Dawn, to dawn: <hi rend="i">E tae ua atu ki te ao anga ra</hi>; Until the dawning of the day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—ao, day: <hi rend="i">Ua po Avaiki, ua ao nunga nei</hi>; ‘Tis night in Hawaiki, and day in this world: <hi rend="i">Ao mata ngaa e</hi>; The eye of day is unclosing. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Daylight: <hi rend="i">Kua akama i te ao e</hi>; He is ashamed to be in the light. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) The world: <hi rend="i">E noo i te ao nei</hi>; Remain in this world. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ao, a day; daylight. Cf. <hi rend="i">aso</hi>, a day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ao, the world; the Universe; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) authority, government, reign; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a cloud; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) inward consolation; tranquillity of conscience; aka-aoao, to think about. Cf. <hi rend="i">aomaku</hi>, humid; <hi rend="i">aotikanga</hi>, authority. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ao, the world; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) happy, happiness. Cf. <hi rend="i">auina</hi>, daylight (<hi rend="i">ina</hi>, to shine = Maori <hi rend="i">hina</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Sikayana</hi>—<hi rend="i">ao</hi>, morning; <hi rend="i">atho</hi>, a day; <hi rend="i">iao</hi>, light; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tagal</hi>—<hi rend="i">aso</hi>, smoke; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kayan</hi>—<hi rend="i">laso</hi>, heat; Amboyna (all three dialects)—<hi rend="i">aow</hi>, fire; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Lariki</hi>—<hi rend="i">aoaaoa</hi>, day.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AO</hi>, to take up by handfuls: <hi rend="i">Ka aohia ake e te tohunga kia ki tona ringa</hi>—Rew., v. 12. 2. To collect. Cf. <hi rend="i">aoaka</hi>, two handfuls at once.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ao, to collect, to gather together. Cf. <hi rend="i">aofa'i</hi>, to collect together, to come together; <hi rend="i">aofa'iga</hi>, the sum total; <hi rend="i">aofaga</hi>, a collection; <hi rend="i">aofia</hi>, an assembly; <hi rend="i">aotele</hi>, to gather all into one (of things). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aoaia</hi>, to collect food and other things with care.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AO</hi>, the bark of a dog: <hi rend="i">Katahi ka whakao mai, ‘Ao! ao! ao! a-ao-o!'</hi>—I’. M., 29. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, to bark as a dog.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aoa, to bark or howl, as a dog; the howling of dogs; aoaoa, the indistinct noise made by persons at a distance; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) rambling, unsettled; to be delirious. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aoa, to howl, as a dog; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to howl or wail for grief for the loss of friends; to howl for a calamity that has come upon one: hence = cross, angry, rough in language.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOAKA</hi>, two handfuls at a time. [See <hi rend="sc">Aohanga</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOAKE</hi>, the day following: <hi rend="i">Kotahi ra i patua ai e ia e rua pa; aoake, e toru pa; aoake, e rua pa</hi>—G.-8, 30. Cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, day, to dawn; <hi rend="i">ake</hi>, onwards (in time).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOHANGA</hi>, a striped variety of New Zealand flax (<hi rend="i">Phormium</hi>). 2. Two handfuls at once: a derivative from ao, to take up by handfuls. In South Island, aoaka.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOKAI</hi>, the Pleiades. [See <hi rend="sc">Matariki</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOKEHU</hi> (myth.), a hero of great power as a <hi rend="i">tohunga</hi> (wizard-priest); he slew Tutaeporoporo, the great <hi rend="i">taniwha</hi> (water monster) of the Wanganui River. [See <hi rend="sc">Tutaeporoporo</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AONUI</hi> (myth.): Aonui, Aoroa, Aopouri, Aopotango, Aowhetuma, Aowhekere, Aokahiwahiwa, Aokanapanapa, Aopakakina, Aopakarea, and Aotakawe are deities of the storm-clouds. They are the children of Tawhiri-ma-tea, the Lord of Tempests, and were brought forth by him to punish his brothers, who had rent apart their parents, Rangi and Papa (“Heaven” and “Earth”)—P. M., 8.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AONGA</hi>, dawn, a derivative of ao, to dawn.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOREWA</hi>, scud, light flying clouds: <hi rend="i">Ka mangi noa ‘hau, e ai te aorewa</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, cloud, and <hi rend="i">rewa</hi>, to float, to be elevated.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AORERE</hi>, scud. [As <hi rend="sc">Aorewa</hi>.] Cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, cloud, and <hi rend="i">rere</hi>, to fly. 2. The name of a garment.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOTAHI</hi>, the name of a star (Canopus). Cf. <hi rend="i">Autahi</hi> and <hi rend="i">Atutahi</hi>, names of Canopus: <hi rend="i">Aotahi he whetu tapu, he ariki aia no nga whetu o te tau</hi>—A. H. M., i. 45. Aotahi (myth.) was the child of Puaka (<hi rend="i">Puanga</hi>); his mother's name was Takurua (Sirius)—A. H. M., Eng. 52, vol. i.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOTARO</hi>, to prepare beds of gravel for <hi rend="i">taro</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, to collect, and <hi rend="i">taro</hi> (<hi rend="i">Colocasia antiquorum</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOTEA (or Aotearoa)</hi>, the name of New Zealand: <hi rend="i">Ka hoe mai nei, a, ka u ki Whangaparaoa, ara ki Aotea nei</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">ao</hi>, the world, the daylight, and <hi rend="i">tea</hi>, white. It is an apparent allusion to the land having been pulled up from the depths by Maui. All Polynesian islands were thus hauled up by deities from the realms of the Dark Night to the “White Day.” The Marquesan Islands are called by the Natives <hi rend="i">Ao-maama</hi> (<hi rend="i">Ao-marama</hi>) “the World of Light.” [For full particulars see <hi rend="sc">Hawaiki. Maui, Kore</hi>, &amp;c.] 2. (myth.) The name of the first circle of the Lower-world (<hi rend="i">Papa</hi>), as opposed to the Upper-world (<hi rend="i">Rangi</hi>). 3. The name of one of the ancient canoes of the great Migration to New Zealand. [See <hi rend="sc">Arawa</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APA</hi>, a band of workmen: <hi rend="i">Kua hoatu ano hoki ona tuakana katoa ki a ia, hei apa</hi>—Ken., xxvii. 37. 2. Said of a person under demoniacal possession. 3. The fold of a garment: <hi rend="i">aparua</hi>, two-ply, &amp;c. Cf. <hi rend="i">hapa</hi>, crooked, bent; <hi rend="i">kapa</hi>, to stand in a rank; <hi rend="i">apu</hi>, a company of workmen.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">apa</hi>, sexual connection. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—apa, a roll, as of a bundle of cloth. Cf. <hi rend="i">apana</hi>, a fragment, portion; a division of people. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—apa, to pass in the hands from one to the other; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to take possession; apaga, a bundle, a burden; apaapa, the gable of a house. Cf. <hi rend="i">apai</hi>, to carry (Maori=<hi rend="i">hapai</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APAAPA</hi> (myth.), a deified ancestor, a descendant of Tiki. He was son of Whatonga, father of Tahatiti, and grandfather of Ruatapu—Sh. Rel., 14. [See <hi rend="sc">Tuputupuwhenua, Tiki, Ruatapu</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APAHA</hi> (<hi rend="i">apáhá</hi>), if the case were that.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APANOA</hi> (<hi rend="i">apánoa</hi>), to time or degree that; until.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APAKURA</hi>, a dirge, lament: <hi rend="i">Ko ta matou apakura tenei ki a koe</hi>—M. M., 66.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APAKURA</hi> (myth.), the wife of Tuhuruhuru, the son of Tinirau and Hina. She had several children, among whom are Tuwhakararo, Mairatea, Reimatua, and Whakatau-potiki—P. M., 61. By another legend, Apakura is said to be the wife of Tuwhakararo, who was the son of Rata and father of Whakatau. Whakatau was born in a miraculous manner, from the girdle or apron which Apakura threw into the ocean; and the child was fashioned by the sea-god. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rongotakawhiu</hi>—P. M., 72. [See <hi rend="sc">Whakatau, Rata, Tuhuruhuru</hi>, &amp;c.]</p>
        <pb xml:id="n16" n="16"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">APARANGI</hi> (myth.), the god of peace and mediation.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APARANGI</hi>, the open sky, the arch of heaven. 2. <hi rend="i">Aurora australis</hi> (one auth.). 3. A crowd of visitors: <hi rend="i">Hoatu te kai ma te aparangi</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">apa</hi>, a body of workmen; <hi rend="i">rangi</hi>, the sky.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aparai, clear, cloudless, applied to the sky; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) an enclosure [<hi rend="i">apa:</hi> see under <hi rend="sc">Pa</hi>] for an infant, the son of a king or principal chief, who was sacred (<hi rend="i">tapu</hi>) until certain ceremonies had been performed; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a temporary <hi rend="i">marae</hi> (sacred place). Cf. <hi rend="i">aorai</hi>, the king's palace. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aparangi</hi>, thin, dried up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—aparangi, the vault of heaven: <hi rend="i">E aparangi, o te kauá peau nni ka rere;</hi> Like the outstretched heavens are the spread wings of the warning bird.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APATAHI</hi>, a single covering or garment. Cf. <hi rend="i">aparua</hi>, two-ply; <hi rend="i">apa</hi>, fold; <hi rend="i">tahi</hi>, one; <hi rend="i">aritahi</hi>, a single covering.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APATARI</hi>, to carry, bring. Cf. <hi rend="i">apa</hi>, a company of workmen; a fold of cloth; <hi rend="i">tari</hi>, to carry.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">apa</hi>, a roll, bundle; <hi rend="i">kali</hi>, to tie, to fasten on.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APIAPI</hi>, close together, crowded together. Cf. <hi rend="i">kapi</hi>, to be filled up, as a limited space; <hi rend="i">apiti</hi>, to put together; <hi rend="i">kapiti</hi>, shut in, confined; <hi rend="i">apo</hi>, to gather together.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-API</hi>, to be in the way of; obstruction.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—api, to lodge, to put up at a house for a time, a lodging-house: <hi rend="i">Pe ai ea se mea i le fale o lou tamá matou te api ai?</hi> Is there room in your father's house for us to lodge in? Apiapi, narrow or strait; to be narrow. Cf. <hi rend="i">apitau</hi>, war-lodgings; <hi rend="i">apitaga</hi>, a temporary hut made of green boughs; <hi rend="i">apita</hi>, a frame of sticks in a canoe on which property is placed during a journey to keep it from being wetted with leakage; <hi rend="i">apitia</hi>, to be wedged in, confined, straitened. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—api, to gather together, as people to one spot; to bring into small compass, as baggage; apipi, united, joined together, as the two canoes of a double canoe. Cf. <hi rend="i">pipi</hi>, an oyster; <hi rend="i">pili</hi>, united. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—api, to be full, occupied, closed up; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) folds of cloth pasted together; the bivalve shells of fish; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a part of a canoe; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to confederate together, as different parties; to join, as two divisions of a fleet of war canoes; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) young, recent, late; apiapi, confusion; narrowness of a place or of the mind; straitness; difficulty as to choice; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) filled, occupied; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a cloth dyed and prepared with certain plants; apia, closed, as an oyster's shell; faa-api, to close, to shut up; faa-apiapi, to fill up, to encumber, as by crowding a place. Cf. <hi rend="i">apipiti</hi>, together; <hi rend="i">apiti</hi>, a couple on the ground joined together; a part joined hand in hand; to join things together. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—abi, habitation, home, lands; abiabi, crowded, straight, narrow; fakaabi, to sojourn in the home of a friend; fakaabiabi, to crowd, to cumber; aabi, strait, confined, wanting room. Cf. <hi rend="i">abiji</hi>, to tie together, to bundle up; <hi rend="i">kabikabi</hi>, a wedge, to wedge; <hi rend="i">efi&amp;egrave;fi</hi>, [<hi rend="i">e</hi> for <hi rend="i">a</hi>, as Tongan <hi rend="i">efiafi</hi>, evening = Maori <hi rend="i">ahiahi</hi>] crowded, full. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—apiapi, to be densely packed; pressed upon by a crowd; aka-api, to be crowded together. Cf. <hi rend="i">apita</hi>, to make a circle round a thing with a cord, &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tapiti</hi>, to join, unite; <hi rend="i">haa-piti</hi>, tight, compact, crowded. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">abia</hi>, to have, to get; <hi rend="i">abikau</hi>, a small lean-to on a verandah; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aby</hi>, all, every one, the whole; <hi rend="i">amby</hi>, addition, excess, surplus; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—<hi rend="i">apit</hi>, close, side by side; to squeeze; <hi rend="i">apil</hi>, to fence with a bulwark; <hi rend="i">kapit</hi>, a friend, associate.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APITI</hi>, to put together; to place side by side. Cf. <hi rend="i">karapiti</hi>, to put side by side; <hi rend="i">kapiti</hi>, shut in by hills, confined; <hi rend="i">whitiki</hi>, to gird [see Marquesan]. 2. the <hi rend="i">radius</hi>, or small bone of the arm. Cf. <hi rend="i">kapiti</hi>, a bone. 3. A cleft; a narrow pass. Cf. <hi rend="i">kapiti</hi>, a crevice. 4. To supplement a deficiency. <hi rend="i">He whare apiti</hi>, a steep-roofed house.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—apikiapiki, to fold up, as a piece of native cloth. Cf. <hi rend="i">upiki</hi>, to shut suddenly together, as the jaws of a trap; to snare; <hi rend="i">upikipiki</hi>, shutting up, folding together, as a foreign fan; <hi rend="i">piki</hi>, to do instantly; to milk, as the sudden squeezing of the teat forces out the milk; <hi rend="i">apipi</hi>, united, joined together, as the two canoes of a double canoe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—apitia, to be wedged in; to be confined, straitened. Cf. <hi rend="i">apiapi</hi>, narrow, confined; <hi rend="i">api</hi>, a lodging-house. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tapiti</hi>, to join, unito; <hi rend="i">haa-piti</hi>, tight, compact, crowded; <hi rend="i">itiki</hi>, to fasten together; <hi rend="i">pitiki</hi>, to bind; fastened together. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—apiti, to join, to unite with another; to be in a joining state, as two trees growing jointly; two parties in one; a couple, or two joined together; two, in counting; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to have two sources, applied to the wind when coming from two different quarters; apitipiti, to couple or join things together repeatedly; aapiti, united or doubled. Cf. <hi rend="i">piti</hi>, two, in counting (<hi rend="i">rua</hi> is the old word); <hi rend="i">aaupiti</hi> (<hi rend="i">aau</hi> = Maori <hi rend="i">ngakau</hi>), a double mind, double-minded, insincere; having two stems, as a plant or tree; (fig.) a person whose father belongs to one country and his mother to another is called <hi rend="i">taata aaupiti; api</hi>. to confederate together, as different parties; to join, as the divisions of a fleet of war canoes; <hi rend="i">apipiti</hi>, together, all together, by parties joining together; <hi rend="i">epiti</hi>, a couple; two, in counting; <hi rend="i">opiti</hi> (dual), ye two; <hi rend="i">papiti</hi>, a second time. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kapiti</hi>, to be allied, joined together; to make things touch each other; <hi rend="i">kopiti</hi>, to add to; to associate with any one; to unite things side by side; <hi rend="i">kopitiraga</hi>, addition. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kapiti</hi>, to seal up; <hi rend="i">kapitipiti</hi>, to unite, united; to collect, gather. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kapiti</hi>, to add; side by side; close. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—abiji, to tie together, to bundle up. Cf. <hi rend="i">abiabi</hi>, to crowd, to cumber; <hi rend="i">aapi</hi>, strait, confined. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">apit</hi>, close, side by side; to squeeze; <hi rend="i">kapit</hi>, a companion, associate, friend.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APO</hi>, to gather together: <hi rend="i">Ka apohia mai e ratou ha kai whakaako</hi>—Tim., iv. 3. Cf. <hi rend="i">hapopo</hi>, to gather together; <hi rend="i">popo</hi>, to throng, crowd around; <hi rend="i">hiapo</hi>, to be gathered together; <hi rend="i">tauapo</hi>, to hug, to carry in the arms; <hi rend="i">taiapo</hi>, to carry in the arms. 2. To grasp, extort. Cf. <hi rend="i">kapo</hi>, to snatch.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APOAPO</hi>, to gather together, to roll together: <hi rend="i">A apoapohia ana e ratou</hi>—Eko., viii. 14. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To entangle: <hi rend="i">A he mea apoapo ahau e te rimu, takai atu takai mai</hi>—P. M., 14.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n17" n="17"/>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—apo, to catch at, as with the hand; to hook in; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to span or reach round, to put one's arm round another: <hi rend="i">O Hauii, kai apo kahi:</hi> O Hauii, the sea-encircling. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) To receive, to embrace as a long-absent friend: <hi rend="i">Holo mai la ia e halawai me ia, apo mai la ia ia</hi>; He ran to meet him, and embraced him. (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) To contain, hold, or encircle: <hi rend="i">Aole e hiki i na lani a me na lani o na lani ke apo ia oe;</hi> Heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain you. (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) To receive, as into the mind; to apprehend intellectually; to receive as a truth. (<hi rend="i">j</hi>.) To receive, to hide, as a cloud: <hi rend="i">A na ke ao no ia i apo mai, mai ko lakou mau maka atu;</hi> A cloud received him and hid him from sight. (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) A hoop, a ring, a circle; a certain kind of belt worn by women; (fig.) <hi rend="i">Apo a ka make</hi>, the bonds of death. (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) The union of the cheek-bone with the temples. Apoapo, to catch at frequently, to snatch or scramble for; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a bunch, as of <hi rend="i">kalo</hi> (<hi rend="i">taro</hi>); a hill of potatoes. Cf. <hi rend="i">apokau</hi>, to take hold of and displace; <hi rend="i">apohao</hi>, the king's guard; <hi rend="i">kaiapo</hi>, a rising or high tide; <hi rend="i">upo</hi>, to covet, lust after; <hi rend="i">kaha-apo</hi>, the circumference (lit., “enclosing mark”). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—‘apo, to cling to, to keep near to; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to take care of, as of an orphan child; to attend to land; plu., ‘a'apo; pass., apoia. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—apo, to catch a thing thrown to a person; the act of catching a thing so thrown; apoapo, to catch repeatedly things thrown at a person; aapo, to apprehend or understand a thing quickly; apt to understand. Cf. <hi rend="i">apoo</hi>, a council, or meeting for consultation; <hi rend="i">apooaahi</hi>, the place where people fish for the <hi rend="i">aahi</hi>; <hi rend="i">apoopoo</hi>, to be consulting secretly about a person and speaking ill of him behind his back; <hi rend="i">apoopuaa</hi>, a place frequented by boys. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—apo, to transplant (probably as Maori <hi rend="i">ahu</hi>, “to heap up,” means also “to transplant”).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APO</hi>, dregs of shark-oil.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APOPO</hi>, to-morrow: <hi rend="i">Apopo, ka kimi i tetehi totara ma tatou</hi>—P. M., 91. Cf. <hi rend="i">po</hi>, night; a season. [The Polynesians count by nights, not by days; as the English say, “fort-night,” &amp;c.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—apopo, to-morrow; also, abobo.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—apopo, to-morrow; sometimes popo: <hi rend="i">Apopo, e haawi au ia lakou iloko o kou lima</hi>; To-morrow I will deliver them into your hand. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—apopo, to-morrow: <hi rend="i">Apopo au e oatu ei kia koe ra;</hi> To-morrow I will give it to you. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">abo</hi>, to-night; <hi rend="i">abogibogi</hi>, to-morrow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—apopo, to-morrow; also popo. Cf. <hi rend="i">aponei</hi>, to-night. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—apo, to-morrow.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APU</hi>, a squall of wind. Cf. <hi rend="i">pu</hi>, to blow; <hi rend="i">pupuhi</hi>, to blow; <hi rend="i">purekereke</hi>, a puff of wind, &amp;c. [For comparatives, see <hi rend="sc">Pu</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APU</hi>, to burrow; to force a way into the ground. 2. To gorge food; to cram into the mouth; to glut: <hi rend="i">He kuku tangaengae nui: he parera apu paru</hi>—Prov. 3. A company of labourers. Cf. <hi rend="i">hapu</hi>, section of a large tribe; <hi rend="i">apa</hi>, a company of workmen; <hi rend="i">apo</hi>, to gather together; <hi rend="i">pu</hi>, a tribe.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APUAPU</hi>, crammed; stuffed. 2. palatable. Cf. <hi rend="i">apuru</hi>, to crowd; to shut up.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aputi</hi>, to cover up, as the body, or a native oven, &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">abu</hi>, to dart or fly at each other, as pigs or dogs; fierce; envious. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—apu, to devour food greedily; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to run after, to chase with the desire of overtaking another. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">apuapu</hi>, pregnant; <hi rend="i">koapu</hi>, a nest. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">apuru</hi>, crowded up, stuffed up.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APUHAU</hi> Gods of the storm-winds; children of Tawhiri-ma-tea, lord of tempests (cf. <hi rend="i">apu</hi>, squall; <hi rend="i">hau</hi>, wind; <hi rend="i">matangi</hi>, wind)—P. M., 8 (Maori); A. H. M., i., App.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APUMATANGI</hi> Gods of the storm-winds; children of Tawhiri-ma-tea, lord of tempests (cf. <hi rend="i">apu</hi>, squall; <hi rend="i">hau</hi>, wind; <hi rend="i">matangi</hi>, wind)—P. M., 8 (Maori); A. H. M., i., App.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APURE</hi>, a bare patch. Cf. <hi rend="i">pure</hi>, to arrange in tufts or patches; <hi rend="i">purei</hi>, isolated tufts of grass; a small patch of garden; <hi rend="i">purekireki</hi>, tufts of grass in a swamp; <hi rend="i">pu</hi>, a bundle.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">pulepule</hi>, to be spotted; to be striped. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">pulepule</hi>, spotted; speckled; of various colours; <hi rend="i">opulepule</hi>, spotted; light and shade. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">purepure</hi>, spotted, chequered; <hi rend="i">pupure</hi>, the Native leprosy, or similar disease; <hi rend="i">opure</hi>, spotted (applied to a fowl). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">bulebule</hi>, spotted; <hi rend="i">faka-bulebule</hi>, to spot, to print, to variegate. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">purepure</hi>, the face of a man having spots or marks. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">haka-purepure</hi>, to dye in colours.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APURU</hi>, to throng, to press one on another; to crowd, encumber. 5. To shut up; suppress. Cf. <hi rend="i">puru</hi>, to plug up; confine; <hi rend="i">purupuru</hi>, to caulk, stop the chinks of a thing, to suppress; <hi rend="i">pururu</hi>, close together; <hi rend="i">apu</hi>, to cram, glut; a company of workmen.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">pulu</hi>, glue; resin; the husk of the cocoanut; <hi rend="i">puluti</hi>, to glue, to pitch. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">puru</hi>, a board; the husk of the cocoanut-shell; <hi rend="i">pupuru</hi>, thick, as a mixture; <hi rend="i">purutaa</hi>, to help together as a body; to assist; <hi rend="i">erepuru</hi>, a company going compactly together on the road. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">puu</hi>, a band of tow made of cocoanut fibre. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">pulu</hi>, to be wet; to be soft, as that which has been soaked in water; that which is soft, as cotton; the soft matter of which <hi rend="i">kapa</hi> (netive cloth, <hi rend="i">tapa</hi>,) is made, by soaking it in water until it becomes paste-like; <hi rend="i">pupulu</hi>, to congregate in masses; to be assembled; adhesive; soft; <hi rend="i">pulupulu</hi>, cotton; tinder; to warm, to cherish, to brood over, as a hen over her chickens; <hi rend="i">huluhuhu</hi>, cotton; <hi rend="i">hulu</hi>, wool, feathers, &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">bulu</hi>, a kind of gum, used as pitch in caulking canoes; the husk of the cocoanut; <hi rend="i">bulubulu</hi>, the gummy substance from the banana; <hi rend="i">bului</hi>, to tie together; <hi rend="i">buluji</hi>, bird-lime. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—apuru, to be stuffed full, overcrowded. Cf. <hi rend="i">puru</hi>, the husk of the cocoanut, and the almond of <hi rend="i">Pandanus; purukaha</hi>, a filament of sinnet. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tapuru</hi>, to macerate. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">puru</hi>, fibre of cocoanut, used as a plug for caulking; anything used for caulking with.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APUTA</hi>, at intervals; found only here and there.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">APUTAHI-A-PAWA</hi> (myth.), the name of a terrible storm raised by the incantations of Ngatoro-i-rangi. In this storm the host of Manaia was destroyed—P. M., 112. [See <hi rend="sc">Ngatoro, Manaia</hi> (1).]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARA</hi>, a road, a path, a way: <hi rend="i">A! tenei te ara, waiho mo te ata koe ka piki ai</hi>—P. M., 51. 2.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n18" n="18"/>
        <p>A means of conveyance, Cf. <hi rend="i">aranui</hi>, a highway, a broad path; <hi rend="i">arahi</hi>, to lead, conduct; <hi rend="i">arataki</hi>, to lead, conduct; <hi rend="i">huarahi</hi>, a road; <hi rend="i">arakau</hi>, an overgrown track.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ala, a path, way, road, passage: <hi rend="i">Le mailei mo ia i le ala;</hi> The snare for him in the path. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The warp: <hi rend="i">Po o le ala, po o le fausa;</hi> Whether in the warp or woof. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) A cause, a reason; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) a division of a village. Cf. <hi rend="i">ala'alo</hi>, a bye-path; ‘<hi rend="i">auala</hi>, the road-side; <hi rend="i">alamu</hi>, to go direct; <hi rend="i">alatua</hi>, a back way; <hi rend="i">alava‘a</hi>, a passage for canoes among rocks and shoals; <hi rend="i">lotoala</hi>, the middle of the road. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ara, a road, a path. Cf. <hi rend="i">aranoa</hi>, the common road; <hi rend="i">aranui</hi>, the public road; <hi rend="i">aratu</hi>, a road, a path; <hi rend="i">aratai</hi>, a guide, a leader; <hi rend="i">aramoe</hi>, forgetfulness (lit., “sleep-path”). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ala, a path, way, or road:. <hi rend="i">Hele aku la oia i ke ala maawe iki a ke aloha</hi>; He has gone in the path little travelled by the loved ones. Cf. <hi rend="i">alaololi</hi>, a narrow path; <hi rend="i">alahula</hi>, a thoroughfare; <hi rend="i">alakai</hi>, a guide; <hi rend="i">alaula</hi>, red dust on a road. The East is called <hi rend="i">He alanui hele a Kane</hi> (in Maori letters, <hi rend="i">He aranui haere a Tane</hi>), “the great highway of Tane,” and also, <hi rend="i">Ke ala ula a Kane</hi> (Maori=<hi rend="i">Te ara ura a Tane</hi>), “the bright road of Tane,” the dawn; while the West is called <hi rend="i">Ke alanui o Ka Make</hi> (<hi rend="i">Te aranui o Te Mate</hi>), “the highway of Death.” </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—ara, a path, a way: <hi rend="i">I te ara taurere ki Iva, &amp;eacute;;</hi> By a perilous path to Iva (spirit-land). Cf. <hi rend="i">arataa</hi>, a way, path. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—hala, a road or path: <hi rend="i">Kua mou tofa ae hala kife he aho ni?</hi> Whither have ye made a road to-day? (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A doorway or entrance; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) death, applied to the king; halaga, a path for animals; hahala, to cut open, to tear open. Cf. <hi rend="i">halafaki</hi>, to take another road to avoid being seen; to take a circuitous range, as one in conversation; <hi rend="i">halahalai</hi>, to force a way; to extricate, to disentangle; <hi rend="i">halatoho</hi>, a drawbridge; a pontoon; <hi rend="i">fajiahala</hi>, the point or turn in a road; <hi rend="i">halababa</hi>, a high-road, a beaten path. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ara, a road, a way: <hi rend="i">I hanau a Maui matavaru i te ara nui ke;</hi> Maui the Eight-eyed was born on a strange road. Cf. <hi rend="i">aragugu</hi>, a very rough path; <hi rend="i">arai</hi>, an obstacle; <hi rend="i">arapupu</hi>, a rough place, to be crossed with difficulty. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aanui</hi>, the highway, beaten track; <hi rend="i">aàhi</hi>, to conduct, guide. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—eara, a road, path. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ala, a way, path. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ariara</hi>, a street, a road through a village; <hi rend="i">dala</hi>, a road through the forest; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fiji</hi>—<hi rend="i">sala</hi>, a path, road; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—(? <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, removed, freed from): <hi rend="i">aleha</hi>, a way, a path; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sulu</hi>—<hi rend="i">daan</hi>, a way, path; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—<hi rend="i">alah</hi>, course, direction; <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, towards, in a direction to; <hi rend="i">jalan</hi>, a road; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Silong</hi>—<hi rend="i">ja'an</hi>, a road; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Java</hi>—<hi rend="i">dalan</hi>, a road; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ilocan</hi>—<hi rend="i">dalan</hi>, a road.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARA</hi>, to rise; to rise up; to awake: <hi rend="i">A whea ara ai te marama?</hi>—P. M., 56: <hi rend="i">Kua ara nga raparapa o nga wahine ra ki runga</hi>—P. M., 34. Cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a path, a way.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARA</hi>, to arouse: <hi rend="i">Me te tangata e whakaarahia ana i a ia e moe ana</hi>. 2. To set upright: <hi rend="i">Ka whakaarahia ki runga, ka tu</hi>—P. M., 57.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ala, to spring from, to arise: <hi rend="i">Le matu e, ina ala mai</hi>; Arise, O North Wind. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To give birth to. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) To awake: <hi rend="i">Seia mavae le lagi latou te le ala</hi>; Till the heaven is no longer they shall not awake; alala, to sit awake at night; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to sit or dwell (used to chiefs instead of <hi rend="i">nofo</hi>); fa‘a-ala, to arouse from sleep. Cf. <hi rend="i">alai</hi>, forward, impertinent; <hi rend="i">alaina-‘ai</hi>, to awake to eat; <hi rend="i">alausu</hi>, to start the first thing in the morning; <hi rend="i">alamú</hi>, to go direct; <hi rend="i">alasolo</hi>, to overflow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ala, to wake from sleep; to watch: <hi rend="i">O ka Paepae nui, ala i ka moku e;</hi> O, the great Supporter, awaken the world. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To rise up; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to rise up, as a new generation of people: <hi rend="i">Ala mai la kekahi hanauna hou;</hi> There arose another generation. Hoo-ala, to cause one to rise, to lift up; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to stir up, as the mind; to rouse to action; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to raise up, as a deliverer; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to repair, as a broken wall. Cf. <hi rend="i">moalaala</hi>, going from house to house; going here and there. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ara, to awake, to rouse oneself; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to miss a blow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—ara, to awake from sleep: <hi rend="i">Aea koe e ara ai i taau moe;</hi> When will you awake from sleep? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ara, to awake; to be watchful: <hi rend="i">E ia varea i te taoto eiaha roa ia mure, eiaha roa ia ara faahou mai;</hi> That they may sleep a perpetual sleep, and may not wake. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To come to notice, to transpire. Araara, sparkling, flaming; the gleaming of the eyes of animals; the face, or eyes; arara, the ascent of an arrow. Cf. <hi rend="i">eara</hi>, to watch, to be vigilant; a word of caution, “beware!”</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARA</hi>, a party of the enemy; marauders. Probably a form of <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, to awake, to rise up. [See <hi rend="sc">Ara</hi>.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fa‘a-alataua</hi>, to take news of a war to the gods, or to the shades of departed chiefs.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARA</hi>, namely; particularly; that is to say; in other words. 2. Interjection, expressing surprise: <hi rend="i">Ka heua ake, ara! he tangata</hi>—P. M., 14. 3. And then (for <hi rend="i">a, ra</hi>): <hi rend="i">Heke ana he awaawa, ara he pari hoki</hi>. 4. For <hi rend="i">era</hi>, those, plural of <hi rend="i">tera</hi>, that.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAARA</hi>, the name of a fish, the Cavally, or Trevally (Icth. <hi rend="i">Caranx georgianus</hi>): <hi rend="i">Me he takapu araara</hi>—Prov. (Myth.) This fish is held sacred by Ngapuhi and Rarawa tribes on account of its having fed on the drowned body of Rongomai, the chief of the <hi rend="i">Mahuhu</hi> canoe in the Migration—S. T., 25.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAARAI.</hi> See <hi rend="sc">Arai</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAHI</hi>, to lead, conduct: <hi rend="i">Na ka arahina ia e Tinirau ki tona kainga</hi>—P. M., 33: <hi rend="i">Kia arahina mai tetahi mokai</hi>—A. H. M., i. 9. <hi rend="i">Kai-arahi</hi>, a guide. Cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a way; to arise; <hi rend="i">arai</hi>, to ward off; <hi rend="i">arataki</hi>, to lead, conduct.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">arahi</hi>, to sit, dwell, abide; <hi rend="i">aratai</hi>, a leader, guide; <hi rend="i">araa</hi>, a messenger sent before a chief and company to give information of their approach, or of some feast or religious ceremony; <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a path. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, a path; <hi rend="i">alamú</hi>, to go direct. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, a path; <hi rend="i">alakai</hi>, to lead, to guide. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alafi</hi>, to feel after with the haud. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—aahi, to lead, conduct: <hi rend="i">A aahi i te matapo;</hi> Lead the blind person. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—arahi, to conduct, or guide; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to beg, to implore.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAHUTA</hi> (myth.), the daughter of Tawhaki the Lightning God, and Tangotango (or Hapai)</p>
        <pb xml:id="n19" n="19"/>
        <p>the Heavenly Maiden. She was the cause of a quarrel between her parents, and Tangotango took her to heaven, where they were afterwards joined by Tawhaki—P. M., 41. Arahuta was also called Pianga. [See <hi rend="sc">Tawhaki, Pianga, Hapai</hi>, &amp;c.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAI</hi>, a veil, screen, curtain; to screen: <hi rend="i">Ka mau ia ki tetahi arai-kanohi</hi>—Ken., xxiv., 65. 2. To ward off, parry. 3. To be detained, or stayed: <hi rend="i">A ka araia e te ua, e te hau</hi>—A. H. M., ii., 4. 4. To block up: <hi rend="i">A kei te hanga tenei ratou i te pa hei arai atu i a koe</hi>—Kai., ix., 31. Cf. <hi rend="i">tauarai</hi>, a screen.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAARAI</hi>, to screen on every side.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—arai, to ward off: <hi rend="i">O Rongo arai mai i te kea, &amp;eacute;</hi>; Rongo who wards off the billows. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—arai, to interpose, mediate; a mediator; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to obstruct; an obstruction. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alai, to obstruct, to hinder one in any way; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to block up a door or passage by sitting down in it; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to form a circle round one for his defence in danger; to defend; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to be so thronged as not to be able to see out. Cf. <hi rend="i">alalai</hi>, to hinder one from doing a thing; to obstruct one's road; to be in the way of another; to consecrate, to render sacred (<hi rend="i">tapu</hi>) by coming into contact with some sacred object. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Managarevan</hi>—arai, an obstacle, impediment; to oppose, prevent, obstruct. Cf. <hi rend="i">arainauo</hi>, the <hi rend="i">Pandanus</hi>, plaited as a protection against spear or arrow. [<hi rend="i">Note:</hi> This last word is very important, because the “<hi rend="i">ara</hi>” here is probably the word for <hi rend="i">Pandanus</hi>, which is called in Polynesia <hi rend="i">ara, hara, fara, hala</hi>, &amp;c. See Maori <hi rend="sc">Whara</hi>.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tauarai</hi>, to defend. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—<hi rend="i">cf. alai</hi>, to sit carelessly and in improper places; <hi rend="i">halahalai</hi>, to force a way, to disentangle.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAIARA</hi> (myth.), the wife of Whironui. She was the mother of Hoturangi, who became the wife of Paikea. Araiara came to New Zealand in the <hi rend="i">Nukatere</hi> canoe.—A. H. M., iii. 41. [See <hi rend="sc">Ruatapu, Paikea, Whiro-nui</hi>, &amp;c.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAITANGA</hi>, eclipse. A derivative of arai, to block up, obstruct.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAITEURU</hi> (myth.), a celebrated female <hi rend="i">taniwha</hi>, or water-monster. She was the mother of Waihou, Waima, Orira, Mangamuka, Ohopa, and Wairere, all great lake and river <hi rend="i">taniwha</hi>. Arai-te-Uru and Taungeri are the guardians of Hokianga bar. 2. One of the canoes of the Migration. [See <hi rend="sc">Arawa</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARANUI</hi>, a broad road; a well-beaten, much-used track: <hi rend="i">Haere tonu atu i te aranui naka</hi>-P. M., 25. Cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, road; <hi rend="i">nui</hi>, great.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—aranui, a passage. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alanul, a highway, a frequented road: <hi rend="i">Alanui ke kanaka;</hi> The great road of the people. Cf. <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, road; <hi rend="i">nui</hi>, great. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aranui, the public road. Cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, road; <hi rend="i">nui</hi>, great. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—aanui, the highway, beaten track. Cf. <hi rend="i">aa</hi>, road; <hi rend="i">nui</hi>, great. [For full comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Ara</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Nui</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARANGA</hi>, to rise to the surface; to appear. Cf. <hi rend="i">maranga</hi>, to rise up; <hi rend="i">tairangàranga</hi>, elevated; <hi rend="i">ranga</hi>, to raise, cast up; <hi rend="i">koranga</hi>, to raise, lift up; <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, to arise.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARANGA</hi>, to appear in a vision, or second sight.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">laga</hi>, to rise; to raise up; <hi rend="i">malaga</hi>, to rise, as a hen from her nest, or troops from ambush; a journey; to cause to originate; <hi rend="i">taumalaga</hi>, to endeavour to raise, as war, &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alana, light, not heavy, easily floating on the water; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a present made by a chief to a priest to procure his prayers; a present made to a god; a free-will offering for any purpose; a sacrifice; to bring a present or offering. Cf. <hi rend="i">alanaaloha</hi>, a peace-offering; <hi rend="i">alanakuni</hi>, an offering to procure the death of a sorcerer; <hi rend="i">malana</hi>, to float together, as a body of canoes; <hi rend="i">lana</hi>, to float on the surface. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—araa, to be raised or lightened, as a vessel in the water, or as a thing that was sunk; to be raised to prosperity from a degraded state; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a messenger sent before a chief and company to give information of their approach, or to give notice of some feast or religious ceremony; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the small fry of fish, used as bait for the large ones; araaraa, to be convalescent; to be raised from depression by some unexpected good news. Cf. <hi rend="i">raa</hi>, sacred, consecrated; <hi rend="i">raanuu</hi>, a large collection of food for visitors; <hi rend="i">maraa</hi>, to rise up, to bear up; <hi rend="i">maraaraa</hi>, heavy but manageable. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">laga</hi>, to erect; to originate; to raise up the soil; <hi rend="i">malaga</hi>, to be raised. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">maraga</hi>, that which moves or goes (said of wind or rain); <hi rend="i">raga</hi>, to float on the surface of water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">faka-raga</hi>, to raise, to lift up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Java</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">langa</hi>, oil; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">laga</hi>, to be lifted up, as a club ready to strike.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARANGI</hi>, unsettled; changeable; not established. Cf. <hi rend="i">kahuirangi</hi>, unsettled; <hi rend="i">karangi</hi>, restless; <hi rend="i">koroirangi</hi>, wandering; <hi rend="i">rangi</hi>, the sky [as Hawaiian <hi rend="i">lewa</hi> (<hi rend="i">rewa</hi>), “the upper air,” means also “to float, to swing”]; <hi rend="i">harangi</hi>, unsettled, foolish; <hi rend="i">haurangi</hi>, mad; drunken; <hi rend="i">wairangi</hi>, foolish; <hi rend="i">porangi</hi>, hurried, mad.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alani</hi>, the name of a land breeze at Lanai; <hi rend="i">haulani</hi>, to plunge as a canoe; to be restless in one's grasp; to writhe; uneasy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">horai</hi>, a fool, idiot. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alani</hi>, an excuse; to make excuse; <hi rend="i">lagilagiá</hi>, to be cloudy.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAPAWA</hi>, a name of the Middle Island of New Zealand.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARATAKI</hi>, to lead, conduct; to guide: <hi rend="i">Mana e arataki te kauri i te wao</hi>—M. M., 173. Cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a path; to arise; <hi rend="i">arahi</hi>, to guide; <hi rend="i">taki</hi>, to take to one side; <hi rend="i">whaka-taki</hi>, to conduct; to trace out.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alakai, to lead along the path; to guide; a leader, guide: <hi rend="i">E alakai au ia oe me kou maka;</hi> I will guide you with my eye. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To lead as captives: <hi rend="i">A alakai pio ua poe la ia lakou i ka aina loihi;</hi> And they carry them away captives to a far-off land. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>) To take, as a person from one place to another. (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) To lead, as an animal. Hoo-alakai, to cause to lead. Cf. <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, a path; <hi rend="i">kai</hi>, to guide, lead. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aratai, to lead, guide, or conduct; a leader, guide, director: <hi rend="i">Ua arataihia oia e te mau vahine ma te oto o te uuairao ra</hi>; Her maidens shall lead her as with the voice of doves. Faa-aratai, a guide, conductor. Cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a road; <hi rend="i">taiara</hi>, a road, track; the road or walk of a turtie, by observing which he may be caught. Raro-</p>
        <pb xml:id="n20" n="20"/>
        <p>tongan—arataki, to guide, lead; a leader: <hi rend="i">Kare oki ona arataki, kare e tutara</hi>; Without guide or overseer. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To fetch: <hi rend="i">Kua oro atura ratou e arataki mai iaia</hi>; They ran and fetched him. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">autaki</hi>, to lead into, to conduct; to head a party. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aahi (arahi)</hi>, to guide, lead.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAU</hi>, to gather. Cf. <hi rend="i">harau</hi>, to grope for; to reach; <hi rend="i">rau</hi>, to catch in a net, to gather into a basket; <hi rend="i">rauhi</hi>, to collect. 2. To lay hold of. Cf. <hi rend="i">rarau</hi>, to lay hold of. 3. To entangle, entangled: <hi rend="i">Na ka hutia ake e Irawaru tana aho, akuanei ha arau ki ta Maui</hi>—P. M., 27.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ala‘u</hi>, to be nearly reached, nearly finished. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—arau, the two wings of a large fishing-net; araurau, a long wave of the sea. Cf. <hi rend="i">raupa</hi>, to obtain. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, to feel after a thing. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, to pinch with the fingers; <hi rend="i">lauji</hi>, to pinch. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">rau</hi>, a band made of leaves, for fishing with (by driving the fish).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAWA</hi>, a shark.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—alava, one species of shark. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">arava</hi>, the large octopus. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fijian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">yalawa</hi>, a species of shark.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAWA</hi> (myth.), one of the most celebrated canoes of the Migration to New Zealand. For the purposes of comparison, traditions respecting the arrival of the ancestors of the Polynesians (Maori) in New Zealand are here grouped together:—</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AOTEA</hi>.—This canoe was the half of a great tree growing on the banks of the Waiharakeke in Hawaiki. Toto cut the tree down and made two canoes, one of which, the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi>, he gave to his daughter Rongorongo, the wife of Turi; the second, the <hi rend="i">Matahorua</hi> (or as some say the <hi rend="i">Matatua</hi>), he gave to his other daughter Kuramarotini. The <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi> was a double canoe like the <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi>, as were probably all the others, but no incidental reference has preserved an account of the fact. The chief Turi sailed with the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi>, taking with him the kind of sweet potato called <hi rend="i">kakau</hi>, stones of <hi rend="i">karaka</hi> berries, <hi rend="i">paratawhiti</hi> fern, <hi rend="i">perei</hi> (a plant resembling <hi rend="i">kumara</hi>); live edible rats in boxes; some pet <hi rend="i">pukeko</hi>, and some tame green parroquets. The <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi> sailed in company with another canoe called <hi rend="i">Te Ririno</hi>; they had a very rough passage, and had to put into the port of a small island in mid-ocean called Rangitahua. After performing some religious ceremonies they again started, but quarrelled about the steering directions; Turi wishing to follow the advice of Kupe, (who had told him about New Zealand,) and go eastward, while the others insisted on going west. When the <hi rend="i">Ririno</hi> was lost on the reef at Taputapuatea, Turi had his own way, and steered eastward till he reached New Zealand. Turi settled at the Patea River, near Whanganui. In the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi> came ancestors of Ngarauru, Ngatiruanui, Ngatiapa, Rangitane, Ngatihau, Ngatimaru, and Moaupoko.—P. M., 129, <hi rend="i">et seq.</hi>; A. H. M., ii. 177 and 180.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAHURA</hi>.—In this canoe was brought a god named Arahura, whose image was of greenstone. The chiefs who came were Pekitetahua, Rongokahe, Rangitatau, Hineraho (fem.) &amp;c.—A. H. M., ii. 179.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAITEURU</hi>.—The canoe of the ancestors of Ngaitahu. This canoe remained at a place in the South Island called Matakaea. The chiefs were Kirikirikatata, Aroarokaehe, Mangaatua, &amp;c.—A. H. M., ii. 178.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAWA</hi>.—This canoe is said to have been built in Rarotonga, a place on the other side of Hawaiki (<hi rend="i">No tua atu i Hawaiki</hi>). It is doubtful if this is the island now known as Rarotonga [see <hi rend="sc">Rarotonga</hi>], the canoe being made of <hi rend="i">totara</hi>, a tree which does not grow in the Hervey Islands. The name of the forest where the trees grew was Tawhiti-nui; and they were dragged down the river Hauhau to the sea. The builders are stated to have included in their number Rata, Wahieroa, Ngahue, and Parata. It was the first canoe completed; then followed the <hi rend="i">Tainui, Matatua, Takitumu, Kuruhaupo, Tokomaru</hi>, and <hi rend="i">Matawhaorua</hi>. These canoes were all hewn out with the celebrated greenstone axes made from Te Poutini, the “stone fish” of Ngahue. The <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi> was a very large double canoe, with a house on deck, and was rigged with a foresail, main-sail, and mizzen-sail (<hi rend="i">Maranga to te ihu, te waenga, me to te kei</hi>—P. M., 72). The chief, Tama-te-kapua, decoyed the priest Ngatoroi-rangi on board; and on account of Tama's misconduct with the wife of Ngatoro, the vessel was nearly lost in the whirlpool of Te Parata. They landed at Whangaparaoa, (a few miles north of Auckland,) and most of the people who came in the <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi> settled on the East Coast about Maketu, Rotorua, &amp;c. In the canoe came the ancestors of Ngatiwhakaue, Rangitihi, Ngatipikiao, Rangi-wehiwehi, Tuhourangi, Ngatiwahiau, Ngatiporou, and Ngatituwharetoa—P. M., 83, 84; A. H. M., ii. 177, 183. The <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi> was burnt at Maketu by Raumati.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIKIMAITAI</hi>.—This canoe would appear to have arrived prior to the others, since Turi found the immigrants already settled upon the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi> arriving at Waitara. They were ancestors of tribes dwelling at Waimate and Patea.—A. H. M., ii. 177. Manaia is said to have discovered and killed aborigines at Waitara, when he came in the <hi rend="i">Tokomaru</hi>; perhaps these were the descendants of the crew of the <hi rend="i">Arikimaitai</hi>.—P. M., 145.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HIRAUTA</hi>.—Little is known of this canoe. Kiwa was the chief. It left at the same time as the <hi rend="i">Mangarara</hi>. Kiwa landed at Turanga.—A. H. M., ii. 191.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HOROUTA</hi>.—A name of the <hi rend="i">Takitumu</hi> canoe. It was so called on account of its swiftness (<hi rend="i">horo</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">KURAHAUPO</hi> (or <hi rend="i">Kuraaupo</hi>, or <hi rend="i">Kuruatepo</hi>, or <hi rend="i">Kuruhaupo</hi>).—A canoe built at the same time and place as the <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi>. In this canoe came ancestors of Ngatiapa, Ngatiawa, Ngatiruanui and Ngatikahungunu. Ruatea was the chief.—A. H. M., ii. 177 and 182; P. M., 83.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">MAHANGAATUAMATUA</hi>.—A sacred canoe which came from Hawaiki, manned by priests only.—A. H. M., iv. 24.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">MAHUHU</hi>.—Rongomai was the commander of this canoe, but he was drowned, and his
<pb xml:id="n21" n="21"/>
sody eaten by the <hi rend="i">araara</hi> (Trevally) fish, since held sacred by his descendants, the Ngapuhi and Rarawa tribes.—Sh. Trad., 25.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">MAMARI</hi>.—The account of this canoe is very full of interest, because it seems to depend on legend of older date than that concerning the great Migration. The Ngapuhi state that their ancestors came in this canoe, and that it was the vessel of Nukutawhiti. Relics (of stone) of this vessel are to be found near Hokianga. The people on board were supposed to be but one family.—M. Sup., 106, <hi rend="i">et seq</hi>. [See <hi rend="sc">Nukutawhiti</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Tuputupu-whenua</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">MANGARARA</hi>.—The chiefs were Wheketoro, Te-wai-o-Potango, and others; they brought the lizards, <hi rend="i">tuatara, teretere, kumukumu, mokoparae</hi>, and <hi rend="i">mokokakariki</hi>; also the insects, <hi rend="i">weri, whe, weta, kekerengu</hi>, &amp;c.; the birds, <hi rend="i">torea</hi> and <hi rend="i">whioi</hi>; also dogs of the <hi rend="i">Mohorangi</hi> breed. The crew were ancestors of Ngatiporou.—A. H. M., ii. 189. They came about the same time as the <hi rend="i">Hirauta</hi> canoe.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">MATAHORUA</hi>.—This was the first canoe which came to New Zealand. It was a twin of the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi>, and was given to Kuramarotini. [See <hi rend="sc">Aotea</hi>.] Reti became the chief of it, and navigated it. Kuramarotini's husband, Hoturapa, went out fishing with Kupe, who killed Hotu, and then carried off the woman. He sailed away till he reached these Islands; passing down the East Coast he reached Cook Strait, and crossed to the Tory Channel, where he killed the huge sea-dragon, Te Wheke-a-Muturangi. He left marks at a place now supposed to be the Patea River, and returned to Hawaiki, where he instructed Turi how to sail to find New Zealand in the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi> canoe.—P. M., 129; A. H. M., ii. 177.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">MATATUA</hi> (or <hi rend="i">Mataatua</hi>).—Some state that this canoe was the twin half of the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi>, and not the <hi rend="i">Matahorua</hi>. Ruaauru was the chief, and he brought the <hi rend="i">taro</hi>. In this canoe came ancesters of Ngatiruanui, Ngatikahungunu, Ngatiawa, and Whaka-tohea (of Whakatane).—A. H. M., ii. 177.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">MOTUMOTUAHI</hi>.—The chief of this canoe was Puatautahi. It arrived next after the <hi rend="i">Tokomaru</hi>. Ancestors of Ngarauru and of Ngatiruanui came in it.—A. H. M., ii. 182, 183.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">NUKUTERE</hi>, the canoe of Whironui. It arrived eight months before the Flood, called <hi rend="i">Te Tai a Ruatapu</hi>. [See <hi rend="sc">Ruatapu</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Tuputupuwhenua</hi>.] Both insects and lizards were brought in it. The ancestors of Porourangi, from whom spring the men of Ngatiporou, came in this canoe.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">PANGATORU</hi> (or <hi rend="i">Papakatoru</hi>).—The chief of this canoe was Rakewanangeora. The people on board were not allowed to land, but were driven back by aborigines and returned to Hawaiki.—A. H. M., ii. 181.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">PAUIRIRAIRA</hi>.—This canoe is said to have precoded that of Kupe. The chief Rakataura told Kupe of the existence of New Zealand. Rakataura, and the <hi rend="i">Pauiriraira</hi> went back to Hawaiki and remained there.—A. H. M., ii. 188.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">RANGIUAMUTU</hi> (or <hi rend="i">Tairea</hi>).—The canoe of this name was commanded by Tamatearokai. The crew landed at Rangatapu, (near Waingongoro River, Waimate Plains, Taranaki,) and saw moa bones and ovens there. Ancestors of Ngatiruanui came in the <hi rend="i">Rangiuamutu</hi>.—A. H. M., ii. 183.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">RIRINO</hi>.—This canoe accompanied the <hi rend="i">Aotea</hi> in the Migration. The chief was called Porua. After being storm-beaten, and putting into the small island of Rangitahua to refit, it again sailed, but was lost with all hands on the reef of Taputapuatea.—P. M., 134.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">TAHATUNA</hi>.—Nothing but the name seems known.—A. H. M., ii. 178.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">TAINUI</hi>.—This was one of the largest of the canoes, and was completed in Hawaiki next after the <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi>. Ngatoro-i-rangi was to have been the priest of this canoe, but was decoyed on board the <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi> by the subtilty of Tamate-Kapua. The <hi rend="i">Tainui</hi> was the first of the large canoes to reach New Zealand, and made the land at Whangaparaoa. The honour of having first touched land was taken from her by the crew of the <hi rend="i">Arawa</hi>, who artificially dried the poles of their sacred place, and their hawsers, to show that they had been a long time in possession. The <hi rend="i">Tainui</hi> went round by the North Cape and entered the Manakau Harbour, was dragged across the portage at Otahuhu, and finally was left at Kawhia, where (turned into stone) she still remains, at a place called Paringatai. Hoturoa was the chief of this canoe. He brought the variety of <hi rend="i">kumara</hi> called <hi rend="i">anurangi</hi>. In the <hi rend="i">Tainui</hi> came ancestors of Waikato, Ngatituwharetoa, Ngatimaniapoto, Ngatiraukawa, Ngatiapakura, Ngatimaru, Ngapuhi, Ngatitoa, Ngatimahuta, and Ngatiawa.—P. M., 90; A. H. M., ii. 177; iv. 28, 58.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">TAIREA</hi>.—See <hi rend="sc">Rangiuamutu</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">TAKEREAOTEA</hi>.—This was the canoe of Takereto. He was told by Kupe to set off for New Zealand.—A. H. M., ii. 188.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">TAKITUMU</hi> (or <hi rend="i">Horouta</hi>).—Differing legends give the name of the chief as Ruawharo, and as Tamatea; Huatahi and Nukuroa. Rongokako and Tamatea-pokai-whenua, the father of Kahungunu, were also on board. With them they brought the god Kahukura, whose guardians had been killed by Ruawharo. The canoe was turned into stone, and now lies at Murihiku. The people on board were very short of food on the voyage, and had to eat their children. They landed at Tauranga. One tradition states that the chief was Uengapua-ariki, the ancester of Ngatiruanui, and that they landed at Ohiwa; Hine-kau-i-rangi being a very sacred lady on board. In this canoe came ancestors of Ngatikahungunu and Ngaitahu.—A. H. M., ii. 177, 179, and 183; iii. 42, 72, &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">TOKOMARU</hi> (or <hi rend="i">Tongamaru</hi>).—This canoe originally belonged to the brother of Rongotiki, who was wife to Manaia. [See <hi rend="sc">Manaia</hi> (2).] Manaia being in trouble, and having slain Tupenu (who had insulted Manaia's wife,) fled across the sea in the <hi rend="i">Tokomaru</hi>, first killing his brother-in-law as a sacrifice of propitiation. The canoe made land at Whangaparaos, sailed round the North Cape, and coasted down the western shore of the North Island. The voyagers finally remained at</p>
        <pb xml:id="n22" n="22"/>
        <p>Taranaki, and became ancestors of Ngatiawa, Ngatiarea Ngatiruanui, and Ngatitama. One legend says that the chief's name was Rakeora.—P. M., 141; A. H. M., ii. 177.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">TOROA</hi>.—Nothing seems known of this canoe but the name.—A. H. M., ii. 179.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">WAKARINGARINGA</hi>.—This arrived next after the <hi rend="i">Motumotuahi</hi>. Mawakeroa was the chief. Her crew landed at Kaupokonui (Waimate, Taranaki). Ancestors of Ngatiruanui were on board.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">WAKIRERE</hi>.—A canoe which left Hawaiki for New Zealand but did not arrive there. It went to Matetera to obtain <hi rend="i">kumara</hi>, and thence returned to Hawaiki.</p>
        <p>Some time after the landing of the better known vessels, two canoes arrived at Taranaki. One contained two women, the daughters of a great chief or god; the other canoe held their chattels. They went back to their own land and spoke well of the Taranaki country, but complained much of the boulders along the beach. Then the paternal god or chief sent a canoe-load of sand from his own home to form sand-hills, and cover up the boulders. There has always been much sand on the Taranaki coast since.—A. H. M., ii. 177.</p>
        <p>[<hi rend="i">Note</hi>.—For the migration canoes of the Chatham Islanders, see <hi rend="sc">Moriori</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARAWHATA</hi>, a ladder or bridge: <hi rend="i">Koia ano ko Kawharu te arawhata hei pikinga mo tana taua ki te pa</hi>—G.-8, 30. Cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a path, a way; to arise; <hi rend="i">whata</hi>, an elevated food-stage; <hi rend="i">kauwhata</hi>, an elevated food-stage; <hi rend="i">kaiwhata</hi>, a pole placed across two forked sticks to suspend food from; <hi rend="i">whataamo</hi>, a litter.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, a way, path; to arise; <hi rend="i">fata</hi>, a raised house for storing yams in; a shelf, a hand-barrow, a bier, an altar; <hi rend="i">fatamanu</hi>, a scaffold for house-building. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a way, a road; <hi rend="i">fata</hi>, an altar, a scaffold; <hi rend="i">afata</hi>, a coop, box, scaffold; <hi rend="i">pafata</hi>, a cage; <hi rend="i">arataura</hi>, a rope ladder. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">whata</hi>, a raft. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fata</hi>, a stage, a granary. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a road; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a shelf to put things on; <hi rend="i">atamoa</hi>, a ladder. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ara</hi>, a road; <hi rend="i">afata</hi>, a coffer, box; <hi rend="i">kouhata</hi>, a piece of wood on which food is hung up. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eara</hi>, a road; <hi rend="i">fata</hi>, a heap; <hi rend="i">afata</hi>, a chest or box. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alahaka, a ladder: <hi rend="i">Ku mai la kekahi alahaka maluna o ka honua;</hi> A ladder standing upon the earth. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A rough road, with many ravines or chasms. Cf. <hi rend="i">ala</hi>, a road; <hi rend="i">haka</hi>, a ladder; a hole or breach in the side of a house; a building having many open spaces; <hi rend="i">alapii</hi>, a ladder; <hi rend="i">hakake</hi>, to stand on stilts; <hi rend="i">hakahaka</hi>, full of open spaces; <hi rend="i">hakakauluna</hi>, name of stools on which double canoes were placed when out of water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hala</hi>, a road; <hi rend="i">halatoho</hi>, a drawbridge, a pontoon; <hi rend="i">fata</hi>, a loft, a bier; <hi rend="i">fataki</hi>, a platform. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hataa</hi>, shelves; <hi rend="i">vatavata</hi>, perforated, full of holes. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fatafata</hi>, a ladder; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">naforofata</hi>, a ladder, a scaffold; <hi rend="i">nefata</hi>, a shelf; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">vata</hi>, a loft; <hi rend="i">vatavata</hi>, a large <hi rend="i">vata</hi>, having posts; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">vata</hi>, a box, coffer.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARE</hi>, an interjection of surprised inquiry: What?</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARE</hi>, unoccupied space. Cf. <hi rend="i">wharemoa</hi>, hollow; <hi rend="i">area</hi>, space.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AREARE</hi>, overhanging, prominent. Cf. <hi rend="i">whare</hi>, a house. 2. Excavated; cavernous. Cf. <hi rend="i">karekare</hi>, surf.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AREARENGA</hi>, a hollow place: <hi rend="i">E huna nei ki roto i te arearenga o nga poho o Rangi raua ko Papa</hi>—P. M., 8.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aleale</hi>, a young cocoanut in which the kernel is just beginning to form; <hi rend="i">fale</hi>, a house; inside; to dwell in; <hi rend="i">faleulupo'o</hi>, a cave full of skulls. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fare</hi>, a house; <hi rend="i">farefare</hi>, hollow, as an empty stomach; <hi rend="i">are</hi>, a billow of the sea; <hi rend="i">areue</hi>, a wave that breaks over a canoe; <hi rend="i">ari</hi>, a wave, a billow; to scoop out the earth with both hands; <hi rend="i">pufarefare</hi>, hollowness, emptiness, as of a bag; a breaking wave, such as bends over, hangs, and then breaks; <hi rend="i">tafare</hi>, a hollow cave-like place in the rocks; a hollow wave of the sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ale</hi>, a wave; to swallow; <hi rend="i">aleale</hi>, to toss about, as troubled waters; <hi rend="i">hale</hi>, a house; <hi rend="i">halehale</hi>, a place deep down, a pit; to sink down, as the roof of a house. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fale</hi>, a house; <hi rend="i">faka-fale</hi>, to make a shed over a thing; <hi rend="i">faka-falefale</hi>, to hollow; <hi rend="i">falefale</hi>, like a house (applied to a rock, or anything giving shelter). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hae</hi>, a house; <hi rend="i">haehae</hi>, the hollow or curl of a wave. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fare</hi>, a house; <hi rend="i">farefare</hi>, hollow; a cellar, cavern; <hi rend="i">farefarega</hi>, vacuity. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hare</hi>, large, roomy, as the inside of a house.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AREA</hi>, open space. Cf. <hi rend="i">are</hi>, unoccupied space; <hi rend="i">areare</hi>, excavated.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—area, the space between two objects; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) presently, by and by; arearea, the spaces between the knots of sugar-canes, bamboo, &amp;c.; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a stranger. [For other comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Are</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARERO</hi>, the tongue: <hi rend="i">He teka e ratou arero, e korero nei i te kino moku</hi>—Wai., cix., 2. Cf. <hi rend="i">korero</hi>, to say, to tell; <hi rend="i">tararau</hi>, to make a loud, confused noise. [See Samoan.] 2. A carved tongue on the end of a wooden sword (<hi rend="i">taiaha</hi> or <hi rend="i">maipi</hi>). 3. The points of fire, or flame.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—alelo, the tongue (a term of the greatest abuse). Cf. <hi rend="i">lalau</hi>, to speak; <hi rend="i">lalaufaiva</hi>, the tongue; <hi rend="i">talau</hi>, to make a noise, as of a great many people talking together. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—arero, the tongue: <hi rend="i">Tei te arero te pohe e te ora i te vairaa;</hi> The tongue has the power of life and death. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The king's royal girdle: each tongue or pendant part had a name; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) any small slip of cloth; the pendant of a girdle. Cf. <hi rend="i">purero</hi>, utterance; eloquence; an orator; <hi rend="i">farero</hi>, the branching coral; <hi rend="i">oarero</hi> (<hi rend="i">kó-arero</hi>), a tongue that digs up mischief; <hi rend="i">orero</hi>, speech; an orator. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alelo, the tongue: <hi rend="i">A o ke aloha oia ke kanawai o kona alelo;</hi> In her tongue is the law of kindness; elelo, the tongue: <hi rend="i">E nahu i ke elelo</hi>, to gnaw the tongue; lelo, the tongue; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) persons speaking different languages; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) hung up in the smoke; smoked red; lelolelo, reddish, reddened. Cf. <hi rend="i">elelolua</hi>, tongue-tied; a tongue-tied person; <hi rend="i">iwielelo</hi>, the tongue-bone (<hi rend="i">os hyoides</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—elelo, the tongue: <hi rend="i">Bea teu gaohi ke biki ho elelo ki ho oaoi gutu;</hi> I will make your tongue stick to the roof of your mouth; faka-elelo, tongued; set in, as a
<pb xml:id="n23" n="23"/>
tenon into a mortise. Cf. <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, to talk, converse; <hi rend="i">laulau</hi>, an address, harangue; a native dance; <hi rend="i">lauloto</hi>, meditation; <hi rend="i">felau</hi>, to talk much, to chatter; <hi rend="i">vailau</hi>, to chatter. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—erero, the tongue; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) coral, branching like a tree. Cf. <hi rend="i">ererokoikoi</hi>, a blab, a chatterer. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—arero, the tongue. Cf. <hi rend="i">purero</hi>, to emit, issue; <hi rend="i">korero</hi>, to interpret; eloquent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—alelo, the tongue. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—warero, the tongue. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—arero, the tongue: <hi rend="i">Rongo-i-te-arero-kute</hi>, Rongo of the red tongue. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lela</hi>, the tongue; a blade; <hi rend="i">lelafo</hi>, a flame (<hi rend="i">afo</hi> = fire); <hi rend="i">lelana</hi>, talkative; <hi rend="i">lelaka</hi>, licked; <hi rend="i">dabodela</hi>, one in the habit of so opening his mouth as to show his tongue projecting and rolling a little forward beyond the teeth; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sulu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">dila</hi>, tongue; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kayan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lidah</hi>, to murmur; Waigion Alfuros—cf. <hi rend="i">areno</hi>, the tongue; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lidah</hi>, the tongue; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aledo</hi>, the tongue; B. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Krama</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lidah</hi>, the tongue; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Bugis</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lila</hi>, the tongue; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tagal</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">dila</hi>, the tongue; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ilocan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">dila</hi>, the tongue; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Pampang</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">dila</hi>, the tongue; Ratahan—cf. <hi rend="i">rilah</hi>, the tongue.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARI</hi>, the eleventh day of the moon's age (<hi rend="i">he ari roa</hi>): <hi rend="i">Wehea ko Ari, ko Hua kia wehea</hi>—A. H. M.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aali</hi>, beautiful; shining. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ariari</hi>, clear, transparent.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARI</hi> (myth.), a son of Rangi-potiki and Papatuanuku. He was the twin-brother of Hua—Sh. Rel., 17.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIARI</hi>, admired.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARI</hi>, to hold up to view: <hi rend="i">Ka hapainga te tuatahi ka whakaari ki a Tawhaki</hi>—A. H. M., i. 49. Cf. <hi rend="i">tiari</hi>, to hang up.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ali, to appear; fa'ali, to show; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to make known. Cf. <hi rend="i">tualiali</hi>, to stand out visibly; to show plainly; <hi rend="i">fa'a-aliga</hi>, a showing, a revelation; <hi rend="i">fa'a-alitino</hi>, to show distinctly. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ari, the tribute paid to a king or principal chief; the advantages obtained by marriage or otherwise, such as land, property, influence or government; faa-ariari, to make a display of one's property; to give the first present of food to the king, or to a newly-married couple. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hoo-ali</hi>, to shake; to wave to and fro.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIARINGA</hi>, the trunk of a tree, as distinct from the branches.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aria</hi>, a place or way bare of trees of under-growth. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ai</hi>, naked. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aria</hi>, the space between objects.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIA</hi> (<hi rend="i">ariá</hi>), to be seen indistinctly; to appear.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ali, to appear; fa'a-ali, to show; aliali, to appear: <hi rend="i">Na le faia foi mea ua vaaia i mea ua aliali mai;</hi> So that things which are seen were not made of things that do appear. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ari</hi>, the boundless deep; a bog of an unknown depth; <hi rend="i">ariari</hi>, clear, transparent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aali, transparent; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) deep; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) just visible in water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aria</hi>, a place or passage bare of trees, or with small bushes only; <hi rend="i">ariamogo</hi>, a great plain.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIA</hi> (<hi rend="i">ariá</hi>), to resemble; resemblance; likeness. 2. Anything serving as a medium for a charm affecting a person; anything touched by a person and used for such a purpose.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIARIA</hi> (<hi rend="i">ariariá</hi>), to resemble.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIKI</hi>, a first-born, male or female, in a family of note; hence, chief; priest: <hi rend="i">No tenei ariki, no tenei Tauira</hi>—G. P., 296: <hi rend="i">Whakarongo mai, e toku ariki, ki hau</hi>—Ken., xxiii., 15: <hi rend="i">Ko te tohunga ariki hei tatai korero</hi>—A. H. M., i., 7. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahoariki</hi>, a chief's genealogy. 2. A leader. 3. A title of the chief in the <hi rend="i">Wharekura</hi>, (temple) [see <hi rend="sc">Wharekura</hi>], next in dignity below the high-priest (<hi rend="i">Paraoa</hi>). 4. The Supreme Being (one auth.): <hi rend="i">Manawa mai ai te putanga o te Ariki</hi>—A. H. M. [<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—<hi rend="i">Ariki</hi> is to be found in composition as <hi rend="i">riki</hi> (see Hawaiian <hi rend="i">lii</hi> for <hi rend="i">riki</hi>): <hi rend="i">matamata-riki</hi>, translated by the late C. O. Davis as “the face of the priest.” This in the <hi rend="i">pure</hi> ceremony for blood-cleansing: <hi rend="i">Kai ariki, kai ariki, he matamatariki koe</hi>.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ali'i, a chief, a lord, master: <hi rend="i">E ava le atalii i lona tamá, ma le auauna i lona alii;</hi> A son honours his father and a servant his master. Cf. <hi rend="i">agaali'i</hi>, to act like a gentleman; <hi rend="i">ali'itia</hi>, to be inhabited by a chief; to have a chief dwelling in the village; <hi rend="i">ali'ita'i</hi>, to be subject to a chief; <hi rend="i">amioali'i</hi>, polite; <hi rend="i">maluali'i</hi>, stout, able-bodied; dignified. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—ariki, a king: <hi rend="i">Vananga mai nga ariki!</hi> Let the kings rule. In composition, <hi rend="i">riki</hi>, as <hi rend="i">ngariki</hi>, the (lands of the) king. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—arii, a head or principal chief, a king: <hi rend="i">Ho mai i te tahi arii no matou ei faaua i te parau ia matou nei;</hi> Give us a king that he may judge us. Faa-alii, to invest with royal authority. Cf. <hi rend="i">terearii</hi>, the errand or journey of the sovereign; <hi rend="i">ariihuaamanu</hi>, a bunch of red feathers that was to represent the king at certain ceremonies; <hi rend="i">Ariitapiripiri</hi>, the name of a god that could heal all diseases and perform miracles; <hi rend="i">punaarii</hi>, of speedy growth or bulk, as a person; <hi rend="i">tupuarii</hi>, a fine-grown person. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alii, a chief, one who rules or has authority over other men; a king, qualified by various epithets: <hi rend="i">He oheke ole kanaka wahi alii;</hi> The people about the chief are without modesty. Lii, (the primary form for <hi rend="i">alii</hi>,) a chief, a king, ruler: <hi rend="i">Malama oia i na lii, aole pai uku i ko lakou aina;</hi> He took care of the chiefs, he did not tax heavily the land: <hi rend="i">O Hikapoloa ke Lii;</hi> Hikapoloa the king. Hoo-alii, to make one a chief; to rule; to have power or influence with. Cf. <hi rend="i">aliikoa</hi>, the general of an army. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—eiki, a chief, a lord: <hi rend="i">E hoko ia koe tuu ki mua moe eiki bule;</hi> He shall be chief and captain. Faka-eiki, chief-like; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) pert, saucy. Cf. <hi rend="i">eikiagi</hi>, the residence or government of a chief; the cause to which one owes his chieftainship; <hi rend="i">faeiki</hi>, to apply to a chief for refuge; <hi rend="i">feeikivakaaki</hi>, to have command of several vessels in succession; <hi rend="i">agaeiki</hi>, chief-like in disposition; <hi rend="i">eikibeaoi</hi>, a quarrelsome chief; <hi rend="i">eikitohu</hi>, a chief of chiefs. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—hakaiki (<hi rend="i">whakariki</hi>), a king; kingly, princely: <hi rend="i">O te hakaiki nui, O te Una tapu;</hi> Oh, the great prince, oh, the sacred Superior: <hi rend="i">Ono tapi i te taetae hakaiki me te mana:</hi> Rongo is adorned with princely wealth and power. Haahakaiki, to rule: <hi rend="i">E haahakaiki hoi mauna iho o te ao me te po:</hi> To rule over the day and night. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aka-riki, a king, lord,</p>
        <pb xml:id="n24" n="24"/>
        <p>premier-chief; aka-akariki, to establish a ruler, to elect a king, to give the title of king to anyone. Cf. <hi rend="i">atariki</hi>, an eldest son. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ariki, a king (<hi rend="i">ariki-tukau</hi>): <hi rend="i">Fakao i o te ariki;</hi> To have access to the presence of a king. Cf. <hi rend="i">pupuariki</hi>, a prince. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwan</hi>—teriki, a chief (<hi rend="i">te-riki; te</hi>=the). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—aliki, chief, noble. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—ieriki-ieriki, a chief. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Kayan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aring</hi>, first. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aliki</hi>, a chief. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ponape</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">nanamariki</hi>, a king. Kingsmill Islands—The principal deity is <hi rend="i">Tabu-eriki</hi>. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">arid</hi>, high, exalted; <hi rend="i">natimarid</hi>, a high chief, a king (<hi rend="i">natimi</hi>, a man).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARIKI</hi>, a band of invaders, an enemy's war-party: <hi rend="i">Ka pa te karanga ‘Ko te whakaariki?</hi>’—P. M., 62: <hi rend="i">I hoki he mai te hokinga mai o taua whakaariki</hi>—A. H. M., i. 31.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIKIWI</hi>, a garment covered with feathers of the Kiwi (<hi rend="i">apteryx</hi>).</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ariki</hi>, a mat; a bed of leaves (probably this word = Maori <hi rend="i">whariki</hi>, which see).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARIKINOANOA</hi>, the deity of the fern-root; the priestly or mystical name of the <hi rend="i">aruhe</hi> or fern-root—Trans. N. Z. Inst., xiv. 85; A. H. M., iii. 95 and 104.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARITA</hi>, Eager, strenuous; burning with desire: <hi rend="i">Kia tahuri atu ra ano te aritarita a tou tuakana</hi>—Ken. xxvii. 44. Cf. <hi rend="i">poaritarita</hi>, to be in a hurry; <hi rend="i">puaritarita</hi>, to be in a hurry. 2. Irascible; easily offended: <hi rend="i">Me ta raua aritarita, no te mea he nanakia</hi>—Ken., xlix. 7. Cf. <hi rend="i">takarita</hi>, to show resentment.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARITARITA</hi>, Eager, strenuous; burning with desire: <hi rend="i">Kia tahuri atu ra ano te aritarita a tou tuakana</hi>—Ken. xxvii. 44. Cf. <hi rend="i">poaritarita</hi>, to be in a hurry; <hi rend="i">puaritarita</hi>, to be in a hurry. 2. Irascible; easily offended: <hi rend="i">Me ta raua aritarita, no te mea he nanakia</hi>—Ken., xlix. 7. Cf. <hi rend="i">takarita</hi>, to show resentment.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">nihoritarita</hi>, fierce anger; <hi rend="i">paritarita</hi>, violent anger. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alikalika</hi>, stingy, not liberal. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ita</hi>, harsh, rough, sour; <hi rend="i">koita</hi>, to be angry, to make angry. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">torita</hi>, to exhort earnestly; to press with words; to rush down, as water.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARITAHI</hi>, a tree standing by itself. Cf. <hi rend="i">tahi</hi>, one. 2. A single covering. Cf. <hi rend="i">apatahi</hi>, a single covering.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARO</hi>, to face, to turn towards. Cf. <hi rend="i">hurikoaro</hi>, to turn inside out. 2. To have a certain direction. 3. To be inclined; to be disposed; inclination. 4. To attend to; to favour; <hi rend="i">A ka aro mai a Ihowa ki a Apera me tana whakahere</hi>—Ken., iv. 4. Cf. <hi rend="i">aroha</hi>, to love; to pity [see Tahitian, <hi rend="sc">Aroa</hi>]; <hi rend="i">aropiri</hi>, to cling; to be attached.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROARO</hi>, the front; the presence: <hi rend="i">Takoto atu ana ia ki te aroaro o Maui</hi>—P. M., 28. 2. The face: <hi rend="i">Ka hurihia tona aroaro ki raro, tona tuara ki runga</hi>—Wohl., Trans., vii. 32</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARO</hi>, to think upon; to consider: <hi rend="i">E whakaaro ana ratou kua maha nga tangata</hi>—P. M., 7. 2. Thought, opinion: <hi rend="i">Kaore a te rakau whakaaro, kei te tohunga te whakaaro</hi>—Prov.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROA</hi> (<hi rend="i">aroá</hi>), to understand.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—alo, the underside, as of a cloth; the belly of a fish, &amp;c.; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a chief's belly; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the child of a chief; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) the seat of the affections and feelings; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to be pregnant (of a chief's wife). Fa'a-alo, to pay respect to; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to begin to blow a gale. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aro, the front, face, presence of a person: <hi rend="i">E ua pau te fenua i mua i tana are;</hi> The earth is consumed at his presence. Cf. <hi rend="i">aiaro</hi>, to surround a board or eating-place, and eat face to face; <hi rend="i">aroa</hi>, kind, hospitable to visitors; <hi rend="i">aropa</hi>, a mistake, error; to turn about and look the other way; <hi rend="i">arovaro</hi>, to swim with the face downwards; <hi rend="i">maaroaro</hi>, to be confounded or ashamed. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—aro, the front, the presence: <hi rend="i">I mua i te aro o Vatea;</hi> In the presence of Vatea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—alo, the abdomen, in great personages. Cf. <hi rend="i">aloifa</hi>, small, applied to the abdomen; <hi rend="i">alobaki</hi>, to sit in a row, to sit in order. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alo, the front, face, presence of anyone: <hi rend="i">E ka wahine moe iluna ka alo;</hi> Oh ! the woman sleeping face upwards. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the breast, or belly: <hi rend="i">Ilalo kou alo e kolo ai oe;</hi> You shall crawl on your belly. Aloalo, to turn this way and that: <hi rend="i">Aloalo ae la ia</hi>; He turned this way and that way. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To dodge; to flee from, as from a shower; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to go after, as a servant, to bring things; to wait on. Cf. <hi rend="i">aialo</hi> (lit. “to eat before”), the people about the chief; a prince or princess, those about the king; <hi rend="i">maalo</hi>, to pass along; to pass through a land; to pass by; to pass away. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ao, before; in front. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—aroaro, presence: <hi rend="i">Ki mua i te aroaro o te au tangata katoa nei;</hi> In the presence of all the people. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aro, before, in front of; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) presence; in the presence of. Cf. <hi rend="i">aróha</hi>, squared, four-faced (<hi rend="i">ha</hi> = four); <hi rend="i">aroragi</hi>, to be on this side of the horizon. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—aroga, the visage; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) place, room; <hi rend="i">ki-te-aroga</hi>, opposite. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—alo, in presence of; before. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. aro, defence; protection.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARO-MAHANA</hi>, to come to the assistance of.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ARO-RANGI</hi>, to think about continually; to love; brooding affection. [See next word.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROAROA</hi> (<hi rend="i">aroaroá</hi>), lonely. 2. Sorrowful. Cf. <hi rend="i">aroha</hi>, love for an absent friend.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aroaroa, dusky, dark, indistinct; aroaro, indistinctness; dark, mysterious; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) lonesome, desolate. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aroaroragi</hi>, to be far away on the horizon.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROAKAPA</hi> (<hi rend="i">aroákapa</hi>), a row, a rank; the front rank: <hi rend="i">Mo te turanga i te aroakapa o te haka</hi>—P. M., 162. Cf. <hi rend="i">tiaroa</hi>, a long, straight side; <hi rend="i">kapa</hi>, a rank or row.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROAROTEA</hi>, the name of a bird: the White-breasted Shag. (Orn. <hi rend="i">Phalacrcorax brevirostris</hi>.) Cf. <hi rend="i">aroaro</hi>, front; <hi rend="i">tea</hi>, white.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROAROWHAKI</hi>, to flap the wings. Cf. <hi rend="i">aroharoha</hi>, to flap the wings. 2. To move the hand to and fro as a sign of grief. 3. To float in the air, as an albatross, without moving the wings. [See Tongan comparatives of <hi rend="sc">Aroha</hi>.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—alofa'i, to paddle a canoe. Cf. <hi rend="i">álo</hi>, to paddle; to fan. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—alofaki, to paddle another to any place; a paddler, rower; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to sit in a row. Cf. <hi rend="i">fealofaki</hi>, to paddle to and fro in a canoe; <hi rend="i">aloalo</hi>, to paddle in the water for pleasure; <hi rend="i">faka-aloalo</hi>, quietly, gently, slowly; <hi rend="i">taalo</hi>, to beckon to another at sea; to fan another. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alo</hi>, to pass from one place to another; to pass through the water by swimming; to extend the hands in swimming. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—alofaki, to row, to paddle; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to fish with a net from a canoe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. kalo, to paddle.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n25" n="25"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROHA</hi>, to love; to feel affection for: <hi rend="i">Na ka arohatia ia e Manaia</hi>—P. M., 118. Love (properly for an absent friend): <hi rend="i">A kei te mihi tonu te aroha a te wahine ki tana tane</hi>—P. M., 12. 2. Pity, compassion, sympathy, charity; to pity; to be merciful: <hi rend="i">E kore e tohungia e ahau, e kore e manawapatia, e kore e arohaina</hi>—Her., xiii. 14. Cf. <hi rend="i">oha</hi>, generous, abundant [See Tongan]; <hi rend="i">owhanga</hi>, a nest; <hi rend="i">aroharoha</hi>, to flap the wings.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—alofa, love; compassion; to love, to compassionate (plural alolofa): <hi rend="i">O le alofa e faavavau ua ou alofa atu ai ia te oe;</hi> I have loved you with eternal love. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A present, a gift: <hi rend="i">Ou te fa'alaulelei ia te ia i le mea alofa;</hi> I will appease him with a present. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) To salute: <hi rend="i">A alofa mai foi se tasi ia te oe;</hi> If any man salute you. Fa'a-alofa, to resemble the father (said of a son); (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to love falsely, pretended love; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to love sincerely. Cf. <hi rend="i">aloa</hi>, to be treated with respect; <hi rend="i">alo</hi>, the seat of the affections; <hi rend="i">fealofani</hi>, to love mutually; <hi rend="i">gaualofa</hi>, to yield from love: <hi rend="i">aualofa</hi>, a keepsake; <hi rend="i">taumanavalofa</hi>, to assist; <hi rend="i">ofaofata'i</hi>, to cover with the wings, to brood over; to cherish, as a hen does her chickens; <hi rend="i">ofaga</hi>, a nest. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aroha, compassion, pity, sympathy, love; to show love; to show mercy: <hi rend="i">Te rahi ra to ratou aroha vaha</hi>; They show love with their mouths: <hi rend="i">Area tou nei aroha e ore roa ia vau e iriti e atu i te reira iana;</hi> My mercy shall not depart from him. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Pitiable; aroharoha, to repeatedly commiserate; faa-aroha, a keepsake; relic; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to show mercy or compassion. Cf. <hi rend="i">arohatae</hi>, empty sympathy; <hi rend="i">aroa</hi>, kind, hospitable to visitors; <hi rend="i">faa-tauaroha</hi>, a keepsake, relic; to cause pity or compassion; <hi rend="i">oha</hi>, stooping, bending; <hi rend="i">ofaa</hi>, to nestle or lie close in a nest, as a bird. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—Ioha, love, affection; aloha, love, affection; to love, desire: <hi rend="i">Aole loaa ia ia ka ono o ka ai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke aloha;</hi> She perceived no sweetness in food because she was in a dark state (of mind) through love. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Gratitude; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) kindness, pity, compassion; to show mercy; to pity; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to salute at meeting or parting: <hi rend="i">aloha kou hoa i ka puali;</hi> Farewell, my partner on the lowland plains. Alohaloha, to love much; hooaloha, to give thanks, as an act of worship. Cf. <hi rend="i">makanaaloha</hi>, a free-will offering; <hi rend="i">oha</hi>, the small sprigs of <hi rend="i">kalo</hi> (<hi rend="i">taro</hi>) that grow on the sides of the older roots; the suckers which are transplanted; a salutation between the soxes (<hi rend="i">aloha!</hi> the modern common salutation at meeting and parting); <hi rend="i">ohana</hi>, a family; a brood of birds (<hi rend="i">owhanga</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aloofa, to compassionate, show mercy; compassion, mercy: <hi rend="i">Re koe mea a hono fonua, be i he aloofa;</hi> Whether for his land or his mercy. Cf. <hi rend="i">ofa</hi>, to love; love, esteem; affectionate; <hi rend="i">ofaaga</hi>, beloved, dear; <hi rend="i">ofamamahi</hi>, painful sympathy; <hi rend="i">lofa</hi>, to fly with extended wings; the name of a sea-gull; <hi rend="i">lofai</hi>, to spread out the hands or wings; <hi rend="i">lofia</hi>, to over-spread; to cover; <hi rend="i">lolofa</hi>, to extend the wings; <hi rend="i">malofa</hi>, to be spread; to lie flat; <hi rend="i">manavaofa</hi>, pity, compassion. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kaóha</hi>, to love; to regret; a salutation, as “good-day,” “fare-well”; <hi rend="i">oha</hi>, to stoop, to bow oneself. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aka-aroa, to love; to cherish: <hi rend="i">E aka-aroa mai ana koutou?</hi> Do ye love me?</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—aroa, love; to love; beloved: <hi rend="i">Tama aroa na Motuone;</hi> Beloved child of Motuone. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To salute: <hi rend="i">E aroa mai oki ratou i a koe;</hi> They shall salute you. Akaaroa, beloved: <hi rend="i">Pururu tau ngaarau, e tama akaaroa;</hi> Then, beloved son, our mourning will be over. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—aroha, love, affection, compassion; to sympathise with; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to suffer; faka-aroharoha, to receive warmly; to make welcome. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—aloha, friendship; to love; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to pity; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to regret; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to salute.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROHAROHA</hi>, to flap the wings. Cf. <hi rend="i">aroarowhaki</hi>, to flap the wings; also, cf. the Polynesian expressions under the last word (<hi rend="i">aroha</hi>), bearing on “wings,” &amp;c.; especially Tongan.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROHI</hi>, to reconnoitre, to examine with the eye. 2. To look for. Cf. <hi rend="i">aro</hi>, to turn towards; <hi rend="i">rohi</hi>, to screen with bushes.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROHIROHI</hi>, mirage (one auth.) 2. The quivering waves of heat seen rising from the ground under a hot sun. Cf. <hi rend="i">parearohi</hi>, the shaking haze in hot weather. 3. To turn round and round. Cf. <hi rend="i">rori</hi>, entangled, distorted.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROHIROHI</hi> (myth.), a wife of Ra, the Sun, and mother of Kauataata, the first woman—A. H. M., i., App.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alohi, to shine, to reflect brightness: <hi rend="i">A i ke alohilohi hoi, aka, ke hele nei makou ma ka poeleele;</hi> (We wait) for brightness, but we walk in darkness. Alohilohi, splendour, brightness. Cf. <hi rend="i">alo</hi>, to face; to pass from one place to another; <hi rend="i">aloalo</hi>, to dodge. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alo</hi>, to go out <hi rend="i">bonito</hi> fishing; to paddle a canoe; <hi rend="i">alofi</hi>, to sit in a circle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—arohi, a word of excitement to be brisk, active, or vigilant. Cf. <hi rend="i">rohi</hi>, to be alert, wakeful. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">alofi</hi>, the place occupied by the chiefs at a <hi rend="i">kava</hi> party; <hi rend="i">alofia</hi>, to paddle to any vessel to make inquiries.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARONUI</hi>, to be exactly opposite: <hi rend="i">Ka noho ia me te aronui mai ano ki a ia</hi>—Ken., xxi. 16. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Aro</hi>, to face, to be in presence of.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARONUI</hi>, a finely-woven mat with a deep ornamental border.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROPIRI</hi>, to cling: to be attached. Cf. <hi rend="i">aro</hi>, inclination; to turn towards; <hi rend="i">aroha</hi>, to love; <hi rend="i">piri</hi>, to cleave, stick close; <hi rend="i">tapiri</hi>, to join, &amp;c. [For comparatives see under <hi rend="sc">Aro</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Piri</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARORE</hi>, the shell of the ear, just above the lobe.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROTAHI</hi>, to look in one direction. Cf. <hi rend="i">aro</hi>, to turn towards; <hi rend="i">tahi</hi>, one. [See comparatives under <hi rend="sc">Aro</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Tahi</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AROWA (Moriori)</hi>, the sole of the foot.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARU</hi>, to follow, pursue (passive <hi rend="i">arumia</hi>): <hi rend="i">E kore pea te wahine e aru mai i a au</hi>—Ken., xxiv. 39.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARUARU</hi>, to chase, to hunt; to chase away: <hi rend="i">Na Rangi te tikanga kia aruarumia ratou i nga rangi</hi>—A. H. M., i. 37. 2. To woo. 3. To interrupt, prevent, intercept: <hi rend="i">Ka tae atu ki te whare, ka aruarua atu mai ki waho</hi>—Wohl., Trans., vii., 51.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—alu, to go: <hi rend="i">Alu ia oe i lou fale;</hi> Go to your house; fa'a-alu, to stir up, excite; alualu, to drive, chase; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to exceed, excel, as
<pb xml:id="n26" n="26"/>
s pupil in his studies. Cf. <hi rend="i">alusopo</hi>, to go all together; <hi rend="i">alumaga</hi>, the going of a canoe, as to its speed or other quality; <hi rend="i">a lugai'a</hi>, going out to beg for fish. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—alu, to give aid or assistance; to unite together, as several persons for a particular object; to be connected, as the joints of the human body; alualu, to come upon one; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to follow, pursue, overpower; to pursue, as an enemy: <hi rend="i">E alualu ana oe ia wai?</hi> After whom are you pursuing? (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) To persecute: <hi rend="i">I alualu kolohe mai hoi ia matou;</hi> And have also persecuted us. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aruaru, to hunt, pursue; a pursuer; a huntsman. Cf. <hi rend="i">aru</hi>, a large fishing-net, ten fathoms long; <hi rend="i">arupopore</hi>, to pursue with eagerness; <hi rend="i">auau</hi>, to pursue. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—alu, to go; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the gait or walk of a person; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a creeping plant, used in making superior baskets. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aru, to insist; persistence; aruaru, to run after; to pursue. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—aru, to follow: <hi rend="i">E aru atu i to miringa ac;</hi> He follows your track (O Sun). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aru</hi>, a current (of river or sea); a multitude; <hi rend="i">arua-mai</hi>, to flock; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aru</hi>, to trouble, disturb; <hi rend="i">aruan</hi>, commotion.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ARUHE</hi>, the root of the common fern (<hi rend="i">Pteris aquilina</hi>), used as food. The fronds are called <hi rend="i">rau-aruhe</hi>.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—anuhe, the common fern in the mountains.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATA</hi>, an exclamation of disgust: <hi rend="i">Ata! ina te kaki ka taretare noa</hi>—Prov.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATA</hi> (myth.), Morning, personified. One of the Light powers. [See <hi rend="sc">Kore</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATA</hi>, a reflected image. Cf. <hi rend="i">Atarau</hi>, the moon; <hi rend="i">hoata</hi>, the third day of the moon's age. 2. Shadow: <hi rend="i">I te ata tapu nei o Riretoro</hi>—G. P., 60. Cf. <hi rend="i">atarangi</hi>, a shadow. 3. Early morning: <hi rend="i">Ka hi te ata ka karanga atu ia' Ka hemo au i te kai</hi>'—P. M., 25; <hi rend="i">ata-hapara</hi> and <hi rend="i">atapongipongi</hi>, the time of dawn; <hi rend="i">ata-po</hi>, before dawn; <hi rend="i">ata-tu</hi>, just after sunrise; <hi rend="i">ata-marama</hi>, moonlight. Cf. <hi rend="i">haeata</hi>, dawn; <hi rend="i">moata</hi>, early in the morning; <hi rend="i">piata</hi>, bright, clear; <hi rend="i">puataata</hi>, transparent, clear; <hi rend="i">koata</hi>, a spy-glass; <hi rend="i">atakite</hi>, to behold dimly. 4. The spirit, the soul: <hi rend="i">Unuhia noatia te ata o Wharo</hi>—C. O. D. <hi rend="i">Ka kawea ki te wai te ata o te turoro</hi>—MSS. 5. An unsubstantial image or form: <hi rend="i">Maku te ata o te taparakau atu</hi>—Sh. Trad., 183.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ATA</hi>, a mirror: <hi rend="i">He kotuku kai-whakaata</hi>—Prov. <hi rend="i">E hore e mate ki te whakaata, ki te wai heru ano ka patu ai</hi>—P. M., 57.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ata, a shadow: <hi rend="i">Auá o tatou aso i le lalolagi o le ata ia</hi>; Our days on earth are a shadow. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The dawn; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a spirit; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) the emblem or representative of the <hi rend="i">aitu</hi> (deity); (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) a reflected image, as in a photograph; ataata, the red sky after sunset; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to treat with proper respect; fa'a-ata, to shade the eyes, or partially close them, in order to see far-off objects; to spy with a telescope. Cf. <hi rend="i">auata</hi>, to show respect to; <hi rend="i">atafu</hi>, to sun the body; <hi rend="i">atagia</hi>, to glisten; <hi rend="i">atavale</hi>, to be dazzlod by the sun shining on the water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ata, a cloud: <hi rend="i">E ata iti te tupu maira na tai maira:</hi> A little cloud rising up out of the sea. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A shadow: <hi rend="i">Ia ao, ia pee &amp;ecirc; atu te mau ata;</hi> Till day breaks, and the shadows flee. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) A certain prayer; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) twilight; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) the shaded or ornamental part of a mat, called <hi rend="i">vane;</hi> (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) a messenger sent before a chief. Cf. <hi rend="i">paata</hi>, to come into view, as the moon when rising; <hi rend="i">atatiitii</hi>, the great morning clouds; <hi rend="i">tatahiata</hi>, the dawn of day; <hi rend="i">vaiata</hi>, a morning bath, a phrase used by the <hi rend="i">Arioi</hi> [see <hi rend="sc">Karioi</hi>], who bathed every morning. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ata, a shadow; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) likeness, resemblance. Cf. <hi rend="i">hatahata</hi>, clear, easy to be seen; <hi rend="i">hoata</hi>, clear, spotless. <hi rend="i">Atanua</hi>, the Dawn goddess, Aurora. [She was born from the struggle of Light and Darkness: Tanaoa (<hi rend="i">Tangaroa</hi>) and Mutuhei, as “Darkness” and “Silence,” fighting against Atea, “Light,” and Ono (<hi rend="i">Rongo</hi>), “Sound.” The Light deities were victorious, and Atanua, evolved from Atea, became his wife.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—ata, a shadow: <hi rend="i">Kua roroa oki te ata aiai;</hi> The shadows of evening are stretched out. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The morning light: <hi rend="i">Omai tai noku ora e, o te Ata i maiore;</hi> Grant me a new life, O Light of the morning. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) The essence of a thing, as of an offering; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) (met.) the soul. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ata, an image, likeness, or representation; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the shadow of a man; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the twilight of morning or evening; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) imprint: <hi rend="i">E ata o te vavae</hi>, a footprint; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to make an impression or have influence on anyone; ataata, large, spacious; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) far off: <hi rend="i">Kua ataata tehito te vaka;</hi> The canoe is very far away. Cf. <hi rend="i">atahaihai</hi>, evening twilight; a fine sunset; <hi rend="i">ataiai</hi>, the red image of the setting sun; <hi rend="i">atakurakura</hi>, a beautiful sunrise or sunset; <hi rend="i">atariki</hi>, an only son; <hi rend="i">taata</hi>, clear, transparent: <hi rend="i">aka-kata</hi>, a mirror. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—ateata, dawn. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aka, the shadow of a person: <hi rend="i">Ina e pii ke aka o ke kanaka maluna o ke alii, make ke kanaka;</hi> If the shadow of a common man should fall upon a chief, the man must die. [<hi rend="i">Note</hi>: The shade of a tree or house is <hi rend="i">malu</hi>.] (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The figure or outline of a thing; a similitude or likeness: <hi rend="i">Ua kau ke aka o Lono i ka molia;</hi> Doomed is the image of Rongo to destruction. (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) The dawn or light of the moon before rising; to light up, as the moon before rising; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) the joints as of the backbone or knuckles; to go up and down upon a hilly road; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) frailty; impotence; ho-aka, to glitter, to shine, to be splendid. Cf. <hi rend="i">oaka, to</hi> open, as the eyes; the reflection of the sun on any luminous object; a glimpse, glance, or flashing of light; <hi rend="i">hailiaka</hi>, a ghost, a spirit; <hi rend="i">akaka</hi>, to be clear, transparent as glass, lucid; bright as the moon; <hi rend="i">akalani</hi>, a heavenly shadow, a splendid light; <hi rend="i">akalau</hi>, a ghost that appears to some people and not to others; <hi rend="i">moakaka</hi>, clear, plain, intelligible, transparent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ata, the air; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) space, room, spacious; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) free, disengaged; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) downright; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) the morning light; the official name of the chief of one part of Tonga; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) a shadow; (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) to reflect, as a mirror; aata, transparent; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) ripe, mellow; ataata, ample, spacious; free, relieved; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the dusk of evening; twilight; faka-ata, a spy-glass; to look through a glass; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to take aim; faka-ataata, to make room; to discover; to give place; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to look intently; to be careful. Cf. <hi rend="i">ataloa</hi>, space, without bounds; <hi rend="i">atanoa</hi>, boundless; <hi rend="i">atamai</hi>, the mind; <hi rend="i">hoata</hi>, about mid-day; yellow, ripe.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATA</hi>, an exclamation of assent; <hi rend="i">He ata!</hi> True.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAATA</hi>, a shell-fish, a large kind of periwinkle.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n27" n="27"/>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATA</hi>, gently: <hi rend="i">Kia ata tangi tatou kei rongo mai aku hoa i patu au nei</hi>—P. M., 98. Cf. <hi rend="i">ataahua</hi>, beautiful; <hi rend="i">atamai</hi>, liberal. 2. Deliberately; slowly: <hi rend="i">Tena tatou ka here i Te Ra nei kia ata haere ai</hi>—P. M., 21. 3. Quite; thoroughly: <hi rend="i">Me ata tahu marire ano hoki</hi>—Ken., xi. 3. 4. Guardedly; watchfully: <hi rend="i">Kia ata tu i ou taokete</hi>—Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 5. Tenderly; carefully: <hi rend="i">Mahau hoki e ata whakatipu i aia kia tupu he tangata</hi>—A. H. M., i. 47.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aka, a particle set before verbs to express carefulness, regularity of proceeding, &amp;c., as <hi rend="i">akaolelo</hi>, to speak cautiously; <hi rend="i">akahele</hi>, to go carefully (<hi rend="i">ata-haere</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a spirit; the emblem of a deity; <hi rend="i">ataata</hi>, to treat with proper respect; <hi rend="i">atamai</hi>, clever, intelligent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahta</hi>, generous, kind; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, gentle, smooth, as the sea; to die away, as wind.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAAHUA</hi> (<hi rend="i">ataàhua</hi>), good, pleasant, beautiful: <hi rend="i">Ka mate te wahine, ko Hine-nui-o-te-kawa ki a Tawhaki, ki te tangata ataahua</hi>—Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, gently; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, dawn; <hi rend="i">atamai</hi>, liberal; <hi rend="i">atawhai</hi>, gracious, kindly; <hi rend="i">ahua</hi>, form, appearance.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ataata</hi>, to treat with proper respect; <hi rend="i">atamai</hi>, clever, intelligent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, a particle set before verbs to express carefulness, regularity, &amp;c.; <hi rend="i">akahai</hi>, modest, gentle; <hi rend="i">akamai</hi>, wise, skilful. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ataraioio</hi>, handsome; of graceful mien; <hi rend="i">atavai</hi>, pretty, elegant.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAE</hi>, an exclamation of admiration or scorn: How great! Cf. <hi rend="i">katac</hi>, which has a similar meaning.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—atae, a word used in various exclamations of wonder, surprise, affection, disgust, according to the nature of the subject and the tone of voice.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAHAPARA</hi>, the time of dawn. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, early morning; <hi rend="i">hapara</hi>, to dawn. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Ata</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Hapara</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAHIKURANGI</hi> (myth.), “Full day,” a daughter of Rangi and Atatuhi—A. H. M., i. App. [See <hi rend="sc">Ata</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Hikurangi</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAHU</hi>, an assembly of a tribe, wherein single girls were proclaimed betrothed by their relatives.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAKITE</hi>, to behold dimly; obscure: <hi rend="i">Te atakitea atu te whetu o te rangi</hi>—Sh. Tr., 190. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, early morning; <hi rend="i">kite</hi>, to see. [Comparatives under <hi rend="sc">Ata</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Kite</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAMAI</hi>, liberal. Cf. <hi rend="i">atawhai</hi>, gracious, kindly; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, gently; <hi rend="i">mai</hi>, hither; <hi rend="i">whai</hi>, to possess; <hi rend="i">ataahua</hi>, good, pleasant.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—atamai, clever, intelligent; to understand: <hi rend="i">E leai se atamai i le tagata valea;</hi> For vain man would be wise; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The mind; intelligence; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) servants waiting on a chief; fa'a-atamai, to make wise. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a spirit; an emblem of a deity; <hi rend="i">ataata</hi>, to treat with proper respect. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—akamai, to be wise; wisdom, skill, ingenuity; expert, sagacious, learned: <hi rend="i">O ke akamai o ka makuakane e lilo no ia i hei na ke keiki;</hi> The wisdom of the father, it shall become a wreath for the son. Cf. <hi rend="i">akeakamai</hi>, a lover of wisdom; <hi rend="i">akahai</hi>, tender-hearted, meek, modest; <hi rend="i">akaka</hi>, clear, intelligible; <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, to light up, as the moon before rising. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atama</hi>, wisdom, intelligence; a wise person; affection for a child. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atmas</hi>, a spirit; a dead man.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAMAI</hi>, to behave contemptuously.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAMAI (Te Atamai)</hi>, myth., the name of the thirteenth of the Ages of the existence of the Universe. [See <hi rend="sc">Kore</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAMIRA</hi>, a stage or platform: <hi rend="i">Ka piki a Tutanekai raua ko tona hoa ko Tiki ki runga ki to raua atamira</hi>—P. M., 129. 2. A stage on which a dead body is placed.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ATAMIRA</hi>, to lay out on a stage for holding a dead body.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAOTEMATA</hi>, the corner of the eye. Cf. <hi rend="i">mata</hi>, the eye.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATARAHI (Te Atarahi)</hi>, myth., the name of a man who, having died, spent five days and nights in the <hi rend="i">Reinga</hi> (the Shades) and then returned to life—S. R., 45.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATARANGI</hi>, a shadow: <hi rend="i">Kia poke i te pouri, i te atarangi o te mate</hi>—Hop. iii., 5. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a shadow; <hi rend="i">rangi</hi>, the sky.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a shadow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—akalani, a heavenly shadow; a splendid light. Cf. <hi rend="i">akakalani</hi>, a great light, the heavens much lighted; <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, the shadow of a person. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ataani, the arch of heaven, the firmament: <hi rend="i">Ei ataani i vavena o na vai;</hi> Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The air: <hi rend="i">Na manu o te ataani;</hi> The fowls of the air. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a cloud; a shadow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a shadow. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a shadow; dusk, twilight; <hi rend="i">ataloa</hi>, space.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATARAPA</hi> (myth.), the Dawn. A daughter of Rangi and Atatuhi—A. H. M., i., App.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATARAU</hi>, the moon: <hi rend="i">E titi koia i te atarau, tiaho i runga ra</hi>—G. P., 119. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, reflected light; <hi rend="i">ra</hi>, the sun. 2. Moonlight: <hi rend="i">I tetahi po ata ra uka haere a Rona ki te utu wai</hi>—M. M., 167.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, the dawn or light of the moon before rising; <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, to spread out; the face of a person; <hi rend="i">akalau</hi>, a ghost that appears to some people and not to others; <hi rend="i">kinoakalau</hi>, the ghost of a person not yet dead. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, twilight. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a spirit; a reflected image. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ata, to reflect, as in a mirror. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Tagal</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">arau</hi>, day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Bisaya</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">adlau</hi>, day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Baliyon</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, daylight; <hi rend="i">laha</hi>, the moon. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Baju</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, day. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sikayana</hi> — cf. <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, heaven. North Borneo—cf. <hi rend="i">lau</hi>, a day.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATATU</hi>, the morning, just after sunrise: <hi rend="i">A i te atatu i a ratou e haere atu ana</hi>—Mak., xi. 20. Cf. <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, morning light, and <hi rend="i">tu</hi>, to stand. [For comparatives, see <hi rend="sc">Ata</hi>, dawn, and <hi rend="sc">Tu</hi>, to stand.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATATUHI</hi> (myth.), a wife of Rangi, “the Sky.” She was the mother of Marama, “the Moon;” Whetu, “Star;” Atarapa, “Dawn;” and Atahikurangi, “Full Day.” — G. P., 52; A. H. M., i., 7, Eng., and 43, Maori, also App.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATAWHAI</hi>, kind, gracious; to be liberal; to show kindness: <hi rend="i">Ko Tutanekai ka atawhaitia e Whakaue</hi>—P. M., 128. Cf. <hi rend="i">atamai</hi>, liberal; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, gently; <hi rend="i">whai</hi>, possessing; <hi rend="i">ataahua</hi>, beautiful,</p>
        <pb xml:id="n28" n="28"/>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atamai</hi>, clever, intelligent; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, a spirit. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—akahai, to be tender of heart; meek, meekness, modesty, gentleness. Cf. <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, a prefix expressing carefulness, regularity, &amp;c.; <hi rend="i">hai</hi>, to speak of; <hi rend="i">akamai</hi>, to be wise; <hi rend="i">akaku</hi>, gentle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—atavai, pretty, elegant; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) adoption; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) small streams of water. Cf. <hi rend="i">atama</hi>, wise; affection for a child. [For other comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Ata</hi>, gently; and <hi rend="sc">Whai</hi>, to possess.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATE</hi>, a term of endearment to a child. [A contraction of <hi rend="sc">Tau-o-te-ate</hi>; which see.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATE</hi>, the liver: <hi rend="i">I tou uma, i to ate, i ou turipona</hi>—S. M. 110. Cf. <hi rend="i">koateate</hi>, the spleen; <hi rend="i">atewhatukuhu</hi>, the kidneys. 2. The seat of the affections, the heart: <hi rend="i">Waiho nei taku ate, tuaki kau atu ai</hi>—M. M., 25. <hi rend="i">Tau-o-te-ate</hi>, a term of affection; <hi rend="i">waha-o-te-ate</hi>, the pit of the stomach.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ate, the liver: <hi rend="i">Seia ate le u i lona ate;</hi> Till a dart goes through his liver. Cf. <hi rend="i">ate'ai</hi>, cowardly (lit. “liver-eating”); <hi rend="i">atepili</hi>, the pancreas. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ate, the liver. Cf. <hi rend="i">ateau</hi>, the part of the liver to which the gall-bladder is attached; (fig.) a person of boldness and courage; courageous; <hi rend="i">atehuhu</hi>, daring, fearless; <hi rend="i">otuiate</hi>, an acute disease of the stomach or liver, attended with high pulsation (<hi rend="i">otui</hi>, to beat, as an artery). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ake, the liver of an animal: <hi rend="i">Ke aa maluna o ke ake;</hi> The caul above the liver. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A general name for several internal organs, as <hi rend="i">akeloa</hi>, the spleen; <hi rend="i">akemau</hi>, the spleen; <hi rend="i">akemama</hi> and <hi rend="i">akepaahoola</hi>, the lungs, lights, &amp;c.; <hi rend="i">akeakamai</hi>, a lover of wisdom; <hi rend="i">akena</hi>, to be proud, boastful; <hi rend="i">akepaa</hi>, the liver. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ate, the liver: <hi rend="i">Bea naa ne jio ki he ate;</hi> He looked into the liver. Cf. <hi rend="i">atebili</hi>, the spleen or milt. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ate, the liver. Cf. <hi rend="i">atepuapua</hi>, the lungs. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ate, the liver; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the intestines. The word is also used in imprecation: <hi rend="i">To ate!</hi> or <hi rend="i">Ateoraro!</hi> implying, “Give me thy bowels !” </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ate, the liver. Rarotongan–ate, the liver: <hi rend="i">Kua riringiia taku ate ki raro i te one;</hi> My liver is poured forth on the earth. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ate</hi>, the liver. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">yate-na</hi>, the liver; <hi rend="i">yatemawa</hi>, the lights; <hi rend="i">yate-dei</hi>, courageous; <hi rend="i">yatelevu</hi>, a coward. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aty</hi>, the liver; the inside. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ati</hi>, the liver; the heart (morally); <hi rend="i">atiati</hi>, to be careful. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Java</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ati</hi>, the heart. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mindanao</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ati</hi>, the liver. Solomon Islands—cf. <hi rend="i">ati</hi>, the chest. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kisa</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">akin</hi>, the heart. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tagal</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atay</hi>, the liver; <hi rend="i">ati</hi>, the middle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Matu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atai</hi>, the liver. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Pampang</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atiau</hi>, the belly (<hi rend="i">tia</hi>?); <hi rend="i">ate</hi>, the liver.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATEATE</hi>, the calf of the leg. 2. The inside of the thigh: <hi rend="i">Ka pa atu ia ki te ateatenga o tona huha</hi>—Ken., xxxii., 25.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—atevae, the calf of the leg. (<hi rend="i">vae</hi> = leg). Cf. <hi rend="i">atelima</hi>, the thick part of the arm. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ate, the calf of the leg. Cf. <hi rend="i">aterima</hi>, the thick part of the arm. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ateivae, (<hi rend="i">vae</hi> = leg,) the calf of the leg.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATEA</hi>, clear, free from obstruction: <hi rend="i">Kotahi ano te whare i atea, no te tamaiti anake</hi>—W. T., vii. 53. Cf. <hi rend="i">watea</hi>, unoccupied; clear; <hi rend="i">awatea</hi>, broad daylight; <hi rend="i">tea</hi>, white. 2. Out of the way.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ateatea, wide, spacious; fa'aateatea, to make spacious. Cf. <hi rend="i">oatea</hi>, noon; <hi rend="i">vateatea</hi>, wide, spacious; <hi rend="i">teateavale</hi>, to be white from fear, or sickness. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—atea, clear; openness, clearness, distinctness; faa-atea, to give place, to make room; to put farther off. Cf. <hi rend="i">ateate</hi>, purity, clearness, as of water; clear, as the countenance; <hi rend="i">raiatea</hi>, a clear, fine sky; <hi rend="i">taiatea</hi>, the open, wide sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—atea, a day: <hi rend="i">He koina e vae ana na mou atea eitu;</hi> A respite is granted for seven days. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Clear, open: <hi rend="i">Te hau atea o te ani;</hi> The clear air of heaven. Cf. <hi rend="i">oatea</hi>, light, a luminary. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—<hi rend="i">Atea</hi> is used for Vatea, the God of Day: <hi rend="i">Te anau Atea</hi>, the children of Vatea. [See <hi rend="sc">Atea</hi> (myth.)] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—akea, broad, spacious, open, not crowded; openly: <hi rend="i">O ke kai akea, o ka moana akea!</hi> Oh the wide sea! Oh the open ocean! (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To be separate. Hoo-akea, to enlarge, to widen out; to make room for one. Cf. <hi rend="i">kea</hi>, lucid, clear; <hi rend="i">akeakea</hi>, to fade, to lose colour; <hi rend="i">awakea</hi>, noon-day; <hi rend="i">opuakea</hi>, clearness, whiteness; <hi rend="i">papaakea</hi>, a kind of soft white stone; <hi rend="i">puakea</hi>, pale; to spread out, as the sails of a vessel. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tea</hi>, whitish; <hi rend="i">uhatea</hi>, rain that falls when the sun shines. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">avatea</hi>, noon; <hi rend="i">mahina-atea</hi>, daylight. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi> — faka-atea, to remove, to put away. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">watea</hi>, to be clear.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATEA</hi> (myth.), the last of the Ages or Time-spaces to be counted in the existence of the Universe. It is the eighteenth upward from Te Kore (“nothingness,” the Void)—A. H. M., i. App. [See <hi rend="sc">Te Kore</hi>.] 2. Space, the Light Space, personified: <hi rend="i">Ka noho i a te Atea, ka puta ki waho ki te Po</hi>—G. P., 152. There seems to be in New Zealand little distinct idea of Atea, as a person; it is only as a vast abstraction that he has existence. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesas</hi>—Atea takes the place of Tane, the Light-giver, although one legend states that Tane and Atea were two brothers, the sons of Toho. A third tradition of great antiquity relates that Atea (as Light) evolved himself, and then brought forth Ono (<hi rend="i">Rongo</hi>), Sound. Allying themselves, they broke up the boundless darkness of Chaos or Hades (<hi rend="i">Po</hi>), in which had dwelt through eternity Tanaoa (<hi rend="i">Tangaroa</hi>), Darkness, and Mutu-hei (Silence). Light and Sound made war on Darkness and Silence, and were victorious; binding the deities of night within set boundaries. From the struggle came forth Atanua, the Dawn. Light then took Dawn to wife, and afterwards begat the lesser deities, man, &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaii</hi>—Atea (<hi rend="i">Wakea</hi>) was held to be the eldest son of Kahiko (<hi rend="i">Tawhito</hi>), the Ancient One, dwelling in O-lalo-waia. From Atea sprang the order of the aristocracy, the <hi rend="i">alii</hi> (<hi rend="i">ariki</hi>); as from his brothers came the ranks of the priests and common people. Wakea, by another legend, lived in Hihiku; he married a wife, Papa, a princess of O-lalo-i-mehani and the grand-daughter of the Princess Ka-oupe-alii. Atea, as Daylight, and the husband of Papa [see <hi rend="sc">Papa</hi>], thus seems to be another name for Rangi (the Sky) of N.Z. mythology. The Hawaiian Islands were created by Wakea and Papa. Wakea is said to have had intercourse with Hina [see <hi rend="sc">Hina</hi>], and she brought forth
<pb xml:id="n29" n="29"/>
the island of Molokai. In the genealogies, Atea and Papa are quite late in the generations—37th in the <hi rend="i">Kumuhonua</hi> genealogy, and 28th in the <hi rend="i">Kumuuli</hi>. One tradition states that the first person on earth was the woman Lailai, descended from Chaos. From her and her husband, Kealiiwahilani (<hi rend="i">Te-ariki-wahi-rangi</hi>), came their son Kahiko, the father of Wakea. Atea made the land and sea from the calabash (<hi rend="i">ipu</hi>) of Papa, his wife; the cover he threw up on high, and it became the heavens; of the juice he made the rain; of the seeds the sun, moon, and stars. Lono (<hi rend="i">i.e., Rongo</hi>) is called Hakuakea, Lord Atea, in one hymn. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahiti</hi> — In opposition to the Marquesan notion of Tangaroa representing Darkness, he changes places with Atea in the old hymn: “Taaroa is the Root, the Rock; Taaroa is the Light.” —Forn., i. 222. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaia</hi>—Atea (<hi rend="i">Vatea</hi>) is the son of Vari-ma-te-takere, the Very Beginning; being a piece plucked by the goddess from her right side. He is father of gods and men. Vatea is a fish-god, one-half being allied to the <hi rend="i">Taairangi</hi> (<hi rend="i">Cetaceans</hi>) and the other half of human aspect. His home was in Te Paparairai (Thin-land), or Te-enua-marama-o-Vatea (the bright land of Vatea). His brothers were Tinirau, of Motutapu, the sacred island; Tango, of Enuakura; Tumuteanaoa (Echo), of Te Paraitea; Raka, of Moana-irikau; and Tu-metua, who lives with his mother in Teenua-te-ki (or Mute-land). Vatea married a beautiful goddess named Papa. Tangaroa and Rongo were twin children of Vatea and Papa. The sun and moon are eyes of Vatea. At Aitutaki and Atiu, Atea is called Avatea—Gill. M. and S., 3. [See <hi rend="sc">Tangaroa, Papa, Rangi, Rongo</hi>, &amp;c.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATETE</hi>, to oppose, resist. Cf. <hi rend="i">te</hi>, not; <hi rend="i">tet&amp;egrave;</hi>, to exert oneself; <hi rend="i">whaka-tete</hi>, to annoy; to quarrel with. 2. To treat roughly. 3. To affront, insult. 4. To jostle.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATEWHATUKUHU</hi>, the kidneys. Cf. <hi rend="i">ate</hi>, the liver; <hi rend="i">whatukuhu</hi>, the kidneys. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Ate</hi> and <hi rend="sc">Whatukuhu</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATI</hi>, A prefix to tribal names, as descendants of certain persons: <hi rend="i">No te tini o te Ati-Hapai tenei whare</hi>—P. M., 41. Cf. <hi rend="i">ngati</hi>, a similar tribal prefix, as Ngati-Tama-te-ra, &amp;c. 2. An ancient name for a god or demon (one auth.): <hi rend="i">Te ati tipua, e tau haia te ati tawhito</hi>—Ika., 188. Cf. <hi rend="i">Atiamuri</hi>, the name of a certain goblin. 3. A descendant: <hi rend="i">Ati ko Mauitikitiki koe a Taranga</hi>?—P.M., 19. <hi rend="i">Ati na wai e whae?</hi>—P. M., 127.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ati, a particle, denoting a number of chiefs of the same name or title. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ati, a patronymio prefix, pointing out the name of the ancestor or parent, with the descendants; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a faithful friend who will cleave to a man in distress. Cf. <hi rend="i">nati</hi>, a class or distinction of men, as <hi rend="i">nati arii</hi>, the class of superior chiefs. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ati, descendant: <hi rend="i">Ati-Tane</hi>, descendants of Tane; <hi rend="i">Ati-Takarau</hi>, the race of Takarau, a people of those islands. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ngati</hi>, a descendant of. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fijian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">adi</hi>, a common prenomen to ladies' names, as we use lady, or madam. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—<hi rend="i">atinandriana</hi>, the Blood Royal: princes; <hi rend="i">atinkavana</hi>, or <hi rend="i">atihavana</hi>, near relations; consanguinity. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—<hi rend="i">Adi</hi>, a title of nobles, as <hi rend="i">Adi Bernilam Rajah Mudeliar; adi</hi>, excellent, handsome. (Both words probably allied to Sanscrit <hi rend="i">adi</hi>, first.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATI</hi>, then: <hi rend="i">Ka ki atu te wahine, ‘Ati me pewhea te karanga</hi>.’—P. M., 28.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATIATI</hi>, to drive away, to chase away: <hi rend="i">A te haerenga mai o nga hepara, kei te atiati i a ratou</hi>—Eko., ii. 17. 2. To thrust back, to repress.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATIAKONA</hi>, the name of a fish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATIAMURI</hi> (myth.), a goblin in human shape, inhabiting Lake Taupo. He is a decoy for the <hi rend="i">taniwha</hi>, Horomatangi.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATI-HAPAI</hi> (myth.), the name of a certain tribe. 2. The name of a chief who was the father of Toi-te-huatahi and son of Te Atatutu. [See <hi rend="sc">Poporokewa</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATIRERE</hi>, the name of a fish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATITI</hi>, to stray, to wander about. Cf. <hi rend="i">titi</hi>, to go astray; <hi rend="i">atiutiu</hi>, to wander; <hi rend="i">kotiti</hi>, to wander about.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atiti</hi>, the broken stalks of the yams, which are traced in order to find the root in the ground; rudiments or elements of knowledge; <hi rend="i">atitipau</hi>, a person of general information; <hi rend="i">oti</hi>, to recoil; <hi rend="i">otipi</hi>, to go aside. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aji</hi>, to penetrate, pass through; to peep; <hi rend="i">ajiaji</hi>, a spy; to look out. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atia'i</hi>, to go softly towards in order to seize.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATITUTU</hi> (Te Atitutu), myth., one of the descendants of Tiki. He was son of Ngaipeha, and father of Te Ati-hapai.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATIUTIU</hi>, to wander, to stray: <hi rend="i">E atiutiu ke ana, kei ninihi atu koe i a ratou</hi>—Tiu., xxii. 1.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—akiukiu, to act the part of a spy; to search into; to penetrate; searching. Cf. <hi rend="i">kiu</hi>, a spy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atiuaca</hi>, the name of a yellow, running plant; <hi rend="i">atiti</hi>, the broken stalks of the yams, which are traced in order to find the root. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aji</hi>, to penetrate, pass through, peep; <hi rend="i">ajiaji</hi>, a spy; to look out. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atiu</hi>, the name of a creeping plant (<hi rend="i">Cucumis acidus</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATIU</hi>, the north-west wind. Cf. <hi rend="i">tupatiu</hi>, the north-west wind; <hi rend="i">hauatiu</hi>, the north-west wind; <hi rend="i">kotiu</hi>, the north wind.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—fa'atiu, a northerly wind; Cf. <hi rend="i">fa'atiu-fagalua</hi>, a northerly wind; [See <hi rend="sc">Whaka-rua</hi>.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—tiu, the west wind: <hi rend="i">Ko te parapu me te tiu tetahi mau teiti tamaroa;</hi> The north-west wind and the west wind were other male children. Cf. <hi rend="i">urupatiu</hi>, the wind, W. ¼ S. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—kiu, the north-west wind: <hi rend="i">O ke kiu ko Wawaenohu;</hi> The north-west wind of Wawaenohu. Cf. <hi rend="i">akiukiu</hi>, searching, penetrating: <hi rend="i">A me ka makani akiukiu kipe pua hala o Puakei;</hi> The searching wind pelting the <hi rend="i">hala</hi> blossoms of Puskei. [See <hi rend="sc">Akiukiu</hi>.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—tiu, the north wind: <hi rend="i">A hua te tiu</hi>; The north wind has returned.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATO</hi>, to thatch. Cf. <hi rend="i">kato</hi>, to pluck. [See Tahitian.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ato, to thatch; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to throw a stick at anything. Cf. <hi rend="i">atofa'i</hi>, to thatch with.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n30" n="30"/>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ato, to thatch; the art of thatching houses; a thatcher; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to rip or pluck off; a plucker of leaves or flowers. Cf. <hi rend="i">atohei</hi>, to pluck or gather flowers for a garland; <hi rend="i">hauato</hi>, an instrument used in thatching. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ako, to thatch; the art of thatching; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to cut, as with scissors; to pluck, as flowers or fruit; to shear, as a sheep; to cut off, as hair. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ato, thatch; the roof of a house; to thatch. Cf. <hi rend="i">atofaki</hi>, to screen; to pile one thing upon another; to be covered over with; to have abundance; <hi rend="i">featofaki</hi>, to thatch with speed, applied to two or more. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ato, to thatch. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Kayan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ato</hi>, to thatch; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Bugis</hi>—<hi rend="i">atok</hi>, thatch.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATU</hi>, away, away from: <hi rend="i">Hacre atu koe i roto i tenei whare</hi>—P. M., 13. 2. The comparative degree of words used as adjectives: <hi rend="i">Ki tau e kore ianci e nui atu toku pai i to nga tamariki kotahi tekau</hi>—1 Ham., i. 8. 3. Others: <hi rend="i">Tanetokorangi, Timurangi, me etahi atu</hi>—G.-8, 26.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—atu, away: <hi rend="i">Ou te foaiina aiu ia te oe le fanua</hi>; I give away the land to you. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi> — aku, verbal directive, away from: <hi rend="i">Pulou iho la ia i ke kapa, puka aku iwaho</hi>; She wrapped her robes about her and went outside: <hi rend="i">Pance aka la i ka waa i kai</hi>; They pushed away the canoe into the sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—atu, [from; beside; more; adu, from, used as the opposite of <hi rend="i">mai</hi>, hither; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) beside, as <hi rend="i">aita adu</hi>, none beside; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) as a comparative of adjectives (<hi rend="i">rahi</hi>, great; <hi rend="i">rahi-adu</hi>, greater). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—atu, to give, used only when the second person follows; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) towards, with same restriction; atuatu, to throw, fling. Cf. <hi rend="i">atugaki</hi>, to throw out of the hand; to throw at; <hi rend="i">atugi</hi>, to throw at, to hurl; <hi rend="i">featugaki</hi>, to throw at each other. Marquesan atu, distance; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) away from: <hi rend="i">A hee atu!</hi> Go away! (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) beyond: <hi rend="i">A noho una, a nonoho atu</hi>; They dwelt above, they dwelt beyond. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—atu, away from the person speaking: <hi rend="i">Akamou atu koe eki mea kai ki a tagata ara;</hi> Give (away) a little food to the man. Cf. <hi rend="i">atutaha</hi>, open country <hi rend="i">matu</hi>, let us go. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—atu, away from; forth: <hi rend="i">E acre ua atura ki te ngai aere anga atu</hi>; They went away wherever they could go.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ATU</hi>, to show, to point out: <hi rend="i">Kia whaka-aturia atu ki a ia</hi>—P. M., 3.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—faa'atu, to place and keep common things apart from those that are sacred; faa-atuatu, to keep one's property in order; carefully preserving old relics. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—faka-atu, to line, to cover the inside; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to cease to trouble, to refrain for a time; faka-atuatu, to express surprise in reference to something bad.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATU</hi> (myth.), the name of a deity. <hi rend="i">Cf. atua</hi>, a deity, or demon.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fatu</hi>, lord, master, owner. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—atu, lord: <hi rend="i">Te Atu ta koutou e kimi na;</hi> The Lord whom yo seek; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a master: <hi rend="i">E e atu oki au ra teiea au i te mataku angaia!</hi> If I am a master where is my fear? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">haku</hi>, a lord or master. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fatu</hi>, a lord; a deity. [See comparatives of <hi rend="sc">Atua</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUA</hi>, God: <hi rend="i">Otira na te Atua ano ia i whakaako i mohio ai</hi>—P. M., 11. 2. A god, demon, supernatural being: <hi rend="i">Ka mea etehi “He atua koa</hi>”—P. M., 19: <hi rend="i">I heke iho i runga te atua</hi>—A. H. M., i., 16. Cf. <hi rend="i">atuakikokiko</hi>, demons, spirits of torment; <hi rend="i">atuapiko</hi>, the rainbow. 3. An idol: <hi rend="i">Ka takaia nga atua na, whakairia</hi>—P. M., 84: <hi rend="i">Ko taua atua, ko Kahukura, he whakapakoko rakau</hi>—A. H. M., i., 4. 4. A malicious person; to be wicked; surly. Cf. <hi rend="i">atuapo</hi>, a niggardly, churlish person. 5. Any evil or noxious thing: <hi rend="i">Ko taka atua he whe-whe</hi>—Ika., 135. [See the Motu comparative.] <hi rend="i">Kei nga iwi o Tuere te mana te atua</hi>—Prov. 6. A term of endearment: <hi rend="i">Kei raro taku atua e aroha nei au</hi>—S. T., 180. 7. The fourteenth night of the moon. <hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—It is difficult to know where to distinguish between an <hi rend="i">atua</hi> regarded spiritually and the outward presentment. <hi rend="i">Kahukura</hi>, for instance, is sometimes an abstract deity; sometimes visible in the form of the rainbow; sometimes present in a sacred red garment, and at times is alluded to in a manner inferring the presence of an idol. (See A. H. M., i., 43.) When Haungaroa was sent by her mother Kuiwai to Ngatoro-i-rangi informing him of the curse of Manaia, she and her companions were borne up by (and brought with them) the gods Kahukura, Itupawa, Maru, Rongomai, Hangaron and Iho-o-to-rangi. These were gods for mortals, because the first canoes had only brought gods of the <hi rend="i">kumara</hi>, and of fish—P. M., 102. There are few instances mentioned in Polynesian legend as to deities having many limbs, or other abnormal personal attributes, such as we find in ancient deities of different peoples. The Hawaiian deity Kamapuaa [see <hi rend="sc">Poaka</hi>] was an eight-eyed monster, and Maui is called Maui-matavaru (eight-eyed) in Mangareva. Sometimes a deity was worshipped as a bundle of red feathers, a stone with human hair wrapped around it, &amp;c. [For principal Polynesian deities see <hi rend="sc">Tane, Tangaroa, Tu, Rongo, Atea, Rangi</hi>, &amp;c.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—atua, a god: <hi rend="i">Afai o se atua ia, ina faia e ia lava lana finauga</hi>; If he is a god let him plead for himself; fa'a-atua, to deify; to make into a god; <hi rend="i">fa'a-atuà</hi>, to go about as a ghost, frightening people. Cf. <hi rend="i">atu</hi>, to be perplexed, distressed; <hi rend="i">atualoa</hi>, the centipede; <hi rend="i">atualagi</hi>, the chief's word for <hi rend="i">aitu</hi> (deity); <hi rend="i">atuapaoa</hi>, to be frightened. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—atua, a god, a demon: <hi rend="i">Vananga mai nga atua</hi>; Let the gods speak: <hi rend="i">K atua te tangata e oia</hi>; This god is but a man after all; aka-atua, to become divine: <hi rend="i">Akaatua atu ana oki te tangata, e tau potiki</hi>; Pet child, thou hast taken thy place among the gods. Cf. <hi rend="i">atu</hi>, master, lord. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—atua, god, the general name for a deity: <hi rend="i">E ua haere i roto i te fare o to ratou atua</hi>; And went into the house of their god; faa-atua, to deify, to acknowledge or serve some person or thing as a god. Cf. <hi rend="i">atuahara</hi>, a god that was supposed to enter into a person by means of a curso; <hi rend="i">paiatua</hi>, an idolatrous ceremony on the new decoration of the <hi rend="i">too (toko)</hi> or image of a god; <hi rend="i">tuatuá</hi>, a word of address in prayer, used in the evening at the <hi rend="i">marae</hi> (sacred place). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—akua, a supernatural being, a god: <hi rend="i">A hoomana aku la i ua alii la e like me ka hoomana akua</hi>; They worshipped that chief as if they worshipped a god. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The name of
<pb xml:id="n31" n="31"/>
the night when the moon was perfectly full; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) divine: <hi rend="i">Aina wai akua a Kane</hi>; The land of the divine water of Tane. Cf. <hi rend="i">Akuaulu</hi>, the god of inspiration; <hi rend="i">Akuakii</hi>, a god represented by an image (<hi rend="i">atua</hi> and <hi rend="i">tiki</hi>); <hi rend="i">akualapu</hi>, a ghost; <hi rend="i">akualele</hi>, a meteor; <hi rend="i">umuakua</hi>, unfriendly, unsocial; niggardly; <hi rend="i">kakua</hi>, to ascribe power to the gods, to worship; to girdle (Maori = <hi rend="i">tatua</hi>)<hi rend="i">; kakuai</hi>, to worship the gods, to pray in a peculiar manner; the constant daily sacrifice offered at any meal; <hi rend="i">mooakua</hi>, a legend, a story concerning the gods. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—otua, a god: <hi rend="i">Bea hu ki he otua oku ikai faa fakamoui</hi>; They pray unto a god that cannot save. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—etua, a god, deity, divinity; divine: <hi rend="i">O te tama hakaiki, fanau mua o te mana na Etua</hi>; Oh the princely son, first-born of divine power. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—etua (<hi rend="i">etùa</hi>), a god (in old legend atua: <hi rend="i">Tona igoa ko atua Tane</hi>; His name was the god Tane); etua, to be wicked. Cf. <hi rend="i">etuaraga</hi>, divinity; <hi rend="i">etuavanaga</hi>, a chief warrior; <hi rend="i">patuetua</hi>, sudden death; <hi rend="i">tauraetua</hi>, the priest of a deity. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwan</hi>—atua, God: <hi rend="i">Atua nikowna tohana nontariki</hi>; God sent his son. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—atua, God. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—atua, the native deities. Cf. <hi rend="i">atuamuli</hi>, evil spirit; <hi rend="i">atuamagumagu</hi>, an evil spirit. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atuahu</hi>, a painful swelling without matter; a blind boil. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aneityumese</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atua</hi>, God (probably introduced). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fijian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tu</hi>, at the end of a word, implies greatness; a word used by children to their fathers; <hi rend="i">tua</hi>, a word used by children to their grandfathers. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. [<hi rend="i">o for u</hi>, see Introduction] <hi rend="i">atoa</hi>, a song sung in honour either of the sovereign or of the idols. Sulu – cf. <hi rend="i">tuan</hi>, a master. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malayan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">Tuhan</hi>, the Deity; <hi rend="i">tuan</hi>, a lord, master.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUA</hi>, first.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUAHAKONA</hi>, the name of a fish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUAHU</hi>, a love-charm, used to soften an obdurate woman whose affection was desired.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUAKIKOKIKO</hi> (myth.), demons, familiar spirits said to haunt and torment sick or lunatic people: <hi rend="i">Ko nga mate he atuakikokiko e kai ana i a ratou</hi>—A. H. M., i. Cf. <hi rend="i">atua</hi>, a demon or deity; <hi rend="i">kiko</hi>, flesh; <hi rend="i">atuanohowhare</hi>, “house-dwelling demons;” <hi rend="i">atuangau</hi>, internal pains.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUANGAU</hi> (myth.), demons supposed to cause gripings and pains in the interior of the body. Cf. <hi rend="i">atua</hi>, a demon, and <hi rend="i">ngau</hi>, to bite; <hi rend="i">atuakikokiko</hi>, malignant deities. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Atua</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Ngau</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUAPIKO</hi>, the rainbow. Cf. <hi rend="i">atuatoro</hi>, the rainbow; <hi rend="i">atua</hi>, deity; <hi rend="i">piko</hi>, bent, crooked. [See <hi rend="sc">Kahukura</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Uenuku</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUAPO</hi>, a stingy person, a niggard, a churl. Cf. <hi rend="i">atua</hi>, a wicked, cross person; <hi rend="i">Po</hi>, Night (the night deities), Hades. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Atua</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Po</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUATORO</hi> (myth.), a name of Kahukura, the god of the rainbow. Cf. <hi rend="i">atuapiko</hi>, the rainbow. [See <hi rend="sc">Kahukura</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUA-WHAKAHAEHAE</hi>, the fourteenth day of the moon's age. (One auth.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATURERE</hi>, the name of a highly prized fish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ATUTAHI</hi>, the star Canopus. Also called Autahi and Aotahi: <hi rend="i">Tera Atutahi ka mahuta i te pae</hi>—M. M., 200.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AU</hi>, smoke: <hi rend="i">Tineia te ahi! auahi tahi! Ha! he au uta! kapaa, ko te au ki Katikati ae</hi>— Prov. Cf. <hi rend="i">auahi</hi>, smoke. 2. Gall. 3. Cloud or fog. 4. Current: <hi rend="i">E kaha ana ra te ia ki Huritu, e au takahi waka</hi>—M. M., 172. 5. A rapid in a river. 6. A whirlpool. Cf. <hi rend="i">auhoki</hi>, an eddy. 7. Mid-ocean (<hi rend="i">Te au o te moana</hi>). 8. A string, cord. Cf. <hi rend="i">tau</hi>, a loop for fastening a weapon to the wrist. 9. A large pin for fastening a mat. Cf. <hi rend="i">aurei</hi>, a bone mat-pin.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—au, a sharp fish-thorn. Hence, (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a needle; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a tattooing instrument; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) the gall; the seat of the affections. [Cf. Tahitian <hi rend="i">aau</hi>, (for <hi rend="i">ngakau</hi>,) the bowels, the heart or mind.] (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) The liver of a pig; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) a current at sea. Auau, to pick out, as the bones of a fish; <hi rend="i">asu</hi>, smoke; <hi rend="i">auaga'c</hi>, a current setting to the east; <hi rend="i">aualofa</hi>, a keepsake; <hi rend="i">aufanua</hi>, a current in the sea setting towards the land; <hi rend="i">aumuli</hi>, a current setting west; <hi rend="i">autafa</hi>, to take out the bones of a fish; <hi rend="i">auvatea</hi>, to be carried out to sea by a current; to lose all out of a family by death; <hi rend="i">ausa</hi>, steam, vapour. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—au, a current or stream; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) smoke: <hi rend="i">E tahu vau i to mau pereoo i te au auahi</hi>; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) vapour; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) a needle; to sew with a needle; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) a dangerous fish with a snout like a sword-fish; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) a stone put in the <hi rend="i">marae</hi> (sacred place) to avert some evil that was likely to happen; (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) a stone sent to the chiefs to require a human sacrifice; (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) the hottest part of a battle; (<hi rend="i">i</hi>.) a species of seasnail; (<hi rend="i">j</hi>.) to fit, to agree; (<hi rend="i">k</hi>.) to pursue; (<hi rend="i">l</hi>.) rubbish; to scrape together a heap of rubbish; auau, the gall of the fish <hi rend="i">Au</hi>; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a person who pursues a man or beast. Cf. <hi rend="i">auafà</hi>, a bursted gall; (fig.) a daring fellow, devoid of fear; <hi rend="i">puau</hi>, to be agitated, as the bowels, or the mind; <hi rend="i">puauau</hi>, to be agitated repeatedly; to run, as a current; a rapid current in a stream of water; <hi rend="i">autai</hi>, a current caused by a great sea; <hi rend="i">autaripo</hi>, to whirl round; <hi rend="i">araau</hi>, the current of water between rocks. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—au, the current in the ocean: <hi rend="i">O ke au miki, o ke au ka, e mimilo ai</hi>; The strong current, the rolling current, whirl away. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The grain in wood; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the action of the hand in mixing <hi rend="i">poi</hi> (paste); (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) an action or exercise of the mind; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) the gall of animals; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) time, a period of tune, as the reign of a king (<hi rend="i">hau?</hi>); (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) the time of one's life; (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) a season; (<hi rend="i">i</hi>.) a territory or district (<hi rend="i">kau</hi>?). Cf. <hi rend="i">aui</hi>, a wave of the sea; <hi rend="i">aumoe</hi>, time to sleep; <hi rend="i">auwili</hi>, a returning tide; <hi rend="i">wiliau</hi>, an eddy in sea or river; <hi rend="i">waiau</hi>, a place where water runs continually. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ahu, smoke, to smoko as a fire; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) soot; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the gall; ahuina, to be smoked; to be smoke-dried; to die from suffocation in smoke; faka-ahu, to smoke-dry; to suffocate; faka-ahuahu, to cause a great smoke, as a signal; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) dark dense clouds on the horizon; au, old, ripe; old people; aged and weak persons; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to arrive at, to reach; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a current; to flow rapidly in a current; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) the sugar-cane leaf; auau, to shell; to pick out bones; faka-au, to destroy gradually, or at different times; faka-auau, to inflict voluntary pain, as fasting, &amp;c., on the death of a friend; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to reach to. Cf. <hi rend="i">auautolo</hi>, an
<pb xml:id="n32" n="32"/>
nneasy feeling of the bowels; colic; <hi rend="i">auautonu</hi>, to declare without reserve; <hi rend="i">auaga</hi>, the cause, the origin of death or destruction; <hi rend="i">auhe</hi>, to wander about; a vagabond; <hi rend="i">auhia</hi>, to be carried out by the sea; <hi rend="i">aulologo</hi>, a roar; a hollow sound; <hi rend="i">hau</hi>, a large bone needle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—au, the gall; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a current. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—au, the ebb and flow of the tide; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a crown, a garland (<hi rend="i">hau</hi>?); (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) an awl; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) dew (<hi rend="i">hau</hi>?) (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) cloudy mist on the sea; (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) a bodkin with a barb or small hook, like a crochet needle; (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) running. Cf. <hi rend="i">ahu</hi>, mist, cloud; <hi rend="i">auahi</hi>, to smoke; <hi rend="i">kavauahi</hi>, smoke; <hi rend="i">hau</hi>, gall, bitterness. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, worthy, deserving; to prefer, to please; <hi rend="i">faka-au</hi>, to unite, to join; to contract, promise, stipulate. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—au, smoke. Cf. <hi rend="i">afu</hi>, smoke. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">auan</hi>, a cloud; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, smoke; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Magindano</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">asu</hi>, smoke; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ilocan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">asuk</hi>, smoke.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AU, I</hi>, me: <hi rend="i">Aue! kau atu ana au i te ao</hi>—G. P., 23. [See <hi rend="sc">Ahau</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AU</hi>, a king (one auth.). [<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—It is probable that this word is properly the Polynesian <hi rend="i">hau</hi>, a king, &amp;c.; and comparatives at full length are to be looked for under <hi rend="sc">Hau</hi>.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—au, a king: <hi rend="i">Te au o Tonga</hi>; The king of Rarotonga. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) An assembly: <hi rend="i">E kia tu mai aia i rotopu i te au tangata ra</hi>; When he stood up in the assembly of the people. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, time; a period of time more or less definitely designated, as the reign of a king; <hi rend="i">aupuni</hi>, a kingdom; relating to the government. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">auna</hi>, to conquer, overcome; <hi rend="i">auhi</hi>, to surpass. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a crown, a garland. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, deserving, worthy.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AU</hi>, stability, firmness; firm. 2. Sound (of sleep): <hi rend="i">A i te rerenga o te ra, ka au te moe o Aperahama</hi>—Ken. xv., 12.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AU</hi>, sound (of sleep): <hi rend="i">Ko te po roa, ko te po whakaau te moe, e moe!</hi>—P. M., 48.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AU</hi>, “Certainly,” a form of assent. Cf. <hi rend="i">auara</hi>, “Certainly there is.”</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AU</hi>, the bark of a dog; to bark: <hi rend="i">Ka au mai ano te kuri ra ‘Au!</hi>’—P. M., 65. Cf. <hi rend="i">tau</hi>, to bark.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ou, to bark, of a dog. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aoa, to bark or howl as a dog. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aoa, to howl as a dog; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to howl or wail for grief; howling; cross, angry. Cf. <hi rend="i">aue</hi>, to lament. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi> — cf. <hi rend="i">u</hi>, barking. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">auta</hi>, to moan.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AU</hi>, the name of a kind of eel when full grown. When young it is called <hi rend="i">kauaetea</hi>, and <hi rend="i">papawhenua</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUA</hi>, the name of a small fish, the sea mullet, commonly called the herring (Icth. <hi rend="i">Agonostoma forsteri): He aua mata whero te ika</hi>—G. P., 277.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—aua, a young <hi rend="i">auae</hi> (a fish). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aua, a small fish. [See <hi rend="sc">Auha</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUA</hi>, I know not (often used with the sense of “and don't care”): <hi rend="i">Kei hea to koutou teina! Aua, kaore matou i kite</hi>—P. M., 96. 2. Not, used in an imperative sense: <hi rend="i">Aua e whakapae teka ki tou hoa</hi>—Tiut., v., 20. Cf. <hi rend="i">kaua</hi>, (imperatively) not; <hi rend="i">auaka</hi>, do not.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—‘aua, do not (imperatively); aua, (<hi rend="i">auá</hi>) used to express dissent, or correction, “well, but.” </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aua, not to give a thing asked for, to be stingy, to forbid. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—aua, not, no (imperative negative): <hi rend="i">Aua e noho i nei</hi>; Do not stay here. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—aua (<hi rend="i">auà</hi>), not, will not: <hi rend="i">Aua au e kake, na te papaka e kake</hi>; I will not climb; let the land-crab climb. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—auaa, not, do not (imperatively); (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) unless, save that.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUA</hi>, for advanced, far on, in distance.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUA</hi>, those (spoken of before). The plural of <hi rend="sc">Taua</hi>: <hi rend="i">Kua pa atu nga ringa ki aua pohutukawa</hi>— P. M., 76.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUAHI</hi>, smoke: <hi rend="i">Kia mea ai nga hoa ‘He auahi.’—Kaore, he roimata</hi>—P. M. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, smoke; <hi rend="i">ahi</hi>, fire; <hi rend="i">kauahi</hi>, a stick used in producing fire by friction. [See Tahitian.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">asu</hi>, smoke; <hi rend="i">afi</hi>, fire; <hi rend="i">ausa</hi>, steam, vapour. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—auahi, fire: <hi rend="i">E ama pauroa rotou i te auahi</hi>; The fire shall consume them; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a shepherd or feeder of hogs or other animals. Cf. <hi rend="i">auai</hi>, a stick on which another (<hi rend="i">aurima</hi>) is rubbed to procure fire by friction; <hi rend="i">amataauahi</hi>, the first small sticks put together in kindling a fire; (fig.) the beginning of contention or war; <hi rend="i">auahi-ta-raufare</hi>, food cooked for the goddess Toimata, baked early in the morning, and placed on a <hi rend="i">fata</hi> or altar; <hi rend="i">puauahi</hi>, the middle of the fire; <hi rend="i">taauahi</hi>, to use or employ fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—uahi, a cloud, a vaporous appearance. [<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—Judge Andrews gives <hi rend="i">u</hi>, to ooze, as milk, and <hi rend="i">ahi</hi>, fire, as derivation of <hi rend="i">uahi</hi>.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahu</hi>, smoke; <hi rend="i">afi</hi>, fire; <hi rend="i">ahuina</hi>, to be smoke-dried. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—auahi, to smoke, to cause smoke. Cf. <hi rend="i">kavauahi</hi>, smoke. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afu</hi>, smoke; <hi rend="i">afi</hi>, fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—auai, smoke: <hi rend="i">Mei te auai e peke ra, kia peke katoa ratou</hi>; Let them be driven away, as smoke is driven away.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUAHI-TUROA</hi> (To Auahi-Turoa), a comet. Cf. <hi rend="i">auahi</hi>, smoke.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUARA</hi>, “Certainly there is”—after a negative question. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a from of assent.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUAU</hi>, frequently, frequently repeated. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, the bark of a dog; <hi rend="i">aua</hi>, far on, in distance.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUAU</hi>, to lift.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, to carry away, as the stones of a wall; <hi rend="i">auau</hi>, rubbish carried off the beach and out to sea by the high tide; ‘<hi rend="i">au</hi>, a handle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, to scrape together a heap of rubbish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUAU</hi>, a basket of seed potatoes.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUE</hi>, Alas! to say alas; to groan, wail, lament: <hi rend="i">Aue tonu iho tetehi, aue tonu ake tetehi</hi>—P. M., 8. 2. An exclamation expressing surprise: <hi rend="i">Aue! ko wai ra tenei tangata?</hi>—P. M., 26.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—aue, alas! oh! wonder: <hi rend="i">Aue, loku uso, e!</hi> Alas, my brother! (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) An exclamation of approbation. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aue, <hi rend="i">alas! Aue! e tau fatu e! e aha tatou uei</hi>; Alas, my master! how shall we do? (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Noise, tumult; to clamour, to make a noise. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aue (also auwe), Oh! woe to! an expression of grief, regret, or pain: <hi rend="i">Ka wailiu i kuu maka, e auwe au-e</hi>; Dimness (covers) my eyes; woe is me! oh! (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To cry, lament. Cf. <hi rend="i">uwe</hi>, to weep; to mourn,</p>
        <pb xml:id="n33" n="33"/>
        <p>bewail; <hi rend="i">ue</hi>, to weep, cry in an audible manner; <hi rend="i">u</hi>, to weep, mourn; <hi rend="i">we</hi>, to weep. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—aue, to wail, weep, lament; to say “Aue!” <hi rend="i">I aaia te au tangata nei i aue ratou?</hi> What ails the people that they weep? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aniwan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kawe</hi>, alas! </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ue</hi>, an exclamation of surprise. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—aue, an exclamation of displeased surprise; “Dear me!” </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aue, an exclamation of surprise of grief; auhe, to weep. Cf. <hi rend="i">auhere</hi>, an exclamation of surprise or grief; <hi rend="i">uhe</hi>, a cry of impatience or grief. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—aue, oh! alas! (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a tumult; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to complain; aueue, to bewail. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Nguna</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">Ai!</hi> woe, alas! </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">awe</hi>, or <hi rend="i">auwe</hi>, alas </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—<hi rend="i">ahi</hi>, alas ! <hi rend="i">ayi</hi>, alas ! <hi rend="i">ayue</hi>, alas!</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUHA</hi>, to leap out of the water. Cf. <hi rend="i">aua</hi>, the sea-mullet; <hi rend="i">haua</hi>, cowardly.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aualele</hi>: the fish <hi rend="i">aua</hi>, being afraid of the <hi rend="i">malouli</hi>, jumps out of the water as if flying (<hi rend="i">lele</hi>, to fly = <hi rend="i">rere</hi>); (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a coward.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUHAHA</hi>, to seek after; to search for. Cf. <hi rend="i">haha</hi>, to seek; <hi rend="i">whawha</hi>, to feel for with the hand; <hi rend="i">hahu</hi>, to search for; <hi rend="i">hahau</hi>, to seek.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">haha</hi>, to feel for; to grope. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fa</hi>, to feel after anything with the hand; <hi rend="i">fafa</hi>, to grope. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fafa</hi>, to feel or touch with the hand. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fafa</hi>, to feel for; to grope; <hi rend="i">ahah</hi>, to obtain. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fafa</hi>, to touch.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUHOKI</hi>, an eddy. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a whirlpool, a rapid; and <hi rend="i">hoki</hi>, to return. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Au</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Hoki</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUINAKE</hi>, on the morrow. Cf. <hi rend="i">ake</hi>, onwards, in time.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a space of time, as a king's reign, a lifetime, &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUKAHA</hi>, to lash the <hi rend="i">rauawa</hi> or bulwark of a canoe to the body of a canoe; the lashings of same: <hi rend="i">Ka whakahoroa i reira te waka nei a Aotea, ka aukahatia</hi>—P. M., 111. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a string, cord; firm, strong; <hi rend="i">kaha</hi>, a rope; the lashings of the <hi rend="i">rauawa</hi>.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. ‘<hi rend="i">afa</hi>, sinnet, plaited cocoanut husk fibre. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aha</hi>, sinnet made out of cocoanut husk fibre. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aha</hi>, a cord braided from husk of cocoanut. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kafa</hi>, the cordage made from the fibres of the cocoanut husk. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kaha</hi>, a plait of coco thread. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kaa</hi>, string of cocoanut fibre. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kava</hi>, a roll of sinnet.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUKATI</hi>, to stop one's way; to obstruct one's passage. Cf. <hi rend="i">kati</hi>, to block up; to stop traffic; shut, closed; <hi rend="i">haukoti</hi>, to intercept; <hi rend="i">koti</hi>, to intercept, cut off; <hi rend="i">auporo</hi>, to stop.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ati</hi>, to be enclosed or entangled; <hi rend="i">atia</hi>, a fence; <hi rend="i">atiati</hi>, a burr (<hi rend="i">piri-piri</hi>); <hi rend="i">tuati</hi>, to join. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kajia</hi>, to choke; to hinder; to obstruct, as weeds in a garden. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">kakati</hi>, to clench the teeth.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUKI</hi>, old. Cf. <hi rend="i">uki</hi>, ancient times; <hi rend="i">tuauki</hi>, old, of long standing; <hi rend="i">ui</hi>, to inquire. [See Tongan.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—auiui, anciently, of old. Cf. <hi rend="i">ui</hi>, an age, a season. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a period of time, a season. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">uki</hi>, to inquire, to look up; <hi rend="i">ukiukivale</hi>, to inquire after in vain. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">uki</hi>, to make allusions; to stir the fire. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">uki</hi>, age, generation; many years; <hi rend="i">tuauki</hi>, a descendant of.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUKU</hi>, the Will-'o-the-wisp (<hi rend="i">ignis fatuus</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUMIHI</hi>, to greet, welcome. Cf. <hi rend="i">mihi</hi>, to greet.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">misi</hi>, to make a kissing noise with the lips as a token of affection. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mihi</hi>, to feel sad. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mihi</hi>, to sob; to draw up into the nostrils; <hi rend="i">mijimiji</hi>, to make a sucking noise with the mouth. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mihi</hi>, to regret. [<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—The connection with Maori may be in the fact that a greeting made by pressing noses (<hi rend="i">hongi</hi>) is often accompanied by the <hi rend="i">tangi</hi> or wailing cry, also used in mourning.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUKUMEA</hi> (myth.), the eighth highest heaven or division of Rangi, the sky. This is one of the heavens of Rehua—A. H. M., i., App. [See <hi rend="sc">Kore</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUMOE</hi>, comfortable, at ease, at rest. Cf. <hi rend="i">moe</hi>, to sleep.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—aumoe, to sleep away from home; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to go out courting; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to sleep in a woman's family with a view of making her proposals of marriage. Cf. <hi rend="i">moe</hi>, to sleep. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">moe</hi>, to sleep, to lie down; <hi rend="i">matamoe</hi>, to be drowsy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">mohe</hi>, to sleep. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi> — aumoe, the season when the world is asleep, night; ho-aumoe, to sleep with; to lie in one's bosom; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to fondle, cherish. Cf. <hi rend="i">moe</hi>, to lie down, to sleep; to stretch oneself on a bed.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUPOURI</hi> (myth.), a place in the north of the North Island of New Zealand whence souls passed into Hades: <hi rend="i">I te Aupouri, i te mutunga mai o tenei motu, i te rerenga wairua</hi>. [See <hi rend="sc">Reinga</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Po</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUPORO</hi>, to cut short, to stop. Cf. <hi rend="i">poro</hi> termination; <hi rend="i">koporo</hi>, truncated, having the end cut off abruptly; <hi rend="i">tauporo</hi>, cut short, brought to an end; <hi rend="i">haporo</hi>, to cut off; <hi rend="i">aukati</hi>, to block up; <hi rend="i">porokere</hi>, to be broken off short.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">poro</hi>, the heel; the elbow; the end of a ridge-pole; <hi rend="i">aporo</hi>, the small fruit on the end of a branch. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">bolo-bolo</hi>, the rail on the top of the canoe house; the first-fruits. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">poro</hi>, last words; the point, the end.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURAKI</hi>, to turn aside. 2. To do a thing in a hurry: <hi rend="i">Katahi ka auraki mai ki te whanau a te mangumangu kikino, i te aitanga a Punga i a au e !</hi>—Prov.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURARA</hi>, to clutch, to grasp. 2. To encroach.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aurara, avaricious; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to be idle and moving about. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lala</hi>, a limb; <hi rend="i">lalau</hi>, to catch hold of; seizing.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lalo</hi>, to leap upon, as the male on the female.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURAROTUIA or Haurarotuia</hi> (myth.), a name of the canoe of Maui—A. H. M., ii., 9. [See <hi rend="sc">Maui</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUREI</hi>, the first day of the moon's age. 2. An ivory or bone ornament; a breast-pin for fastening a mat: <hi rend="i">Ka motu mai te aurei o te Kahu raka</hi>—A. H. M., iv., 167. [For illustration of appearance, see A. H. M., iii., 192, Eng. part.] Cf. <hi rend="i">rei</hi>, anything made of ivory; a tusk or large tooth; any precious thing, a
<pb xml:id="n34" n="34"/>
jewel; <hi rend="i">taurei</hi>, white; <hi rend="i">reiputa</hi>, a boar with tusks.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lei</hi>, whale's teeth; anything made of whale's teeth; <hi rend="i">le'ile'i</hi>, anything very good, as a good-looking man, a good house, &amp;c.; <hi rend="i">aulelei</hi>, handsome, applied to men only and not to women; good-looking, of bananas.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lei</hi>, any ornamental dress for the head or neck. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lei</hi>, the whale's tooth; <hi rend="i">lelei</hi>, good, pleasant. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ei</hi>, the tooth of the sperm whale; <hi rend="i">poeei</hi>, a whale's tooth, set as an ornament.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURERE</hi>, to moan, groan. 2. To sail. Cf. <hi rend="i">rere</hi>, to sail; to run, as water; <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a current.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—'aulele, to run swiftly; aualele, the fish <hi rend="i">aua</hi>, being afraid of the <hi rend="i">malauli</hi>, jumps out of the woter as if flying (<hi rend="i">lele</hi>); (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a coward; fa'a-aualele, to be precipitate, to be a coward. Cf. <hi rend="i">auleleia</hi>, to be carried along by a favouring current of the sea; <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a current at sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">rere</hi>, to fly or leap; <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a current or stream. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—aulele, to fly off in flocks, as many kinds of birds. Cf. <hi rend="i">lele</hi>, to fly, jump. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">lele</hi>, to run. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">auta</hi>, to moan.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURIURI</hi>, free from <hi rend="i">tapu</hi>. 2. The incantation (<hi rend="i">karakia</hi>) by which persons who are <hi rend="i">tapu</hi> from having touched the dead are freed and made common (<hi rend="i">noa</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURU</hi> (myth.), the deity presiding over the West—M. S., 114. Cf. <hi rend="i">hauauru</hi>, west; <hi rend="i">uru</hi>, west; <hi rend="i">a</hi>, the Deity.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURU</hi>, to break off, as a branch; to pluck up, as grass. 2. To throw away. Cf. <hi rend="i">uru</hi>, a grove; <hi rend="i">kauru</hi>, head of a tree.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—auru, the top ends of small twigs or branches; the end, extremity, or point of a thing. Cf. <hi rend="i">aura</hi>, to chop in a rough manner; to break off the branches or plants in a rough way.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AURUKOWHAO</hi>, the leakage into a canoe through holes made for the purpose of fastening the <hi rend="i">rauawa</hi> or top-streak to the canoe sides. Cf. <hi rend="i">whaowhao</hi>, to carve wood; <hi rend="i">kowhao</hi>, a hole. 2. Any trifling damage. [For comparatives, see <hi rend="sc">Kowhao</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTA</hi>, to encroach upon, to attack. Cf. <hi rend="i">ta</hi>, to strike; <hi rend="i">taua</hi>, a war party.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—'auta (<hi rend="i">autà</hi>), marks burnt upon the body on the death of a chief; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the wooden drumstick used in beating the mat drum at a night dance, or a wooden bell; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the agitation of the sea after a breeze. Cf. <hi rend="i">‘auta'i</hi>, troops being led to fight; <hi rend="i">ta</hi>, to strike.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—auta, the act of cutting the body of an enemy; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the operation of supercission (circumcision not practised). [See <hi rend="sc">Tehe</hi>.] Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, the hottest part of a battle.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTA (Moriori)</hi>, to sigh, groan. Cf. <hi rend="i">aurere</hi>, to groan.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—auta (<hi rend="i">autà</hi>), a sigh or groan; to sigh or moan through pain or grief. Cf. <hi rend="i">auta</hi>, a cutting in the prepuce; the act of cutting the body of an enemy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">‘autà</hi>, marks burnt on the body at the death of a chief. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">auka</hi>, tired, weary.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTAHI</hi>, the star Canopus. [Also <hi rend="sc">Atutahi</hi> and <hi rend="sc">Aotahi</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTAIA</hi>, singular, extraordinary.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTAKI</hi>, roundabout, circuitous. Cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, a whirlpool; <hi rend="i">taki</hi>, to take to one side; <hi rend="i">taka</hi>, to veer; <hi rend="i">takai</hi>, to wind round.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTANE</hi>, a woman's brother-in-law; <hi rend="i">Me haere tona autane ki a ia</hi>—Tiu., xxv. 5. Cf. <hi rend="i">tane</hi>, male; husband; <hi rend="i">auwahine</hi>, a man's sister-in-law.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTAUA</hi>, a messenger who brings tidings of an enemy's war-party approaching. Cf. <hi rend="i">taua</hi>, a war-party.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTE</hi>, the name of a shrub or small tree (Bot. <hi rend="i">Broussonnetia papyrifera</hi>, the paper mulberry). [Now extinct. See Colenso, Trans., xiii. 18.] 2. A girdle made of <hi rend="i">aute</hi> bark; <hi rend="i">He maro aute te maro o Whakatau</hi>. 3. A band or fillet for the hair; a kite, or any article made of <hi rend="i">aute: He manu aute e taea te whakahoro</hi>—Prov.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">‘aute</hi>, the Chinese rose, or blacking plant (Bot. <hi rend="i">Hibiscus rosasinensis); ‘autetoga</hi>, one kind of <hi rend="i">’aute</hi> (Bot. <hi rend="i">Hibiscus storckii</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—aute, a plant, the paper mulberry, (Bot. <hi rend="i">Morus papyrifera</hi>,) a plant from which native cloth is made. Cf. <hi rend="i">aatiaute</hi>, cloth made of <hi rend="i">aute</hi> bark; <hi rend="i">autepohoa</hi>, an inferior kind of <hi rend="i">aute</hi>; (fig.) a person of indifferent character. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">waoke</hi>, the name of a shrub or bush from the bark of which <hi rend="i">kapa</hi> (native cloth, <hi rend="i">tapa</hi>,) is made, a species of mulberry; also written <hi rend="i">wauke</hi>, and <hi rend="i">kawauke</hi>. [<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—Perhaps connected with Maori <hi rend="i">whauwhi</hi>, the lace-bark tree (Bot. <hi rend="i">Hoheria populnea</hi>).] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—uto, the paper mulberry. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eute</hi>, papyrus, of which native cloth is made; <hi rend="i">ute</hi>, a small kind of papyrus; <hi rend="i">Ko Toga ra, ku kahuhia eki rau euts</hi>; The south-wind god was clothed in leaves of papyrus. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fiji</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">malo</hi>, the paper mulberry. (Cf. the Maori <hi rend="i">maro</hi>, a girdle.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTE</hi> (myth.), The kite of Tawhaki, on whose string he climbed to heaven, was of <hi rend="i">aute</hi>—A. H. M., i. 129.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTETARANGA</hi>, the name of a shrub (Bot. <hi rend="i">Pimelea arenarica</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUTOIA</hi> (myth.), a division of the Underworld (the fourth downward division of Papa) next below the Reinga. Whiro rules in this circle of Hades—A. H. M., i., App. [See <hi rend="sc">Reinga, Whiro</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Kore</hi>.] 2. A division of Rangi, or Heaven; the seventh upwards. Here the soul of man is created; this heaven is ruled over by Rehua—A. H. M., i., App.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AUWAHINE</hi>, a man's sister-in-law. Cf. <hi rend="i">wahine</hi>, a wife, a woman; <hi rend="i">autane</hi>, a woman's brother-in-law.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWA</hi>, a river, a stream: <hi rend="i">E haere ana kia whiti ki tawahi o te awa</hi>—P. M., 43. Cf. <hi rend="i">whaiawa</hi>, the bed of a river; <hi rend="i">wai</hi>, water. 2. A channel. Cf. <hi rend="i">wa</hi>, a space, an opening; <hi rend="i">koiawa</hi>, a groove; a shallow drain; <hi rend="i">awakeri</hi>, a ditch; <hi rend="i">awamate</hi>, a ditch outside the palisading of a <hi rend="i">pa; awarua</hi>, a ditch; <hi rend="i">wakawaka</hi>, parallel ridges. [See Hawaiian.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWAAWA</hi>, a valley.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ava, an opening in the coral reef; a boat-passage into the lagoon; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) an anchorage for ships; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to be wide apart, as a plank of a canoe not fitting; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to be open,</p>
        <pb xml:id="n35" n="35"/>
        <p>as a doorway; avaava, a small opening in the reef; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to be full of openings in the reef; fa'a-avaava, to make wide. Cf. <hi rend="i">avanoa</hi>, an open space; <hi rend="i">muàava</hi>, the part of an opening in the reef which is towards the shore; <hi rend="i">tauava</hi>, a pilot through an opening in the reef.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ava, an entrance into an harbour; an opening that will admit of ships and other vessels approaching the shore; avaava, a small opening in the coral reef. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—awa, a harbour; a landing-place; an entrance between two reefs: <hi rend="i">He makani pono ole ke ku ma ke awa o Hilo</hi>; A bad wind for coming to anchor in the harbour of Hilo. Awaawa, a valley; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the space between two prominences; the spaces between the fingers of the hand or toes of the feet; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the spaces between the branches of a river. Cf. <hi rend="i">awaa</hi>, to dig, as a ditch or pit (this is probably <hi rend="i">awaka</hi>); a trench, pit, or cave; <hi rend="i">awaawaa</hi>, to make a groove; <hi rend="i">awaloa</hi>, a place where the bones of chiefs were hidden. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ava, an opening; a passage for vessels; a crevice: <hi rend="i">Vakai koe ava nae i he a</hi>; Behold a hole in the wall. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) Open, hollow; avaava, full of openings; faka-ava, to open, to perforate; to make full of holes. Cf. <hi rend="i">va</hi>, the space between two objects; <hi rend="i">a</hi>, a hole; <hi rend="i">avaavahi</hi>, to bore or perforate in many places; <hi rend="i">avaavanoa</hi>, unoccupied, free; <hi rend="i">feavaaki</hi>, to be full of holes; <hi rend="i">tuuava</hi>, to stand in the passage to seize the canoe on entering. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ava, a strait; a sound; narrows (geog.); (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the distance between two objects; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) space, in time. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ava, a passage, opening, or canal for canoes, ships, &amp;c.; avaava, to absent oneself; to lose. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—ava, a harbour, port; channel of harbour; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a pass. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Futuna</hi>—ava, an entrance, passage. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriorl</hi>—awa, a channel or river. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—Cf. <hi rend="i">ava</hi>, lower, down, as applied to any part of a country towards which the water flows, lower in comparison with some other place. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ayer</hi>, water, a river. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Waiglou</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">wayer</hi>, water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Dorey</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">waar</hi>, water.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWA</hi> (myth.), the name of a descendant of Nukutawhiti. His son, Awa, begat Awanui, the ancestor of the Ngatiawa tribe of Taranaki, formerly of the North, at Hokianga. [See <hi rend="sc">Nukutawhiti</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWAKARI</hi>, (or <hi rend="i">Awakeri</hi>,) a ditch. Cf. <hi rend="i">awa</hi>, a channel, <hi rend="i">kari</hi> and <hi rend="i">keri</hi>, to dig; <hi rend="i">awamate</hi>, a ditch; <hi rend="i">awarua</hi>, a ditch. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Awa</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Kari</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWAMATE</hi>, a moat, a ditch outside palisading of a <hi rend="i">pa</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">awa</hi>, a channel; <hi rend="i">awarua</hi> and <hi rend="i">awakari</hi>, a ditch.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWANGA</hi>, a highly prized variety of <hi rend="i">taro</hi>. 2. A variety of flax (<hi rend="i">Phormium</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWANGAWANGA</hi>, uneasy in mind, disturbed.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWANGARUA</hi>, a variety of the <hi rend="i">kumara</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWANUIARANGI</hi> (myth.), a name given to Kaitangata, on his marriage with Whaitiri—A. H. M., i., 127. [See <hi rend="sc">Kaitangata</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Whaitiri</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWARUA</hi>, a ditch, a trench. Cf. <hi rend="i">awa</hi>, a channel; <hi rend="i">rua</hi>, a hole; two; <hi rend="i">awakari</hi>, a ditch; <hi rend="i">awamate</hi>. a moat.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-AWARUA</hi>, a ditch inside the palisading of a <hi rend="i">pa</hi>. Cf. <hi rend="i">awamate</hi>, the ditch outside the palisading of a <hi rend="i">pa</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWATEA</hi>, broad daylight: <hi rend="i">Kaore ano i awatea noa, ka hura te ata</hi>—P. M., 198. Cf. <hi rend="i">atea</hi>, clear, free from from obstruction; <hi rend="i">watea</hi>, unoccupied, clear; <hi rend="i">tea</hi>, white. 2. Noon.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ateatea</hi>, wide, spacious; <hi rend="i">oatea</hi>, noon; <hi rend="i">aoatea</hi>, before noon. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—awakea, noon, mid-day; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the name of the god who opened the Gate of the Sun. Cf. <hi rend="i">akea</hi>, broad, spacious; <hi rend="i">kea</hi>, white. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—avatea, noon. Cf. <hi rend="i">atea</hi>, clear, spacious. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—avatea, noon. Cf. <hi rend="i">avaragi</hi>, beautiful, white of skin; <hi rend="i">mahina-atea</hi>, daylight. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">atea</hi>, a day; clear, open. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tea</hi>, whitish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWATEA</hi> (myth.), [See <hi rend="sc">Atka</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWAU</hi>, I, me. A South Island form: <hi rend="i">Nahau ano awau</hi>—W. T., vii. 37 [See <hi rend="sc">Ahau</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWE</hi>, soot. 2. The long hairs on a dog's tail or rump. Cf. <hi rend="i">hawe</hi>, a bird having long skeleton feathers; <hi rend="i">kawekawe</hi>, the tentacles of cuttlefish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWEAWE</hi>, floating in the air: <hi rend="i">Aweawe ana nga korero i runga o Maunga Piware</hi>—Prov.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">puawe</hi>, thin, soft, fine, like the filaments of cobweb. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ave</hi>, the long feelers of the cuttle-fish; a tassel or ornament appended to a bow; the tail or train of a gown.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWE</hi>, soon. Cf. <hi rend="i">wawe</hi>, soon.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWEKE</hi>, obstinate in wrong; perverse. 2. Slow, dawdling. 3. To contend against. 4. To misrepresent.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWEKO</hi>, old, ancient. Cf. <hi rend="i">weko</hi>, to be extinguished. 2. Knowing, understanding.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWENGA</hi> (myth.), the name of the point of Maui's fish-hook—A. H. M., ii. 91. [See <hi rend="sc">Maui</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWETO</hi>, an obstacle, obstruction, barrier.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWETO</hi>, or Ameto (myth.), the lowest region of Hades (<hi rend="i">Po</hi>); absolute extinction. Cf. <hi rend="i">weko</hi>, to be extinguished.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHA</hi> (<hi rend="i">awhà</hi>), a gale, a storm: <hi rend="i">Ka riro te mumuhau, ka riro te awha</hi>—M. M., 209. Cf. <hi rend="i">kowha</hi>. to burst open, split; <hi rend="i">ngawha</hi>, to burst open; <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, breath [See Tongan]. 2. Rain: <hi rend="i">Ka tukua iho e Maui he awha puroro</hi>—W. T., vii. 38. Cf. <hi rend="i">patapataiawha</hi>, heavy rain.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—afa (<hi rend="i">afà</hi>), a storm: <hi rend="i">Aua na te tu'imomomoina au i le afa</hi>; He breaketh me with a tempest. Cf. <hi rend="i">afaina</hi>, to be hurt, endangered. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afa</hi>, to crack or split, break, or burst; <hi rend="i">afafa</hi>, torn or rent in many places; <hi rend="i">aha</hi>, to crack or split open. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, to breathe strongly; <hi rend="i">poha</hi>, to burst suddenly; bursting, cracking. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—afa, a storm, a hurricane; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a wonder-maker; to appear astonished; afaafa, strong, robust, healthy; faka-afa, to raise or cause a hurricane. Cf. <hi rend="i">fafa</hi>, hoarse, bass.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHATO</hi>, a fungus, parasitic on a kind of caterpillar (<hi rend="i">Cordiceps robertsii</hi>). 2. The caterpillar itself: <hi rend="i">Ka mahi te awhato hohoni paenga</hi>—Prov. [See <hi rend="sc">Hawhato</hi>.]</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—afato, a large edible grub, found in dry trees. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ofato, an insect found in old timber. Ext. Poly.; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Fijian</hi>—</p>
        <pb xml:id="n36" n="36"/>
        <p>cf. <hi rend="i">yavato</hi>, a maggot which bores into wood. It becomes a flying insect. It is much eaten on poor islands.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHE</hi>, to gather up into a heap: <hi rend="i">E awhe ana, e patu ana, e huna ana</hi>—P.M., 89. 2. To surround; to beset. Cf. <hi rend="i">hawhe</hi>, to come or go round; <hi rend="i">taawhe</hi>, to go round a corner; <hi rend="i">takaawhe</hi>, circuitous; <hi rend="i">awheo</hi>, a halo; <hi rend="i">awhio</hi>, to go round about. 3. To measure a tree by embracing it. Cf. <hi rend="i">awhi</hi>, to embrace. 4. To pass round or behind.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHEAWHE</hi>, to set to work with many persons. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afe</hi>, a thousand; <hi rend="i">afi</hi>, a bundle. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afeafe</hi>, height, as <hi rend="i">afeafe o te ra</hi>, the height of the sun; long, tall, extended. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afe</hi>, a thousand; to turn aside, to turn in at, as into a house when on a journey; <hi rend="i">afeafei</hi>, to coil round the body; <hi rend="i">afeafetata</hi>, to turn short, to turn and go again; <hi rend="i">afeitui</hi>, a serpentine winding path. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Aneityum</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afwe</hi>, to whirl round the head.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHEO</hi>, to be surrounded with a halo. Cf. <hi rend="i">awhe</hi>, to surround; <hi rend="i">takaawhe</hi>, circuitous. [See <hi rend="sc">Awhe</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHETO</hi>, for <hi rend="i">awhato</hi>. [See <hi rend="sc">Awhato</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHI</hi>, to embrace: <hi rend="i">A ka awhí i a ia, ka hinga iho hoki ki runga ki tona kaki</hi>—Ken., xxxix. 4. Cf. <hi rend="i">awhe</hi>, to measure a tree by embracing it; <hi rend="i">awhio</hi>, to wind, to go round; <hi rend="i">hawhe</hi>, to come or go round; <hi rend="i">whiwhi</hi>, to be entangled. 2. To approach: <hi rend="i">Me awhi atu ki a ia</hi>—Tiu., x. 20.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHIWHIWHI</hi>, to approximate, resemble. Cf. <hi rend="i">kauàwhìwhiwhi</hi>, to approximate; <hi rend="i">whiwhi</hi>, to be entangled.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afi</hi>, to do up in a bundle; <hi rend="i">afisiga</hi>, an armful. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afifi</hi>, a bundle of breadfruit, or cocoanuts, tied together; <hi rend="i">fifi</hi>, entangled. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">afeafei</hi>, to warp or coil round the body; <hi rend="i">fifi</hi>, the cocoanut leaf twisted round trees. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahihi</hi>, to be united with another, or with others, in mischief or error; <hi rend="i">hihi</hi>, to spread out, as limbs of a tree; <hi rend="i">hihia</hi>, entangled. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fihina</hi>, grasp, seizure; <hi rend="i">fihitra</hi>, a clutch, grasp.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHINA</hi>, to assist, benefit: <hi rend="i">A hei awhina koe mona ki ona hoariri</hi>—Tiu., xxxiii. 7. Cf. <hi rend="i">awhi</hi>, to embrace, to approach.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ahihi</hi>, to be united with another or with others for purposes of mischief; to conspire.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHIO</hi>, to wind about, to go round about. Cf. <hi rend="i">whio</hi>, to whistle [see Hawaiian]; <hi rend="i">tawhio</hi>, to go round about; <hi rend="i">taiawhio</hi>, to encircle; <hi rend="i">takawhio</hi>, giddy, dizzy; <hi rend="i">takamio</hi>, to fly round and round, as a bird does before settling; <hi rend="i">amiomio</hi>, to turn round and round; giddy; <hi rend="i">awhi</hi>, to embrace.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHIOWHIO</hi>, a whirlwind.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—asiosio, a whirlwind: <hi rend="i">E sau le asiosio mai le itu i toga;</hi> The whirlwind comes out from the south. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) A waterspout; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) hot, as in a fever. [<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—The Samoan letter-change with Maori here (<hi rend="i">s for wh</hi>) is unusual. The <hi rend="i">wh</hi> of Maori should be equal to Samoan <hi rend="i">f</hi>, viz., <hi rend="i">afioafio</hi>.] </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—ahiohio, a whirlwind; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a waterspout. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hio</hi>, to twist, to spin. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">puahiohio</hi>, a whirlwind; the wind or whistle of a stone from a sling. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hiohio</hi>, to whistle; to hiss at. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hio</hi>, a slanting wind, <hi rend="i">i.e.</hi> a wind down hill; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) a howling noise; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) <hi rend="i">eructatio ventris</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHIOWHIO</hi> (myth.), the god of whirlwinds; a son of Rangamaomao. For genealogy from Rangi, the Sky, see A. H. M., i. 28; also M. S., 114.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHIORANGI</hi>, a celebrated stone axe, lost for many years, but recovered (with, as related, miraculous incidents,) in 1888. See <hi rend="i">Korimako</hi> of 20th January, 1888. This axe was supposed to have been brought to New Zealand by Turi [see <hi rend="sc">Turi</hi>], the navigator, and to have descended to him from the great god Tane. For account of this axe being used to shape the props of earth and sky, see A. H. M., i. 161, Eng. [See <hi rend="sc">Toko</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHIREINGA</hi>, to embrace in the region of spirits. Cf. <hi rend="i">awhi</hi>, to embrace; <hi rend="i">Reinga</hi>, the spirit's leap. [For comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Awhi</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Reinga</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">AWHITU</hi>, to feel regret; to feel hurt. Cf. <hi rend="i">awhi</hi>, approximate; <hi rend="i">tu</hi>, to wound.</p>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="c1-2" type="section">
        <head>E</head>
        <p><hi rend="b">E</hi>, a particle, generally preceding a word used as a verb, to express the future tense. When <hi rend="i">e</hi> is followed by <hi rend="i">ana</hi>, it denotes present time, as it also does when preceding numerals: <hi rend="i">Kaua e kai ake i muri nei</hi>—P. M., 81: <hi rend="i">E haere ana maua ki reira, ki Otawa</hi>—P. M., 143: <hi rend="i">E hia nga ra o to pononga?</hi>—Wai., cxix. 84.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—e, a sign of the future tense: <hi rend="i">E tapea mai oc iau, e ora ia vau i reira;</hi> Hold me up and I shall be safe. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—e, a sign of the future tense: <hi rend="i">E hoohaahaaia na mea hookano;</hi> The haughty shall be humbled. Cf. <hi rend="i">e</hi>, which following verbs marks a kind of second future tense: as <hi rend="i">Lohe e au</hi>, I heard before; <hi rend="i">Hiki e mai oia</hi>, He had arrived first. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—e, a sign of the future tense: <hi rend="i">Bea e mate ae mea kotoabe oku i mamani;</hi> Everything that is upon earth shall die.</p>
        <p>[<hi rend="sc">Note</hi>.—The <hi rend="i">e</hi> before numerals is often written in Polynesian as part of the numerals: as </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—<hi rend="i">ehia</hi>, how many? </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—<hi rend="i">ehia</hi>, how many? &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—<hi rend="i">eha</hi>, four. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—<hi rend="i">efa</hi>, four, &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">E</hi>, by, of the agent, and following words used as passive verbs only: <hi rend="i">A tokowha ona hoa i kainga katoatia e ia</hi>—P. M., 11: <hi rend="i">He aha a au i patua ai e koe</hi>—P. M., 22.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—e, by. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—e, by: <hi rend="i">E mea hamani hia e ana;</hi> A thing made by him. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—e, by: <hi rend="i">Ua ahewaia oia e ke alii;</hi>
<pb xml:id="n37" n="37"/>
He was condemned by the chief. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) From, away. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—e, by. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—e, by: <hi rend="i">Pepena ia te aki e te Etua;</hi> Heaven has been created by God. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) From: <hi rend="i">O maua a ke iho e tai;</hi> We are reserved from the flood. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—e, by.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">E</hi>, a sign of vocative case, preceding words used as nouns. Sometimes <hi rend="i">e</hi> follows the noun: <hi rend="i">E kui e ! maranga ki runga!</hi>—P. M., 25. It is used also to call attention: <hi rend="i">E! kua ngaro kei roto</hi>—P. M., 149. In poetry, it is used at the end of a line, without any English equivalent: <hi rend="i">E kai e hokia, e</hi>—G. P., 180.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—e, used to call attention: <hi rend="i">Lo'u tamà e, lo'u tamà e!</hi> My father! my father! </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—e, a sign of the vocative case, placed both before and after the noun: <hi rend="i">E te mau haava e!</hi> O ye judges! </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—e, a sign of vocative case when standing before nouns: <hi rend="i">E hoolohe mai oe i ka makou e kuu haku;</hi> Pay attention to us, O my lord. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—e, a sign of the vocative case: <hi rend="i">E taku metua, e!</hi> Oh! my father. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—e, a sign of vocative case. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fijian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">e</hi>, a sign of the vocative case. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">e</hi>, a sound used at the termination of a sentence.</p>
        <p>The termination <hi rend="i">e</hi>, to lines of poetry, is also in general use: as </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—<hi rend="i">Toli mai sea ‘ula e, tau mamao, a galo, e</hi>. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—<hi rend="i">O te tai-toko e hetu, e!</hi> </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—<hi rend="i">Kau ia ka makani, hiamoe, la, e</hi>. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangaian</hi>—<hi rend="i">Kua ngaro iaaku te angaanga e!</hi> &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EA</hi> (<hi rend="i">eà</hi>), an exclamation expressing surprise. Cf. <hi rend="i">a</hi>, and <hi rend="i">e</hi>, exclamations calling attention or expressing surprise.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ea, an interjection of surprise or wonder. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ea, the expression of a call to one's attention.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EA</hi>, to appear above water: <hi rend="i">Ka ea to ika, he haku no te moana uri</hi>—G. P., 10. Cf. <hi rend="i">puea</hi>, to be brought to the surface; <hi rend="i">maea</hi>, to emerge; <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, breath. [See Mangarevan.] 2. To be brought to land; to be hauled on shore, as a canoe, a fishing net, &amp;c. 3. To be produced, as a crop. Cf. <hi rend="i">rea</hi>, to spring up, to grow. 4. To be paid. 5. To be paid for. 6. To be avenged: <hi rend="i">Ka ea tana kanga i a Mutuhanga i a Manahua</hi>—P. M., 04. 7. To be performed, as a religious ceremony.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-EA</hi>, to pay for.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-EAEA</hi>, to lift or draw up out of the water.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EANGA</hi>, arising, rising, as of heavenly bodies: <hi rend="i">Ki te eanga mai o te marama ka puta ia</hi>—A. H. M., iii. 6.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—ea, to rise to the surface, as a diver; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to return home, as war captives; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to granulate, as a sore; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to rise to a level, as a hole being filled up; fa'a-ea, to raise up, to exalt. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ea, a road, pathway, or ladder; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) salvation, health, liberty, escape; to be in health or liberty; healed; eaea, to escape, and that repeatedly; faa-ea, to cease, to rest; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to save, to heal. Cf. <hi rend="i">e</hi>, to be incommoded by wet, as a house when water comes in, or rises from beneath; to swell, to tumefy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ea, to raise up, as a person bowed down; to rise up: <hi rend="i">Ea mai Hawaii-nui-Akea;</hi> Rising up is Hawaiki-nui-Atea. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) To lift up, or throw up; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to raise up,’ as from the grave: <hi rend="i">Pela ka mea e iho ana i ka luakupapau, aole ia e ea hou ae iluna;</hi> So he who goes down into the grave shall rise up no more. (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) To mount or get upon, as a raised bed: <hi rend="i">Aole hoi au i ea maluna o ko'u wahi moe;</hi> I will not get up upon my bed. (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) To rise up, as water: <hi rend="i">Ea ae la na wai iluna me he puu la;</hi> The waters rose up in a heap. (<hi rend="i">f</hi>.) A species of turtle, much valued for its shell: <hi rend="i">Ea makaulimo;</hi> The sea-turtle fearing the sea-grass (<hi rend="i">i.e.</hi> lest his flippers get entangled in it); (<hi rend="i">g</hi>.) the shell of the turtle; (<hi rend="i">h</hi>.) dirt, dust raised by the wind; dusty; (<hi rend="i">i</hi>.) spirit, vital breath; (<hi rend="i">j</hi>.) life itself. Eaea, high, dignified, honourable; hoo-ea, to be raised, as land out of the ocean; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to rise in sight, as a cloud; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>) to rise up, as out of the water; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) to stir up, excite, as the affections. Cf. <hi rend="i">eaeakai</hi>, that which is covered by drops of sea-spray; <hi rend="i">kaiea</hi>, a rising tide; a swelling of the sea. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fakaea</hi>, to be finished, performed; to cause to desist; to repose; to halt, stop. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—ea, to breathe, respire; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to float on the surface; eaea, the name of a large fish; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) glair, made from fish eggs [see <hi rend="sc">Renga</hi>]; eaea, to be better, spoken of a sick person. Cf. <hi rend="i">keea</hi>, discharge from the nose; hiccough. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ea, to respire. on coming up in the sea (also eha); (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) hollow-sounding, said of water falling on the earth; aka-ea, to respire; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to rest, to repose oneself; aka-eaea, to breathe with difficulty.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EAOIA</hi>, but: <hi rend="i">Eaoia, ki te kino tetahi tangata ki tona hoa</hi>—Tiu. xix. 11.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHAKE</hi>, a negative, not.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHARA</hi>, not: <hi rend="i">Ehara koe i te potiki naku</hi>—P. M., 13. 2. Doubtless.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHEA</hi>, Which? plural of tehea, Which? <hi rend="i">Ka mea atu ia, ‘Ki ehea mea ra?’</hi>—P. M., 30. Cf. <hi rend="i">hea</hi>, What place? What time? <hi rend="i">ahea</hi>, When? &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHI</hi>, an interjection, “Well!”</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHIA</hi>, How many? More correctly <hi rend="i">hia</hi> [see <hi rend="sc">Hia</hi>]. The Polynesian forms are often compóund words, as </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—<hi rend="i">ehia</hi>; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—<hi rend="i">ehia</hi>; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—<hi rend="i">ehia</hi>, &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHINU</hi>, some. Cf. <hi rend="i">etokohinu</hi>, some.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHU</hi>, turbid. Cf. <hi rend="i">hu</hi>, mud; to bubble up; <hi rend="i">kauehu</hi>, muddy, turbid; <hi rend="i">makekehu</hi>, light-haired. [See Tongan.] 2. Mist. Cf. <hi rend="i">nehu</hi>, dust; <hi rend="i">nehutai</hi>, sea-spray; <hi rend="i">rehu</hi>, mist; <hi rend="i">pungarehu</hi>, ashes; <hi rend="i">puehu</hi>, dust. 3. To bale water out of a canoe: <hi rend="i">Na katahi ka komotia te tata a Turi, ka ehua te wai</hi>—P. M., 111.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—efu, dust, to become dust; efuefu, dust; ‘efu, reddish-brown. Cf. <hi rend="i">nefu</hi>, to be turbid, to be stirred up; the name of a small fish; <hi rend="i">lefu</hi>, ashes; <hi rend="i">epu</hi>, to stir about, as water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ehu, discoloured, as water by reddish earth; muddy or disturbed water; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) red, or of sandy colour, as the hair; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) devastated, devastation; ehuehu, to be transiently agitated, either with fear or pleasure; faa-ehu, to stir up or befoul water; (fig.) to stir up strife or commotion; to persuade others to engage in an undertaking and then desert them. Cf. <hi rend="i">aehuehu</hi>, agitation; troubled, as the mind; <hi rend="i">puehu</hi>, to be blown away by the
<pb xml:id="n38" n="38"/>
wind; <hi rend="i">rouruehu</hi>, reddish or sandy hair. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ehu, the spray of the surf: <hi rend="i">I ehu i ke alo o Kuchu;</hi> Like surf-spray on the breast of Tuehu. (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) The steam of boiling water; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) red or sandy-haired; ruddy, florid: <hi rend="i">I ehu ke oho i ke kai liu;</hi> Reddish (becomes) the hair by the very salt sea. Ehuehu, a strong wind blowing severely; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) darkness arising from dust, fog, or vapour. Cf. <hi rend="i">ehuahiahi</hi>, the red of the evening; old age; <hi rend="i">ehukakahiaka</hi>, the red of the morning; youth; <hi rend="i">hehu</hi>, mist or vapour; <hi rend="i">kuehu</hi>, to shake the dust from a mat; <hi rend="i">lehu</hi>, ashes; <hi rend="i">puehu</hi>, to scatter, as dust before the wind. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—efu, dust: <hi rend="i">Bea e toe liliu ae tagata koe efu;</hi> Man shall turn again to dust. Efuefu, ashes: <hi rend="i">Bea naaku li a hono efuefu ki he vaitafe;</hi> I cast the ashes into the brook. Faka-efu, to raise a dust. Cf. <hi rend="i">efui</hi>, to wash the hair during the process of dyeing it; <hi rend="i">efuhia</hi>, dusty, covered with dust; <hi rend="i">afu</hi>, the spray or mist of the sea when breaking on the shore; <hi rend="i">gaehu</hi>, turbid, muddy, applied to water; <hi rend="i">kefu</hi>, yellowish, applied to the hair; indistinot to vision; <hi rend="i">maefu</hi>, dust; <hi rend="i">nenefu</hi>, dusky, dim. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—efu, fragments; to fall in particles. cf. <hi rend="i">hokehu</hi>, red hair; <hi rend="i">kehu</hi>, fair, blond; <hi rend="i">oioikehukehu</hi>, daybreak. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ehu, dust, ashes; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) trouble, commotion; ehuehu, water disturbed and stirred up; akaeu, to trouble, stir up. Cf. <hi rend="i">puehu</hi>, to break, tear, laoorato; to be fruitless, as a plan, &amp;c.; to be dispersed on every side; <hi rend="i">tuchuchu</hi>, dirty, soiled, said of clothing; <hi rend="i">vaiehu</hi>, disturbed water; <hi rend="i">taiehu</hi>, a troubled sea, a sea white as milk with the force of a gale; <hi rend="i">keukeukura</hi>, blond, fair.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EHU</hi>, to exhume, to disinter. Cf. <hi rend="i">hahu</hi>, to disinter the bones of chiefs; to scatter; <hi rend="i">uhu</hi>, to perform certain ceremonies at the exhumation of a chief's bones.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hehu</hi>, to pull up by the roots, to root up; to pull up for transplanting, to transplant; mist, vapour, spray of the surf. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ehu</hi>, fragments.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EI</hi>, an interjection, used at the ends of lines in poetry: <hi rend="i">Tena au, whanatu na, ei!</hi>—G. P., 388.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EIA</hi>, a current or tide (South Island). Cf. <hi rend="i">ia</hi>, a current.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EKE</hi>, generally to place oneself, or be placed, upon another object: 1. To embark: <hi rend="i">Ka rewa te waka o ona tuakana ki te hi ika, ka eke ia ki runga</hi>—P. M., 22. Cf. <hi rend="i">heke</hi>, to migrate. 2. To come to land, to get aground: <hi rend="i">Ka eke mai ki uta</hi>—P. M., 38. 3. To mount, as a horse: <hi rend="i">He nuka nana kia eke ai ia i runga i te ika nei, i a Tutunui</hi>—P. M., 38 Cf. <hi rend="i">ake</hi>, higher up, upwards. 4. To reach the summit of a mountain: <hi rend="i">Ka wai e eke ki runga ki te maunga ?</hi>—Wai., xxiv. 3. Cf. <hi rend="i">ake</hi>, upwards; <hi rend="i">kake</hi>, to ascend, to climb upon. 5. To go upwards: <hi rend="i">Ka eke rawa mai te ra ki runga</hi>—P. M., 49. Cf. <hi rend="i">toeke</hi>, to climb a tree with a cord loop round the feet. 6. To be laid or cast upon, as blame, &amp;c. 7. To come to be exercised over, as power, control, &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-EKE</hi>, to place upon, to load. 2. To rush upon, to attack: <hi rend="i">Hei whakaeke mo ratou i te po</hi>— Ken., xiv. 15. 3. To have sexual intercourse with: <hi rend="i">Ara te ohu ra, kia whakaekea tana wahine a Rongotiki</hi>—P. M., 116. 4. To hang a person, who is apparently drowned, head downwards in smoke to endeavour to resuscitate him. 5. A visitor, a guest.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EKEEKE</hi>, to mount upon: <hi rend="i">Tirohia atu hoki nga toa katoa e ekeeke ana i nga kahui</hi>—Ken., xxxi. 12.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—e'e, to raise on supports, as a canoe raised from the ground to keep it from rotting; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to abound, as fruit lying under the trees; ‘e‘e, to place upon, as on a shelf; to place oneself in a canoe; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to pay respect to, to reverence; fa‘a-e‘e (as the last word, <hi rend="i">‘e‘e</hi>). Cf. <hi rend="i">a‘e</hi>, to ascend; to rise, as waves; <hi rend="i">‘a‘e</hi>, to ascend, as a mountain, &amp;c. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—ee, to mount a horse; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to get on board a canoe; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to ground, as a canoe at a shallow place; faa-ee, to put up or hang up a thing; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to push oneself up against another; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to convey anything by water. Cf. <hi rend="i">eeao</hi>, a passenger who forces himself into a company proceeding by a water or land conveyance, not on foot; <hi rend="i">eeva</hi>, to ascend, as the moon and stars; <hi rend="i">eero</hi>, to ascend, as the moon after it has risen; <hi rend="i">ae</hi>, to climb, mount up; a climber; to touch the ground, as a boat or ship. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ee, to mount; to get up on anything higher, as a horse; to leap upon; to get on board ship; to rise: <hi rend="i">Kai nuu, kai ee, kai pipili a Iku;</hi> The swelling sea, the rising sea, the boisterous sea of Itu. Hoo-ee, to receive on board ship; to put upon, as a saddle on a horse; to set or put one up, as upon a horse; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to pass from one carriage to another; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) a rising, a sweeping. Cf. <hi rend="i">eee</hi>, to rise from one's seat to steal something: hence, to be mischievous; <hi rend="i">eea</hi>, to rise up frequently; <hi rend="i">ae</hi>, to raise or lift up, as the head; to mount, as a horse; to be sea-sick; to pass from one place to another; <hi rend="i">eehi</hi>, to tramp up; to kick up, as dust; <hi rend="i">hikiee</hi>, to bridge over a stream; a stream; a raised platform for sleeping. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—eke, to go upwards; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—eke, to embark; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to ascend an elevation; aka-eke, to ascend an elevation; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to embark; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to upset, vanquish; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) a prayer to a deity for a favour; aka-ekeeke, to make soft, pulpy, liquid; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to vanquish. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—faka-eke, to transport, carry; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to hang up.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EKOTOTE</hi>, a species of tree-fern, commonly known as <hi rend="i">Ponga</hi> (Bot. <hi rend="i">Cyathea dealbata</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EMI</hi><hi rend="b">EMIEMI</hi>, to be assembled, gathered together. Cf, <hi rend="i">ami</hi>, to heap up; <hi rend="i">toemi</hi>, a handnet; <hi rend="i">kuemi</hi>, to be assembled. 2. To be ashamed.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-EMI</hi>, to gather together: <hi rend="i">Katahi ka whakaemia kia kite i te patunga o Whakaturia</hi> —P. M., 66.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—emi, to fall behind, to decrease in number; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to take a humble place; to despond; to flag, fail in courage; to think oneself of little consequence; hoo-emi, to diminish; to shorten; to make few; emiemi, to fall behind, backwardly; lazily; ho-emi, to lessen, to shrink; ho-emiemi, to shrink back, as the mind; to hesitate. Cf. <hi rend="i">emikua</hi>, to go backwards; <hi rend="i">kuemi</hi>, to stand or retreat, as from something feared. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">emi</hi>, to move, to shift, as the wind; <hi rend="i">emiemi</hi>, to make wry faces; to move, to wriggle about; <hi rend="i">taemi</hi>, to jump or caper along. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—emi, to make narrow, close, close together; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to draw back; to withdraw. Cf. <hi rend="i">emiee</hi>, to be
<pb xml:id="n39" n="39"/>
surprised. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—emiemi, to tremble with fear or rage; to shiver; aka-emiemi, to soften; to make pulpy; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) to bend, bow; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) to appease. Cf. <hi rend="i">kitèmi</hi>, to reproach. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—emiemi, fright, terror; haka-emi, to menace.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EMIEMI</hi>, the name of a small tree (Bot. <hi rend="i">Dracophyllum latifolium</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ENA</hi>, those; plural of <hi rend="i">tena</hi> [see <hi rend="sc">Tena</hi>]: <hi rend="i">E tika ana ano ena kupu</hi>—P. M., 16. Cf. <hi rend="i">enei</hi>, these.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aena</hi>, that? those? <hi rend="i">aeni</hi>, this? these? <hi rend="i">hena</hi>, that place there; <hi rend="i">koena</hi>, that; <hi rend="i">koeni</hi>, this. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ena</hi>, there, “See there!” Ext. Poly.: Redscar Bay—cf. <hi rend="i">ena</hi>, this. Brierley Islands—cf. <hi rend="i">aena</hi>, this. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Kayan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ini</hi>, this.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ENE</hi>, to flatter, to cajole; to try to obtain by coaxing. Cf. <hi rend="i">maeneene</hi>, soft to touch; smooth. 2. <hi rend="i">Eneene-riri</hi>, to provoke a quarrel.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ENEENE</hi>, conceited, pert (of children only).</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eneene</hi>, to tickle; <hi rend="i">tauene</hi>, to stretch out the hand and not be able to reach; to long for and not be able to obtain. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ene</hi>, to creep, as a child first attempting to creep along to get near an object; <hi rend="i">eneene</hi>, to move itself, as a thing of life; to file or rasp gently; <hi rend="i">ho-ene</hi>, to sing, to be joyful; pleasure; to give an injection. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ene</hi>, to approach near, or too near; strong, urgent, pressin?; <hi rend="i">faa-ene</hi>, to encroach, as on the border of a land. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eneene</hi>, to tickle; to show the fists or a club as a challenge for boxing; <hi rend="i">faka-eneene</hi>, to work cautiously and carefully; <hi rend="i">maeneene</hi>, to be ticklish; <hi rend="i">taene</hi>, to work the fists or the club in challenge.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ENGARI</hi>, it is better, it is more advantageous. Sometimes, by transposition, <hi rend="i">erangi: Kauaka, engari me wehewehe raua</hi>—P. M., 7. 2. But, rather.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">gali</hi>, becoming, fit; <hi rend="i">galigali</hi>, likely, probably.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EO</hi>, a flat rock (one auth.)</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EPA</hi>, <hi rend="b">EPAEPA</hi>, to pelt, to throw at: <hi rend="i">ki te epaina ranei e ia tetahi mea ki a ia</hi>—Tau., xxxv. 22. Cf. <hi rend="i">pa</hi>, to be struck.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">epa</hi>, to be deceitful; to steal; one who is false to his trust; an act of villainy.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EPA</hi>, boards placed on edge under the end rafters of a Maori house. 2. Posts at end of a Native house, between the <hi rend="i">poupou</hi> and <hi rend="i">poutàhuhu</hi>. 3. Objection, hindrance. Cf. <hi rend="i">pa</hi>, a fort; to obstruct.</p>
        <p>[As it is possible that this word has lost an initial <hi rend="i">r</hi>, see <hi rend="sc">Repa</hi>]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ERA</hi>, those; the plural of <hi rend="i">tera</hi>: <hi rend="i">Nga korero o era rangi, mahue noa ake</hi>—Prov. [See <hi rend="sc">Tera</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ERANGI</hi>, it is better. A transposition of <hi rend="i">engari: Erangi me haere au ki roto ki te rua</hi>—P. M., 98. [See <hi rend="sc">Engari</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ERO</hi>, to exhaust.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ERO</hi>, to lessen, become fewer, dwindle. Cf. <hi rend="i">maero</hi>, to become weak, listless; <hi rend="i">kero</hi>, dead, maimed.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">faa-ero</hi>, to be addled, rotten (applied to eggs); abortive (applied to fruit). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fa‘a-elo</hi>, to leave till it becomes stinking, as sharks; <hi rend="i">elo</hi>, to stink. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">elo</hi>, wet; to soak, as <hi rend="i">kapa</hi> (Native cloth, <hi rend="i">tapa</hi>,) with rain; <hi rend="i">elowale</hi>, to be wet, dirty, defiled. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">elo</hi>, putrid, stinking. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ero</hi>, abortive, an abortion, applied to badly-grown trees, &amp;c.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ETAHI</hi>, some; the plural of <hi rend="i">tetahi</hi>: <hi rend="i">I tua hae etahi o nga hapu</hi>—M. M., 129. [See <hi rend="sc">Tetahi</hi>.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-ETE</hi>, to enter by forcing a way through a crowd. Cf. <hi rend="i">whete</hi>, to be forced out.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">faa-eteete</hi>, to make much of oneself; to spare oneself work by putting it on to others; <hi rend="i">paete</hi>, to be made angry. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ekeeke</hi>, to be pained, to be displeased; <hi rend="i">ekeu</hi>, proud, haughty. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">etc</hi>, to be afraid; <hi rend="i">eteriki</hi>, to got into a crowd. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ety</hi>, narrow, strait, close; <hi rend="i">mifanety</hi>, to press one another.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ETEHI</hi>, some (for <hi rend="i">etahi</hi>, plural of <hi rend="i">tetahi</hi>): <hi rend="i">Ka mea atu etehi</hi>, ‘Delta<hi rend="i">e</hi>.’—P. M., 15.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ETI</hi>, to shrink, recoil, draw, back.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ETIETI</hi>, disgusting.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ete</hi>, to be afraid; <hi rend="i">etieti</hi>, to tear, to rend. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">‘eti</hi>, to forbid, as a child. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eteete</hi>, to be shocked, disgusted.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ETIA</hi>, how great. 2. Like to; resembling.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">ETOKOHINU</hi>, some. For <hi rend="i">ehinu</hi>.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EWA</hi>, to loose from a bond. Cf. <hi rend="i">rewa</hi>, to dissolve.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-EWA</hi>, the strings of a mat. Cf. <hi rend="i">whakaewarangi</hi>, a highly-ornamented mat.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—aka-eva, to suspend to a string; to tie for hanging a thing up. Cf. <hi rend="i">maevaeva</hi>, an old torn garment. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">maevaeva</hi>, to be shaking in the wind, as a flag. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ewaewa</hi>, unequal, irregular.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-EWARANGI</hi>, a highly-ornamented mat: <hi rend="i">Uhia au te whakaewarangi</hi>—M. M. 77.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EWE</hi>, the <hi rend="i">placenta</hi>, or afterbirth: <hi rend="i">Tuku ewe, tuku take, tuku parapara, naumai ki waho</hi>—S. M., 110. Cf. <hi rend="i">whenua</hi>, the afterbirth; <hi rend="i">tewe</hi>, the membrane of the fœtus. 2. The land of one's birth. Cf. <hi rend="i">whenua</hi>, the land of one's birth.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—eve, the <hi rend="i">secundines</hi> (afterbirth) of a beast; eveeve, torn, ragged. Cf. <hi rend="i">evehoe</hi>, twins; <hi rend="i">fanaueve</hi>, to be exhausted and weakened by bringing forth young repeatedly. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ewe, the navel string; (<hi rend="i">b</hi>.) the white of an egg; (<hi rend="i">c</hi>.) the abdominal aorta; (<hi rend="i">d</hi>.) the place of one's birth, and where his ancestors before him were born; (<hi rend="i">e</hi>.) to grow again after being cut off, as a stalk of sugar-cane; ewe-ewe, the love and remembrance one has for the place of his birth, and where he spent his early years. Cf. <hi rend="i">ewaewaiki</hi>, the imaginary voice of a female spirit of one who has died, and her unborn infant with her; <hi rend="i">iewe</hi>, the navel string; the infant itself; the <hi rend="i">placenta; ieiewe</hi>, the <hi rend="i">placenta;</hi> the <hi rend="i">uterus</hi> or womb. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—eve, the womb.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">EWENE</hi>, only a few. Cf. <hi rend="i">wene</hi>, many, numerous</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">owene</hi>, small <hi rend="i">kalo</hi> (<hi rend="i">taro</hi>). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eve</hi>, many, numerous.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n40" n="40"/>
      <div xml:id="c1-3" type="section">
        <head>H</head>
        <p><hi rend="b">HA</hi> (<hi rend="i">hà</hi>), breath. Cf. <hi rend="i">hanene</hi>, blowing gently; <hi rend="i">hau</hi>, wind; <hi rend="i">whango</hi>, hoarse; having a nasal sound. [See Hawaiian.] 2. Taste, flavour; o tas te.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-HA</hi>, to breathe; to emit breath.</p>
        <p>Samoan-fa, to be hoarse; to lose the voice; fafa, hoarseness. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—ha, to breathe; to breathe with exertion; a strong breath: <hi rend="i">Aia i ka Aaia haha mau ia a Kane;</hi> There at the Aaia constantly breathed upon by Tane. (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) (fig.) To breathe revenge; (<hi rend="i">c.</hi>) (fig.) light, transitory as a breath; haha, to breathe hard, to pant for breath, as if in great haste; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to feel for, to grope for (= Maori <hi rend="i">wha</hi>); (<hi rend="i">c.</hi>) a swelling, a puffing up; hoo-haha, to strut, to act the fop. Cf. <hi rend="i">aa</hi>, to make a noise, as a dumb person trying to speak; <hi rend="i">uha</hi>, to belch up wind; to swell, distend, as the stomach; <hi rend="i">uhane</hi>, the soul, the spirit; the ghost of a deceased person; <hi rend="i">haili</hi>, to gasp for breath; a ghost, a spirit; <hi rend="i">hanu</hi>, to breathe; the natural breath; a spirit (cf. Malay, <hi rend="i">hantu</hi>, a spirit); <hi rend="i">hano</hi>, the breath; <hi rend="i">hanou</hi>, the asthma; <hi rend="i">hae</hi>, the bark of a dog. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—fa, to be hoarse; fafa, hoarse. Cf. <hi rend="i">fagufagu</hi>, a flute; <hi rend="i">afa</hi>, a hurricane; <hi rend="i">halotu</hi>, to sob in crying. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">haha</hi>, a loud laugh. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hapu</hi>, asthma; oppressive breathing; a cough; to cough. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">eha</hi>, to respire on emerging above water. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">havoka voka</hi> (<hi rend="i">i.e., hapukapuka</hi>), lungs; </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hantu</hi>, a ghost.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HA</hi> (<hi rend="i">hà</hi>), to hesitate in speaking. [For comparatives, see <hi rend="sc">Ha</hi>, breath.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HA</hi>, strong. A contraction from <hi rend="i">kaha</hi>, strong (one auth.). <hi rend="i">Tane-ua-ha;</hi> Strong-necked Tane —S. M., 19.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHA</hi> (<hi rend="i">hàhà</hi>), to warn off by shouting. Cf. <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, to breathe.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">sa</hi>, forbidden, prohibited (formerly much used as sacred, holy); <hi rend="i">sasa</hi>, a sign, portent. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, a prayer or incantation formerly used for the healing of a person poisoned by eating certain fishes, or of a person who was choked by eating fish bones; <hi rend="i">haio !</hi> an exclamation, “Off with you !” </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">faha</hi>, a madman, a fool; <hi rend="i">faha-faha</hi>, to go shouting, as one foolish. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, prohibited, sacred, as <hi rend="i">e ha akariki</hi>, breadfruit sacred to the king; <hi rend="i">e ha tupapaku</hi>, food sacred to the dead.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HA</hi>, an interjection, “What !” Cf. <hi rend="i">hà</hi>, breath; <hi rend="i">hàhà</hi>, to warn off by shouting.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—haha, an exclamation of surprise. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">ha</hi>, an exclamation of approbation and surprise.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAE</hi>, <hi rend="b">HAHAE</hi>, to tear, lacerate; to slit: <hi rend="i">Ka no ake te koripi, ka haea te puku a Tupeketi</hi>—W. T., vii. 41. Cf. <hi rend="i">ngahae</hi>, to be torn; <hi rend="i">haemata</hi>, to cut up in an uncooked state. 2. To become detached (longitudinally). 3. To hate, loathe; fear, dislike. 4. Envy, to be envious: <hi rend="i">I tua hae etahi o nga hapu</hi>—M. M., 129. Cf. <hi rend="i">puhaehae</hi>, envious. 5. Jealous: <hi rend="i">Ka hae na Rauriki ki a Hotua</hi>—A. H. M., i. 34. Cf. <hi rend="i">tuahae</hi>, jealous; <hi rend="i">taruhae</hi>, jealous. 6. To dawn: <hi rend="i">Te ata ka haea i runga o Tongariro</hi>—G. P., 153.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEHAE</hi>, to cut repeatedly: <hi rend="i">Tukua mai ki tenei rakau, kia ripiripia, kia haehaea</hi>—P. M., 100. <hi rend="i">He tangi haehae</hi>, a wailing, accompanied with cutting of the skin. 2. To cut up: <hi rend="i">Kei te kai, kei te haehae i taua ika</hi>—P. M., 24.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-HAEHAE</hi>, to frighten, terrify.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—sae, to tear off the bark or skin; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to go about gadding; (<hi rend="i">c.</hi>) to bring a house round by an open space when removing it, so as to avoid trees, &amp;c.; saei, to tear: <hi rend="i">Ua ia saeia au i lona toasa;</hi> He tears me in his wrath (recip. fesaeia'ina, to be torn to pieces); saesae, brightly, brilliantly, of a fire; sasae, to tear, to rend; fa'a-saesae, to walk with the legs far apart; to be bandy-legged. Cf. <hi rend="i">masae</hi>, to be torn: <hi rend="i">masaesae</hi>, to be torn to rags; <hi rend="i">masaesaelelagi</hi>, to die (of chiefs). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—hae, the wildness of beasts; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) jealous; to be jealous; haea, rent, torn; to be rent or torn; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) deceitful; duplicity; hahae, to rend, to tear; haehae, to tear anything; to break an agreement; to separate, or break off an acquaintance; faa-haehae, to provoke. Cf. <hi rend="i">fauhaea</hi>, the <hi rend="i">fau</hi> tree (<hi rend="i">Hibiscus tiliaceus</hi>) stripped or torn, which sometimes began a quarrel; <hi rend="i">maehae</hi>, a spear or lance; torn or rent; <hi rend="i">pahae</hi>, to tear, as paper; <hi rend="i">pahaehae</hi>, to cause divisions; <hi rend="i">pihae</hi>, to rend or tear; to vomit; <hi rend="i">pohaehae</hi>, jealousy. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—hae, to tear in pieces; to rend, as a savage beast; something torn, as a piece of <hi rend="i">kapa</hi> (<hi rend="i">tapa</hi>) or cloth. [The Hawaiian signals were formerly made of torn <hi rend="i">kapa</hi>: hence, in modern times, a flag, ensign, &amp;c.] (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) The growling or snarling of a cross dog; (<hi rend="i">c.</hi>) a word expressive of deep affection for another; hahae, to rend, tear, as a garment; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to break; to separate into parts; haehae, to tear, as a garment: <hi rend="i">Alaila haehae iho la lakou i ko lakou mau kapa;</hi> Then they rent their clothes. (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) To tear in pieces, as a savage beast does a person; (<hi rend="i">c.</hi>) to rend, as the mountains in a hurricane: <hi rend="i">A haehae ae la ka makani nui ikaika i na mauna;</hi> A great and strong wind rent the mountains. (<hi rend="i">d.</hi>) To be moved with compassion; to sympathise with one; (<hi rend="i">e.</hi>) strong affection; a strong desire, as that of a starving man for food. Cf. <hi rend="i">haehaeia</hi>, torn; injured; <hi rend="i">hai</hi>, to break open; to break off (= Maori <hi rend="i">whaki</hi>); <hi rend="i">kihaehae</hi>, to tear to pieces; <hi rend="i">kihae</hi>, to be possessed by some god; to become a god and go above; <hi rend="i">nahae</hi>, to rend, tear, burst; to break, as the heart with sadness; <hi rend="i">nohae</hi>, to be torn, rent; to burst; <hi rend="i">pohae</hi>, to be torn, as a hole in a bundle; <hi rend="i">pohaehae</hi>, brittle, rotten, as a cloth easily torn. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—hae, a rent, a tear; to rend; torn, riven: <hi rend="i">Oua naa too ae tata mei ho mou ulu, bea oua naa hae ho mou kofu;</hi> Do not uncover your heads nor rend your clothes. (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) To strip off bark; haehae, to tear to. pieces; rents; lacerations. Cf. <hi rend="i">fehae</hi>, to tear on all sides; <hi rend="i">mahae</hi>, torn in several places. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—aae, to rend,
<pb xml:id="n41" n="41"/>
tear: <hi rend="i">E kua aae koe i oou kakau;</hi> You have torn your garments. Aeae, to rend, tear: <hi rend="i">E kua aeae au i te ekaeka o to ratou ngakau;</hi> I will rend the caul of their hearts. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—hae, to be angry. Cf. <hi rend="i">kahae</hi> and <hi rend="i">kehae</hi>, rent, torn. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—hae, to rend, tear; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to strip off bark; (<hi rend="i">c.</hi>) to hit; to strike; haehae, to tear cloth, &amp;c.; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to bark, as a dog; aka-haehae, to vex, trouble; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to trap; to tempt, to offer bait. Cf. <hi rend="i">aae</hi>, to split; to cut; <hi rend="i">aka-ha</hi>, to take off the bark. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—hae, jealous; faka-hae, to scare, startle. Cf. <hi rend="i">kihae</hi>, to put in portions or pieces; <hi rend="i">taehae</hi>, inhuman. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Fijian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">sae</hi>, a ghost, a spectre (cf. here the Marquesan <hi rend="i">vainehaehae</hi>, a female spectre, a vampire); </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">haihay</hi>, shame, reproach.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEATA</hi>, dawn: <hi rend="i">Ra te haeta, takina mai i te ripa</hi>—G. P., 28. Cf. <hi rend="i">hae</hi>, dawn; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, early morning; <hi rend="i">hae</hi>, to rend; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, shadow; <hi rend="i">ngahae</hi>, dawn; to be torn. 2. A beam of light entering any dark place.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEATANGA</hi>, an opening admitting a beam of light.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">sae</hi>, to rend off bark, or skin; <hi rend="i">saesae</hi>, brightly, brilliantly, of fire; (<hi rend="i">tafa</hi>, to cut, gash; the dawn;) <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, dawn. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">tatahiata</hi>, dawn; <hi rend="i">aahiata</hi>, dawn; <hi rend="i">haeamata</hi>, an introductory invocation to a god, that he might open his eyes and attend; <hi rend="i">haehae</hi>, to rend anything; <hi rend="i">ata</hi>, the twilight. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi> — cf. <hi rend="i">kakahiaka</hi>, morning (lit. “breaking the shadow”); <hi rend="i">hae</hi>, to rend; <hi rend="i">aka</hi>, dawn of moonlight, before the moon rises; shadow. [For full comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Hae</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Ata.</hi>]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEKARO</hi>, the name of a shrub (Bot. <hi rend="i">Pittosporum umbellatum</hi>).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEMATA</hi>, to cut up in an uncooked state: <hi rend="i">Ko Whakapapatuakura i taona, ko Tanga-kakariki i haematatia</hi>—P. M., 112. Cf. <hi rend="i">hae</hi>, to slit, tear; <hi rend="i">mata</hi>, raw, uncooked; <hi rend="i">kaimata</hi>, uncooked. [For full comparatives see <hi rend="sc">Hae</hi>, and <hi rend="sc">Mata.</hi>]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEORA</hi>, or <hi rend="i">Hoeora</hi> (myth.), a great chief of antediluvian times. From him Ruatapu (who caused the Deluge) borrowed the canoe <hi rend="i">Tu-tepae-rangi</hi>, into which he inveigled all the first-born heads of families, and destroyed them. Haeora and Paikea survived awhile; but Haeora did not reach the shore, although he managed to send an important message by Paikea, before he (Haeora) was pursued and killed by Ruatapu. Hence the proverb: <hi rend="i">Toki nui a Haeora</hi>, (“The great axe of Haeora,”) for revenge kept in mind—Col., Trans., xiv., 19; A. H. M., iii. 10.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAERE</hi>, a word used as a verb of motion: <hi rend="i">haeremai</hi>, come hither; <hi rend="i">haere atu</hi>, go away. <hi rend="i">Haeremai</hi> is a phrase used in welcome of a guest: <hi rend="i">Ko korua pea ko Tama-arero i haere tahi mai</hi>—Prov. 2. To become, to change from one state to another. Pass. haerea, to be travelled over.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEREERE</hi>, to wander, to stroll about: <hi rend="i">Ka minamina tona ngakau ki te haereere ki taua wahi</hi>—P. M., 174.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">Whaka-HAERE</hi>, to cause to go; to carry about. 2. To search for, to explore; to go about to examine. 3. To conduct any business, to execute.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—haere, to go or come (with <hi rend="i">mai</hi> and <hi rend="i">atu</hi>, as in Maori): <hi rend="i">Eiaha ra ei vahi maoro ia haere</hi>; Only you shall not go very far away. Hahaere, to walk or move from place to place; haerea, walk, deportment; faa-haerea, conversation; mode of conduct. Cf. <hi rend="i">haereominomino</hi>, to wander; <hi rend="i">haereotaratara</hi>, to go from place to place without settling; <hi rend="i">haerearii</hi>, to go by little and little. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi>—haele, to travel, to walk, to voyage; the act of walking or voyaging (applied to chiefs); (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to appear (applied to gods); the appearance of the gods; faka-haele, to conduct a great personage; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to teach a child to walk. Cf. <hi rend="i">haeleeletuu</hi>, to walk about almost constantly; <hi rend="i">fehaeleaki</hi>, to walk about (applied to two or more chiefs). </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—haele, to go or come (with <hi rend="i">mai</hi> or <hi rend="i">aku</hi> [<hi rend="i">atu</hi>], as in Maori), but the word requires a plural subject: <hi rend="i">Haele aku la na mamo Israela;</hi> The children of Israel went away. The common form is hele, to move in any way (with <hi rend="i">mai</hi> and <hi rend="i">aku</hi>), to walk, to go: <hi rend="i">E aho no ka hele mamuli o ka noho ana me ka pilikia;</hi> It is better to go than to stay in perplexity; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to act, to exhibit moral conduct. Hoo-hele, to cause one to go or pass on: <hi rend="i">Hoo-hele mawaena o ke ahi no lakou;</hi> To cause them to pass through the fire for them. (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) To desire or pretend to go on. Cf. <hi rend="i">hakahele</hi>, to walk with measured steps, as if weak; <hi rend="i">helekiki</hi>, to act hastily; to go in a hurry; <hi rend="i">helehonua</hi>, to precede; <hi rend="i">kaahele</hi>, to travel about. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">savali</hi>, to walk; <hi rend="i">savalivali</hi>, to keep moving on. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Rarotongan</hi>—aere, to go or come: <hi rend="i">E tuatua meitaki tena; e aere taua;</hi> “Well said; let us go.” Aaere, to walk; to walk about: <hi rend="i">I aaere ana aia ma au katoa ma te au e te tiratiratu;</hi> He walked with me in peace and equity. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—ere, to walk, to go; erega, a walk, a promenade; aka-ere, to cause to go; to walk; a procession; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) to talk of ancestors, to enumerate genealogies. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—haere, to go or come; haere?a, walking about; hahaere, going continuously. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Moriori</hi>—here, to go or come. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Marquesan</hi>—hee, to go or come: <hi rend="i">Atea me Ono hee anatu, hee ma una;</hi> Atea and Rongo pass onward, pass upward: <hi rend="i">A umoi a hee atu;</hi> Do not go away. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Malagasy</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">helihely</hi>, going about, or hovering about. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Sikayana</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">aera-mai</hi>, “Come here.”</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAERE</hi> (myth.), a spirit residing in fragmentary rainbows, or detached clouds. Cf. Tohaereroa, a name of Kahukura, the deity of the rainbow.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">Ari</hi>, name of a heathen god [<hi rend="i">h</hi> dropped, as in <hi rend="i">ere</hi>, to go (for <hi rend="i">haere</hi>)]. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Ext. Poly.: Motu</hi> — cf. <hi rend="i">Harai</hi>, the Great Spirit who lives in the heavens. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Malay</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">Hari</hi>, a great deity (Vishnu); <hi rend="i">mata-ari</hi>, the sun, “the eye of day.”</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAERE-AWAAWA</hi> (myth.), the deity or mother (by Tane,) of the Rail (bird), the <hi rend="i">weka</hi>—A. H. M., i. 143. Also of the <hi rend="i">apteryx</hi> (<hi rend="i">kiwi</hi>)—A. H. M., i. App.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAEROA</hi> (<hi rend="i">rua-haeroa</hi>,) a pit dug in the ground, in connection with incantations against one's enemies: <hi rend="i">Ka keria te rua haeroa</hi>—P. M., 87; see also English part, 105.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHA</hi>, to seek, to look for. Cf. <hi rend="i">auhaha</hi>, to seek after; <hi rend="i">hahu</hi>, to search for; <hi rend="i">hahau</hi>, to seek;
<pb xml:id="n42" n="42"/><hi rend="i">whawha</hi>, to feel after with the hand. 2. To procure.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—haha, to feel for; to move the hand over a thing; to feel as a blind person, to grope: <hi rend="i">A e haha mai paha kuu makuakane ia'u;</hi> Perhaps my father will feel me. (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) The inside of <hi rend="i">kalo</hi> (<hi rend="i">taro</hi>) tops, used for food; (<hi rend="i">c.</hi>) a sort of wooden net used for catching the <hi rend="i">oopu</hi> (<hi rend="i">kokopu</hi>), a freshwater fish from brooks; hoo-haha, to manipulate; to manufacture. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Paumotan</hi>—haha, to obtain, to procure. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">fafa, taro</hi> tops, denuded of the leaves and stalks. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—fafa, to feel or touch with the hand; to try the disposition or inclination of a person; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) the stem of <hi rend="i">taro</hi>, plantain, or cocoanut branch. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tongan</hi> —faka-fafa, to feel one's way, as one blind, or in the dark; to be uncertain.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHA</hi> (<hi rend="i">hàhà</hi>). [See under <hi rend="sc">Ha</hi>, to warn off by shouting.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHAE</hi>, acrid.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHAE</hi>. [See under <hi rend="sc">Hae</hi>, to tear.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHANA</hi>. [See under <hi rend="sc">Hana</hi>, to shine.]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHANI</hi>. [See <hi rend="sc">Hanihani.</hi>]</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHARI</hi>, the name of a shell-fish.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHAU</hi>, to seek, to search for: <hi rend="i">Hei aha ma korua i hahauria ai tena wahine?</hi>—P. M., 181. Cf. <hi rend="i">haha</hi>, to seek; <hi rend="i">hahu</hi>, to search for; <hi rend="i">wha-wha</hi>, to feel for with the hand.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—sasau, mischievous, as animals breaking into the plantations; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) lascivious, as one going about to seek women. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—hahau, to make a search or inquiry; hahahau, to turn aside; faa-hahau, to turn aside. Cf. <hi rend="i">fafa</hi>, to feel with the hand; to try the disposition of a person. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>— cf. <hi rend="i">haha</hi>, to feel for, as a blind person. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Mangarevan</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">au</hi>, to seize earnestly; to pick out grains or flowers from pods of cotton; to collect, gather; <hi rend="i">aunui</hi>, to be much sought after in marriage.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHOHAHO</hi>, disarranged, crumpled; (<hi rend="i">b.</hi>) slimy.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAHU</hi>, to exhume the bones of dead persons before depositing them in their final resting-place: <hi rend="i">I te wa e hahua ai te tupapaku</hi>—A. H. M., ii. 4. Cf. <hi rend="i">ehu</hi>, to disinter; <hi rend="i">uhu</hi>, to perform certain ceremonies over the bones of the dead. 2. To search for. Cf. <hi rend="i">hahau</hi>, to seek; <hi rend="i">haha</hi>, to seek. 3. To scatter. Cf. <hi rend="i">tihahuhahu</hi>, to scatter about.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Tahitian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hahu</hi>, to scrape, to shave; a razor or plane; <hi rend="i">hahau</hi>, to make a search or inquiry. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—cf. <hi rend="i">hahu</hi>, having taken so much drastic medicine that nothing is left in the bowels; <hi rend="i">haha</hi>, to feel for; <hi rend="i">uhu</hi>, a cry of grief; groaning.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAKA</hi>, a plant (the American groundsel).</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAKA</hi> (myth.), the name of a deity mentioned in an invocation—P. M., 220, Eng.</p>
        <p><hi rend="b">HAKA</hi>, to dance; a dance: <hi rend="i">Kia whakatika ki runga ki te haka</hi>—P. M., 143. 2. To sing a song; a song accompanying a dance: <hi rend="i">A rongo ana au i te rongo haka o tenei whare, haere mai nei</hi>—P. M., 14.</p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Samoan</hi>—sa'a, to dance. Cf. <hi rend="i">sa'aga</hi>, the song which finishes the <hi rend="i">soa</hi> (a song in honour of visitors); <hi rend="i">sagini</hi>, one kind of song. </p>
        <p rend="pad-left"><hi rend="b">Hawaiian</hi>—haa, to dance (also ha): <hi rend="i">Mehe kai e haa aku ana Ku</hi>; As though the sea was dancing for Tu. (<hi